‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪّﻣﺔ ‪٧ .....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪١٣ .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ‪١٣ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪١٢٧ ............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪١٢٧ ................................................................‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻘﺪّﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺴّﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤّﻴﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﳊ ّ‬ ‫ﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺗﻌ ّﺪﺩﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ّ‬
‫ﺖ ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺻُ َﻮ ٍﺭ ﳍﺎ ﻭﻻﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ُﻣﺨْﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻷَﺭﺟﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺷﺘّﻰ ﺑﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻜﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴ ﹸﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﶈﺒّﺔ ﻭﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﱃ ﺗﺘﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،١٩٨٢‬ﺃﹶﻧﺒﹶﺄ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﺍﻟﻴـﺎﺱ ﺯﺣـﻼﻭﻱ ﻣﺌـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻛﺘﻈﹼﺖ ﻬﺑﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻴّﺪﺓ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎ َﺀ ﻋﻈﺘﻪ ﺍﳌـﺴﺎﺋﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟـﺴﱠﻤﺎﺀ ﻗـﺪ‬
‫ﱯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿ ٍﻊ ﰲ ﺣ ّﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻌ ّ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺍ ِ‬‫ﺖ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﻼﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﻴ ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺷﺮﻋ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﹶﺃﻳﱠﺎ ٍﻡ ﹸﻏﺮﱟ ﺷﻬﺪَﺗْﻬﺎ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣُﺴﺘَﻬﻞﹼ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﳓﻔﺮﺕ ﺫﻛﺮﺍﻫـﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﹶﻓﺌﺪﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﹼﻔﺖ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻏﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻴﺎﻧﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﺮًﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻫّﺠًﺎ ﻟﻦ ﳝﺤﻰ! ﻟﻘﺪ ﺧُﻴّﻞ ﺇِﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﳌﻴﻼﺩﻱّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙ "ﺃﹶﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ"‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻋـﺎﺩﺕ ﺗﺘﻜـﺮّﺭ ﺃﹶﻣـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺑﺼﺎﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﳌﺒﻬﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺫﻫﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﻮﺳِﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﻣﺔ ﺑﺈِﳝﺎ ٍﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﺪّﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺹ‬‫ﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﹸﺃ ﺗﺘـﺮﺍ ﱡ‬ ‫ﲨﺎﻫ ُﲑ ﻛﺜﻴﻔ ﹲﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻛ ﱢﻞ ﻣﺪﻳﻨ ٍﺔ ﻭﻗﺮﻳ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺩﻳ ٍﻦ ﻭﻃﺎﺋﻔ ٍﺔ ﻭ ِﻣﻠﱠ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧ ْ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﺗْﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻣﻘﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈـ ﹼﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺪﻓﱠﻖ ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺃﹶﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺘﻠﻬّﻔﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻜـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﺯﺍﺭﺗْـ ُﻪ ﺍ ُﻷﻡّ‬
‫ﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹶﻓ َﻌ َﻢ ﺍﻷَﺟﻮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻓﺪﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﺎﻭﻳّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺤﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺒﲑ ﺣُﻀﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟ ُﻌﻠﹾﻮ ّ‬
‫ﻒ ﻭﺍﶈﻔﹼﺎﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﻠﺘﻤﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻻﺩﱢﻫﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻣُﻘﻌَﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﹸﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﻛ ّ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻔﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴﻮﻬﺗﻢ ﻳﺴﲑﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻗﺪﺍﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﻻ ﻳُﺼﺪﱢﻗﻮﻥ! ﻭﻛﻢ َﻣ ْﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﺘﱠﻜﺌﹰـﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺎﻛﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻓﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﱂ َﺗ ُﻌ ْﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﺟ ﹲﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻀﻰ ﻳﻄﻔﺮ ﻃﻔﺮًﺍ‪َ ،‬ﺟ ﹶﺬ ﹰﻻ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺒﻮﺭًﺍ! ﻭ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ َﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﻘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﱵ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻬﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻄ ﹰﺔ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻ َﻳﺪَﻋﻮﻥ ﳍﺎ ﻓﺴﺤ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻨﻮ ٍﻡ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻟﺮﺍﺣ ٍﺔ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻟﻄﻌﺎ ٍﻡ ﻫﺎﻧﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻢ َﻣ ْﻦ ﺟﺎ َﺀ ﳛﻤﻞ ﻫَﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳﻨﺨﺮ ﺫﻫﻨَﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺳ ﹶﻘﻤًﺎ ﺗﻨﻮﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺴُﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺨﻔﱠﻒ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﻃﻤﺄﹾﻧﻴﻨ ﹰﺔ!‬ ‫ﺍ ُﻷﻡّ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﺎﻭﻳّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎ َﺩ ﺭﺷﻴﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻮﺛﹼﺐ ﹶﺃ َﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺍﹶﻓﺘْﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﺬﺍﻬﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ُﺗﺆَﻛﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﺃﹸﻣﱡﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺨ ﱠﻞ ﻋﻨّـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺗﻨـﺴَﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﺻﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻛ ﱢﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻠﱠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺇِﺳﺎﺁﺗﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻑ ﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻳ ٌ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻟﻨﺎ َﺭﺅُﻭ ٌ‬‫ﺍﺑﻨَﻬﺎ ﻭﺇِﳍﻬﺎ ﹶﺃ ٌ‬
‫‪ ________________________________________________ ٨‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀﺗْﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀُ‪ ،‬ﺑﺬﺍﻬﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﺗﺜﱢﺒﺘَﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺇِﳝﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻠﺘﺼﻖ ﺑﺄﹶﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻛﻴﺎﻧﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺼﻤﺪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﺮُﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺑِﺜ ﹶﻘ ٍﺔ ﺃﹶﺿﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﹶﻟ ِﻢ ﻏﺮﱠﻩ ﻋﻠﻤُﻪ ﻭﺇِﳒﺎﺯﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻮﻫﱠﻢ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﺑـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟ ﱢﺮﻳَﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺎ ِ‬
‫ﰲ ﻏﻨًﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺼﱠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌِﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻌﺔ َ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺻﻨﺎﻣًﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻚ ﲜﺎﻧﺒﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﹸﻣﱠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻧﻈﻞﱠ ﺃﹶﻭﻓﻴﺎ َﺀ ﻹِﳝﺎﻧﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻲ ﺗﺒﻘـﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﳓﻦ ﰲ ﺣﺎﺟ ٍﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻗﻮﻓ ِ‬
‫ﺖ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺔ ُﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﻭﺗﺘﺮﻋﺮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﺬﻭﺗﻪ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﻣ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻈﻴ ْ‬
‫ﻉ ﳎﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺩﳝﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﲬﹶﺪﺕْ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺪﺛﺮﺕْ ﰲ ﺑﻘﺎ ِ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺔ ﻣُﻬﻮﺩًﺍ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺑﻊَ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ!‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﳓﻦ ﰲ ﻋﻮﺯ ﺇﱃ ﹶﺃﺯﺭ ِﻙ ﻭﺳﻨﺪﻙِ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﹸﻣﱠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻧﺼُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺩﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺎﺿﻞ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﺪﺍﺩﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﹶﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻀﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺍﻷَﺑﻄﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻀﻨّﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺑﺄﹶﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺑـﺪﻣﺎﺋﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻬﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺳﻠﹼﻤﻮﻧﺎ ِﺇﻳﱠﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺻﻌ ﹰﺔ!‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﺑﺜﺒﺎﺗﻜﻢ ﺗُﻨﻘﺬﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ"‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻋﻀﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻛﻲ ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﳔﻠﺺ!‬
‫ﻚ ﻗـﺪ ﻳﻈـﻞﱡ‬ ‫ﲝﻨﺎ ٍﻥ ﻭﺣﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪" :‬ﻻ ﲣﺎﻓﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ!"‪ .‬ﻭﺩﺭﺀًﺍ ﻟﻜ ﹼﻞ ﺷ ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﻠﱠﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻳﻦ ﺃﹶﻭﺻﺎﺏَ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﺍﳉﺴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﺠﻴﺒًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻓﺎﺿـﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺯﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﱠﺱ ﺑﺴﺨﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﳓﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﳊﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻄﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﹶﺃﻟِﻔـﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﻳُﺬﻋﻨﻮﺍ ﻟﻠﺤ ّﻖ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻨﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ُﺀ ﺟﺎﺅﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻗﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻜﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣُﺴﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺾ ﻋﻠﻤـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﻣﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻮﻗﱠﻒ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺃﹶﺻ ﱠﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﹾﺾ ﺑﻌـ ُ‬
‫ﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮّﻳﺴﻴّﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺎ َﺀ ﺍﳌﺜﻮﻝ ﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﻄﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﳉﻠﹶﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹶﺃَﺑﻮْﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﱡﻖ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺣﻮﺍ ﳜﺘﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺮﱡﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﹸﺸﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻬﱢﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﹶ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺣﻼﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻳﻨﻮﺍ ﻓﺂﻣﻨﻮﺍ؛ ﻭﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻔﻄﺮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷَﻐﻮﻓﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴّﺔ‪ِ ،‬ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﹶﺃّﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻒّ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒَﺮ ﺭﺳـﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟـﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‬
‫ﻆ‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺎﺩ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﲢﻔﹼـ ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﱪ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ ُﺧﺺﱠ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮ َ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺮﺩﱡ ٍﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﳌﺲ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻄﻔﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴّﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻄﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻴﺘَﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻒ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺻﺪﻕٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻃﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻔﻮّﻳﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﳎﱠﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔٍ ﻣُﻄﻠﻘـ ٍﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻮ ﹶﻛِﻠ ٌ‬
‫ﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺌ ﹲﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺼﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺍﻓﻌًﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳜﺸﻰ ﻏﻀﺒﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻬﺗﺰﱡﻩ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺎ ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ _________________________________________________ ‪٩‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺯﺣﻼﻭﻱ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻛﺎﻫ ٌﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﺎﺭﻋﻪ ﻏﲑﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘـ ًﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳـﺘﻘﺎﻣ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﺹ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋّﻴ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ؛ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﻭﻬﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺒﺜﻖ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻬﺎﺩ ٍﺓ ﻓ ﱞﺬ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﲝـﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﺼ ٍﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺛﹼﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﹼﻗ ٍﺔ ﻭﺃﹶﻣﺎﻧﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺒ ﱡ‬
‫ﻱ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛ ٌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟ ﹲﻎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻤﺬﺕ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ َﻫﺬﹾﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫَﻨﻴْﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭ ْ‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﺜﺎﳍﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺟﻴﺎ ﹲﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﹲﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒّﺎﻥ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﻬﺗﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻠﻬﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻳﺪﻳﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺮﺷﺪ ْ‬
‫ﺼﺪْﻕ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺪﺍﻗﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺰﺍﻫﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺟﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟ ّﺮﺃﹾﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﳍﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟ ﱢ‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ ﺧُﻄﻮ ﹰﺓ ﻓﺨُﻄـﻮ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﳊﻈـ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻖ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻳُﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺤﻈ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻲ ﻳُﻨﻈﱢﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﺮﺷﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻌـﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿـﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﻷَﺏ‬
‫ﺯﺣﻼﻭﻱ ﲟﻬﻤّﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺁﱃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﺡ ﻳُﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﶈﺎﺿﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷَﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﻴﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼ ﹶﻛﹶﻠ ٍﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻮﺍﺩ ٍﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﻛـﺮّﺍ ٍ‬ ‫ﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﻃﹼﻼﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺟﻮﻻﺗﻪ ﺍﻹِﻋﻼﻣﻴّﺔ ﻛﺮّﺍ ٍ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﻭُﺟ َﺪ ﺭﺍﻏ ٌ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪ ِﻥ ﺳﻮﺭﻳّﺔ ﻭﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺼﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﹶﳌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷُﻭﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷَﻣﲑﻛﻴّﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻳّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ١٩٩٠‬ﺃﹶﺻﺪﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑًﺎ ﻭﺛﻴﻘ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﱠﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻭﺃﹶﺻـﺪﺍﺀَﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣًـﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺑﺪﺋﻬﺎ ﺣّﺘ ِﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺇِﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲡﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﹸﺮّﺍﺀ ﲡﺎﻭﺑًﺎ ﲣﻄﹼـﻰ ﻛـ ﹼﻞ‬
‫ﺕ ﻭﺧـﻮﺍﻃﺮَ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻗﱡﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺳّﻴﻤَﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻷُﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺃﻧﻄﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﳊﻖ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﺄﻣﱡﻼ ٍ‬
‫َﻭﺣْﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺭﻭﻉ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﺽ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻤُﻪ ﺍﳌﹸﺒْﺪﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺑﺪﻯ ﻋﺪ ٌﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷُﻭﺭﺑﻴّﲔ ﺭﻏﺒ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻃﹼﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳـﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻷَﺏ‬
‫ﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎ َﺀ ﺇِﻗﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟـﻞ‬ ‫ﺯﺣﻼﻭﻱ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎ َ‬
‫ﺇِﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﻭﻃﺒﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻃﹸﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﻠﺤﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇِﺫ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺏ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﹾﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹِﺩﻻﺀ ﲞﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﹶﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ُﻣﺘّﺴ ٌﻊ ﻟﻺِﻛﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﺘﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺺ ﻟﻜ ﹶﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﻋَﺘﻴْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻮَﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﻔﻴّﺔ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫـﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺼ َ‬‫ﺧﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺑﺎﻷَﺣﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴّﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ "ﺃﹸﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ")‪.(١‬‬

‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪PÈRE ÉLIAS ZAHLAOUI,‬‬
‫‪En collaboration avec Bernadette Dubois‬‬
‫‪SOUVENEZ - VOUS DE DIEU‬‬
‫‪Éditions O. E. I. L., PARIS,١٩٩١.‬‬
‫‪ _______________________________________________ ١٠‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﺯﺣﻼﻭﻱ ﺍﻹِﺩﻻﺀ ﺑﺄﹶﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟـﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺯﲪـﺔ‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﹶﺄ ﱡﻣﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﻜ ﹼﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﺣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻣﺘﺰﺟـﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﻐﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻗﺪ ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﺃﹶﺷﺒﻊ ﺗﻠ ِ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺬﻫﻨﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻐﻠﻐﻠﺖ ﺣﱴ ﺃﻏﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻴﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ َﻋﺠَﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﱠﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﹸﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻣﺮﲡ ﹲﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺪﻓﱠﻖ ﻋﻔﻮﻳّـﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃـﻼﻭﺓﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺨﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺒـﺴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻕ ﻗﻠ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﺴﻴﺎﺑًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻜﺄﻧّﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﺅﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺛﱡﺐ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﻧﺒ ٍﻊ ﺿﺎ َ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻔﺠّﺮﺕ ﺟﻴّﺎﺷﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﻓﻴ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻃﻠﻴﻘ ﹰﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﲰﺎﻭﻳّـﺔ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻫﺠّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺣﻲ ﺑﻔﺴﺤﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻄﺎﻟﻌﻚ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ!‬ ‫ﻳُﺴﺒَﺮ ﳍﺎ ﹶﻏﻮْﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺮﺡ ﻭﺭﺍﺀَﻫﺎ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺗﺄﻣّﻼ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺧُﻴﱢﻞ ﺇﱄﹼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﹸﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﲏ ﺃﹶﻗﺮﺃ ﻗﺼﺎﺋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﺷﻌﺮ‬
‫"ﺷﺎﺭﻝ ﺑﻴﻐﻲ"‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺑﲏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﱡﻌﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓﻮ ﺧﺎﺹّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﹸﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹶﻛﻨﱡﻪ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ"‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﻫﺸﱵ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮّﺝ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﺯﺣﻼﻭﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻪ‪" :‬ﺍﳊ ﱡ‬
‫ﺚ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻫ ٌﻦ ﻓﺮﻧـﺴ ّﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﺯﺣـﻼﻭﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ٍﺔ ﺑﻌ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻐ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺳﻌﻴﺪﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻃﹼﻠﻌ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﲏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﺒﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﻳُﻀﻴﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺻﻔﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﹶﻓﻘﹶﺮﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺚ ﻳُﺨﻴﱠﻞ ﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻌـﺾ‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻧّﻬﺎ‪َ " :‬ﻫﻄﹾﻞﹸ ﳒﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺰﻭﻓﺔﹲ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘّﻴ ﹲﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺼﻴﺪ ﹲﺓ ﺷﻌﺮﻳﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﻗﺼﺎﺋﺪ ﻟﺒﻴﻐﻲ… ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘـﹶﺄﻟﱢﻖ ﻻ ﻳُﻤﻜـﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻌﺚ ِﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻋﱪ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﹼﻘﺔ ﺣﻨـﺎﻥ ﹸﺃﻡﱟ ﺣﻴـﺎ ﹶﻝ‬
‫"ﺃﹶﻭﻻﺩﻫﺎ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺼﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤًﺎ ﻭﻛﺒﲑًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﺯﺣـﻼﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫"ِﺇﻧﱠﻪ ﻳُﺮﻳﺪﻧﺎ ﻛﺒﺎﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺇِﺻﺮﺍﺭﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻈ ﱠﻞ ﺻﻐﺎﺭًﺍ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﹲﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﻭﻛﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﱡﻬﺎ ﺇِﺷـﺎﺩ ﹲﺓ ﺑـﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺘﺄﹾﺛﲑﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭﺣ ّﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴﻎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺤ ٍﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻫـﺸ ٍﺔ ﻭﺳِـ ْ‬ ‫ﺇِﺯﺍ َﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹِﻋﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﹶﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﺷﺎﻋﻪُ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘ ﱠﺮ ﰲ ﻳﻘﻴﲏ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻈﻞﹼ ﻗﹸﺮﱠﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴّﺔ ﳏﺮﻭﻣﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷَﺛﹶﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﱢﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺃﹶﺣﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻛﻲ ﻳﺘـﺮﺟﻢ ﻣ َﺆﻟﱠﻔـﻪُ ﻫـﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻮﻓﱠﺮ ﻟﻸﺏ ﺯﺣﻼﻭﻱ ﻓﺴﺤ ﹲﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗ ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﲤﻨﱠﻴ ُ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷَﺣﺮﻯ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﻌﻴﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘَﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﱡﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴّﺔ ﺃﹶﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ________________________________________________ ‪١١‬‬
‫ﺏ ﻓﺮﻳ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﳛﻤﻞ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳُﺠﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﺾ ﺑﺴﺤﺮ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﺨﻠﱢﻒ ﹶﺃﺛﹶـﺮًﺍ ﺑﻌﻴـﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﹸﺳﻠﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨّﻔﻮﺱ‪ .‬ﻭِﺇﻧّﻲ ﻟﻮﺍﺛ ٌﻖ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻏﲎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﳑّﺎ ُﺣﺬِﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﳑّﺎ‬
‫ﺖ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺎﺿﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﻫ َﺮ ﻧﺎﺩﺭ ٍﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻟـﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻨـ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﺭﺳـﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﱂ ﻳﺘﱠﺴﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗ ُ‬
‫ﺖ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﳚﻠﻮ ﺃﹶﺳﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ!‬ ‫ﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔ ﱠﻜ ْ‬‫ﺕ ﺳﺎﺣﺮﺍ ٍ‬ ‫ﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻢ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ َﻭﻣَﻀﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬
‫ﻱ ﺗﻌﻠﻴ ٍﻢ ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺬﻛ ٌﲑ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‬ ‫ﻣ َﻦ ﺍﳌﹸﺤﻘﱠﻖ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﺃ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺭ َﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﹸﺃﻣّﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﲑﺷﺪﺍﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻴَﻔﻴﱠﺔ ﻋﻴﺶ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴـﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺚ ﳓﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ ﻳُﻜﺘﺐ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴ ﹸ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺪ ﰲ ﺃﹶﺭﺿﻨﺎ ﻭﺯﻣﺎﻧﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴُﺠﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﺎﺅﻻﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪّﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﺘﻨﻔﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﹸﻇﻠﹸﻤـﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻧﻌﻴﺶ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﱠﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡَ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻮﻣﺊ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺟ ّ‬
‫ﻱ ﺍﳉﺪﱠﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲡﺪ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷَﺑﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻛﻞﱡ ﺣﻘﺒﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﻜﺎ ٍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳊ ّﻖ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﺯﺣﻼﻭﻱ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ ﻧﺴﻴﺞ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﺩّﻬﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﻴـﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ﻛـﺜﲑ ﹰﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱵ َﻭﹶﻗﻔﹶﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻛ ﱢﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺿﻄﻬﺎ ٍﺩ ﻭﻣﻀﺎﻳﻘﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺐ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ ﺑﻜ ﱢﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﺣﻬﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻆ ﻳﺘﺪﻓﹼﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫ ٍﻦ ﻭﻗﻠ ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﱠﰒ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺩ ﺑَﻨ َﻤ ٍ‬
‫ﻆ ﺣﻲﱞ ﻋﻦ ﺇِﳒﻴ ٍﻞ ﺣ ﱟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻴّﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻌﻴـﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻃﺎﻗﺎﻬﺗﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻋ ﹲ‬
‫ﺺ ﻬﺑـﻢ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻴّﺪﺓ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﺗﻐ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻆ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀَﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻐﺪ ْ‬
‫ﺤ َﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻋ ﹸ‬
‫ﻉ ِﺇﻥ َﺳ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ِﺑ ْﺪ َ‬
‫ﺤ ِﺰﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍ ُﺭ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺬﻭﻳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛﻠﱠﻤﺎ َﻭﻗﹶﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﺯﺣﻼﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻋﻈﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﹰﺎ ﻭﻣُ ْ‬
‫ﻚ ﳛﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻆ‪ ،‬ﳑّﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻃﺎﺋﻔ ﹰﺔ ﻋﺮﻳﻀ ﹰﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷـﺒّﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣ ّﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﻨّﻰ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻂ ﺇِﳘﺎ ٍﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺒﺎﻻ ٍﺓ ﻣﺄﺳﺎﻭﻳﱠﻴْﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺁﻝ ﱄ ﺷﺮﻑ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻌﻮﱢﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨـﺔ ﲨﻬـﻮﺭ ﺍﻷَﺏ‬
‫ﺯﺣﻼﻭﻱ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺟﺰﺀﹰﺍ ﻳﺴﲑًﺍ ﳑﱠﺎ ﻓﻘﺪﻭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻋﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺁﻣﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗُﺘﺎﺡ ﳍﻢ ﻣـﻦ ﺟﺪﻳـ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﹶﺩﱏ‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﹶﻧﻮﺍ ُﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‬
‫ﺿ ﹶﻔ ْ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻋ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑِﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴﻎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﹶﺃ ْ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺰﻳﺪًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍ َﻷﻟﹶﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﳒﻴﻠّﻴ ﹰﺔ ﺃﹶﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﲤﺮﱡﺳًﺎ ﺃﹶﺷ ﱠﺪ "ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﶈﺒّﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﱠﻼﻡ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻳﺐ ﻣﺼﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪١٣‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ١٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪١٥‬‬

‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻼ‬
‫‪ -١‬اﻟﻈﻬﻮر اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬اﻟﺴﺒﺖ ‪ ١٩٨٢/١٢/١٨‬اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ١١٫٣٧ :‬ﻟﻴ ً‬
‫» "ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﹸﺫﻜﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻷ ّ‬
‫ﻥ ﺸﻴﺌًﺎ‪ .‬ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻜﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔﹲ ﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜـﻥ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﻜ ّل ﺸﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻭ َ‬
‫ﺴﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﻜ ﱠل ﺸﻲ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﻤﻌﺭﻓ ِﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍِﻓﻌﻠﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴ َﺭ ﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻌﺎﻤِﻠﻭﺍ ﺃﺤﺩًﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻭﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺃﻋﻁﻴﺘﹸﻜﻡ ﺯﻴﺘﹰﺎ ﺃﻜﺜ َﺭ ﻤ ّﻤﺎ ﻁﻠﺒﺘﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﺄﻋﻁﻴﻜﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻗﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺕ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺘﻭﺒﻭﺍ ﻭﺁﻤﻨﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺫﻜﺭﻭﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺴﺭﻭ ِﺭﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺸﺭْ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﻴﻤﺎ ﹸﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻁلٌ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺒﺸﺭﱢﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﺎﻨﻭﺌﻴل‪َ .‬ﻤﻥ ﺒﺸ ﱠﺭ ﺨﻠﹸﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻤﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺒ ﱢ‬
‫ﻀﻜﹸﻡ ﺒﻌﻀ ﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺃﺤﺒﱢﻭﺍ ﺒﻌ ُ‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ﻤﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻴُﻌﻁﻰ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻤﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻴُﻭﺯﱠﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻁﻠ ُ‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﻻ ﺃﻁﻠ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻭﺯﱢﻋﻭﻥ ﻤﺎﻟﹶﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍ ِﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﹶﻴﺱ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ ﻤﺤﺒّـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬُـﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﻭﺍ ﺒﺸﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴـﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰـﺎ ﻻ ﻴـﺫﻫﺒﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺫﻫﺒﻭ َ‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﺴﺄﺯﻭ ُﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻭﺕ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻷ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٠‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺃﻁﻠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﹸﺸ ﱢﻴﺩﻭﺍ ﻟﻲ ﻜﻨﻴﺴ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻤﺯﺍﺭًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١١‬ﺃﻋﻁﻭﺍ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺘﺤﺭﻤﻭﺍ ﺃﺤﺩًﺍ ﻤﻤّﻥ ﻴﻁﻠﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺩﺓ‪« .‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ١٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ ‪١٩٨٢/١٢/١٨‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﺠﻠﹼﻰ ﺍﻟﺒُﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﻖّ ﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﱠ َﻐﺘْﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﱃ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺖ ﻫﺎﺭﺑﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﺧﻴﱢﻞ ﺇﱃ ِﺳﻠﹾﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﻴﻠﲔ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﺃﹸﺻﻴﺒﺖ ﲟﺲّ ﺟﻨـﻮ ٍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺫﹸﻋﺮٌ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺪّﺓ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻭﻟﱠ ْ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻬﻧﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺻ ﹾﻔﻌًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﱂ ﺗُﺪ ِﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴّﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﺄﻱّ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ٍﺔ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻻﹼ ﹶﺃﻬﻧﹼﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻓﻈﻬﺮﺕ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳّﺎ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻟﻴﻠـﺔ ‪ ١٨‬ﻛـﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷَﻭﱠﻝ ‪.١٩٨٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﹶﻫﱠﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ ﺑﻠﹼﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﱘ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳُﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﳎًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻗﻠﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﺃﹶﻭﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪّﺩ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺟ ٍﺰ ﳌﻐﺰﻯ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﲜﻤﻠﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺴﱯ ﺗـﻼﻭﺓ ﻧـﺼّﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻓِﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﺗﱪﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﱠﻀﺢ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞٌ ﻗـﺎﺋﻢٌ‬
‫ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ‪:‬‬
‫» ﺃَﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃُﺫﻜﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ّ‬
‫ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﻜ ّل ﺸﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﺸﻴﺌًﺎ‪ .‬ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻜﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓـﺔﹲ ﻨﺎﻗـﺼﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜـﻥ‬
‫ﺴﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﻜ ّل ﺸﻲ ٍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜ َل ﻤﻌﺭﻓ ِﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪١٧‬‬
‫ِﺍﻓﻌﻠﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴ َﺭ ﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺃَﺤﺩًﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻭﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃَﻋﻁﻴ ﹸﺘﻜﻡ ﺯﻴﺘﹰﺎ ﺃﻜﹶﺜﺭ ﻤﻤﱠﺎ ﻁﻠﺒ ﹸﺘﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﺄُﻋﻁﻴﻜﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃَﻗﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺕ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻭﺒﻭﺍ ﻭﺁﻤﻨﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺫﻜﺭﻭﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺴﺭﻭ ِﺭﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺸﺭْ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﻴﻤﺎ ﹸﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻁلٌ‪.‬‬
‫ﺸﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻤّﺎﻨﻭﺌﻴل‪َ .‬ﻤﻥ ﺒﺸﱠﺭ ﺨﻠﹸﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻟﻡ ُﻴ َﺒ ﱢ‬
‫ﺒﱢ‬
‫ﺃَﺤﺒّﻭﺍ ﺒﻌﻀُﻜﻡ ﺒﻌﻀ ﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒّﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺏ ﻤﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻴُﻌﻁﻰ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻤﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻴﻭﺯّﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻁﻠ ُ‬
‫ﻻ ﺃَﻁﻠ ُ‬
‫ﻴﻭﺯّﻋﻭﻥ ﻤﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ ﻤﺤﺒّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻡ ﻟﻴﺴﻭﺍ ﺒﺸﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺫﻫﺒﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴـﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰـﺎ ﻻ ﻴـﺫﻫﺒﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺴﺄَﺯﻭ ُﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻭﺕﹶ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﺸﻴّﺩﻭﺍ ﻟﻲ ﻜﻨﻴﺴ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻤﺯﺍﺭًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺃَﻁﻠ ُ‬
‫ﺃَﻋﻁﻭﺍ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺘﺤﺭﻤﻭﺍ ﺃَﺤﺩًﺍ ﻤﻤّﻥ ﻴﻁﻠﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺩﺓ"‪« .‬‬

‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝٌ ﻛﺎﻣﻞﹲ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺑﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺌﻨﺎ ﺃﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻴﻨﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻧﻮﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻣﻎ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﻫﱠﻢَ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪ ﰲ ﻏًﻨﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻌـﺬﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺗﺆﻛﹼﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻧّﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻌﺮﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﻞ ﻧﻈﻦّ ﹶﺃﻧّﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﺎﺩّﻱّ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﺃﹸﻣﻮﺭًﺍ ﻛﺜﲑ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻟﻨﺎ ﳒﻬﻞ ﺃﹸﻣﻮﺭًﺍ ﻛﺜﲑ ﹰﺓ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﺃﹶﻧّﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺸﻔﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪّ ﻗـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﻳﻮﺣﻨّﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ١٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺖ‪" :‬ﺴـﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻴـﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺖ ﻷﻟﻔ ْﻲ ﺳﻨ ٍﺔ ﺧﻠ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺮّﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻴﻠ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﻜ ّل ﺸﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻲ"‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ )‪١‬‬
‫ﻛﻮ ‪ .(١٢ :١٣‬ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻨﺎ ِﺇﻧّﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﻴّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮّ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳋﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮّ ﻣُﻨﺘﺸﺮٌ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻛﻠﱢﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﲦﹼﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﻤﻴﱢﺰ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻲّ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪّ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ )ﺭﻭﻣﺎ ‪:١٢‬‬
‫‪ (٢١‬ﺑﺎﳋﲑ ﻳﻘﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﺇِﻓﻌﻠﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺃَﺤﺩًﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻭﺀ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﳒﺪ ﺃﹸﻟﻮﻑ ﺍﳌﱪﱢﺭﺍﺕ ﻹِﳊﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻨﺬﺭﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﻛﻔـﻰ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺇِﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ"‪.‬‬
‫"ﺃَﻋﻁﻴﺘﻜﻡ ﺯﻴﺘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﺄُﻋﻁﻴﻜﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃَﻗﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺕ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺍﺗّﻀﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻃﹸﻌْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺺّ ﳚﺘﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺻﻄﺎﺩﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑُﺘﺆَﺩ ٍﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﲨﻞ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺒّﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺐّ ﻭﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﶈﺒّﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺘﺒﺎﺩﳍﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﻠﺒﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗ َﺆﻛﹼﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪" :‬ﺗﻮﺑﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪّ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫"ﺁﻤﻨﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺫﻜﺭﻭﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺴﺭﻭﺭﻜﻡ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻝﹲ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﻣﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﺮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻔﺰﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺿﻴﻖٌ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺒﺪّ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﰲ ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﳛﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪١٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ "ﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﱐ ﰲ ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻛﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﺪﺍ ﻓﺮﺣُﻨﺎ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻨﻌﻢ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻓﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﺀً‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺮﻳﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻓﻌًﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﶈﺒّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﺧّﻰ ﳎﺮّﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻯ ﺧﺎﻃﻔﺔٍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﲤﺠﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﺷﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺣﺒّﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ ﰲ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﱠ ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺗﱢﻀﺎﻉ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﻗﻼﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮّ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛـﺮ ﺍﷲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻧﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗُﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﺫﻫﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻣﺮًﺍ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪" :‬ﺑَﺸﱢﺮﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﱢﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﺑﲏ ﻋﻤّﺎﻧﻮﺋﻴﻞ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗُﻀﻴﻒ‪" :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺸﱠﺮ ﺧﻠﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳُﺒﺸﱢ ْﺮ ﻓﺈِﳝﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺸﺎﺭﰐ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺃﹶﺷﻬﺪ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻳﻦ ﻭﹶﺃﻧّﻰ ﻛﻨﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﲦﱠ ﹶﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺔﹲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹِﳊﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﱡﺐ ﲡﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﳚﻨﺢ ﺃﻛﹶﺜـ َﺮ ﻓـﺄﹶﻛﺜ َﺮ ﳓـﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﳊﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﳓ َﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻣﱡﺖ ﺍﻟﺪّﻳﲏّ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ُﻣﱪﱢﺭ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﺎﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻜﺘﺴﺒ ٍﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻔﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ؟ ُﺭﺑﱠﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺭﺑﱠﻤﺎ‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋًﺎ ﻣﻠﺘﺒﺴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻜﺎﺩ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﻣﺸﻮﱠﻫﺔﹲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺸﺎﺭﰐ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻗﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﹸﻬﺪﱠﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﹸﻬﺸﱠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ‪" :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻭﺑﺸّﺮﻭﺍ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗُﺬﻛﱢﺮﻧﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﲟﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻷَﻟ ﹶﻔ ْﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺧﻠ ْ‬
‫ﻓﻤﱪﱢﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻱ ﻛﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲﱢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﱠﱵ ﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﹰﺔ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺃﹶﻣﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﻳﺘﺄﺭﺟﺢ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﳊﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﱡﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﱡﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻮﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﶈﺒّﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺣﺒّﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﻀﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﹰﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺣﺒّﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﻀﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﹰﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﱂ ﲢﺪﱢﺩ "ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﲔ"‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ْ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٢٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﱠﺽ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻀﻴّ ٍﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﻜﹼﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺃﹶﻭﺻﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﹶﻟﻔﻲ ﺳﻨ ٍﺔ ﺣﱴّ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻻ ﺃَﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﺎ ﹰﻻ… ﺃَﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒّﺔ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﻭَﻏﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ‬

‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎ ﹸﻝ ﺑﺎﺑًﺎ ﻟﻠﻬﺮﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱪﱢﺭًﺍ ﻟﻀﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﳕﻦﱡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﺎﻝٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺟﺎﻧﺒًﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻀﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻭﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺣﺴّﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﺠﻤﻟﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺲﱟ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻞﹼ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﻂﹼ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻓﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﻜﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺴﻤّﻰ ﻣﺎ ﹰﻻ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺃَﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒّﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﷲ ﳏﺒّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﺧﱠﻰ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﶈﺒّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﹸﺃﻡّ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﹸﺃﻡّ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﶈﺒّﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻨﺘﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻨـﺬ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪" :‬ﺴﺄﺯﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻭﺕ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﳛﺐّ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺰﻭﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﳛﺐّ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﱠﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰﻭﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺍﺳﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺎﻟﺘﺠﺴّﺪ ﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﹶﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﺒّﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﹶﺗﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺗُﺤﺐﱡ ﺍﻟﺒﺸَﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺣ ْ‬
‫ﺖ ﹸﺃﻡﱠ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ؟‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭﻟﻴﺴ ْ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺫﻱ ﺗﺰﻭﺭﻧﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻓﻬﺎﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺳﺘﺰﻭﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ؟‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺳَﺘﻐْﻠﻘ ْ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺬ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻳﺮﺷﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺻُ َﻮ ٍﺭ ﻋﺪﻳﺪ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫ ٍﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺑﻴﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٢١‬‬
‫ﺼﻠﹼﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻣـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴّﲔ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﰒﹼ ﰲ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﻜﺎ ٍﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺬ ﺃﹶﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ ﻳُـ َ‬
‫ﺕ ﺗﺰﻭﺭﻧـﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﳓـ ٍﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻇﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬﺋ ٍﺬ ﺗﺒﻴّﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺑﺪﹶﺃ ْ‬
‫ﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻤﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﺎﷲ ﻻ ﻳُﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻮﺍﻫِﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﱠ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﺄﹶﺕ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺧﻄﺮًﺍ ﺟﺴﻴﻤًﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻤﻦ ﰲ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇِﺷﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻨﻴـﺴ ٍﺔ ﻓﺨﻤـ ٍﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ ﰲ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﻜﺎ ٍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩّﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﳌـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺇﻏﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎﺩّﻱﱟ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪" :‬ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺃَﻁﻠﺏ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﺸﻴّﺩﻭﺍ ﻟﻲ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻤﺯﺍﺭًﺍ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﹶﻭﺿﺤﺖ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺇِﺷﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺘﻢّ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﺰﺍﻉ ﺣﺠ ٍﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺱ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺷـﻜ ٍﺮ ﻟﻴـﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﰎﹼ ﻓﻌﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﻏﻠﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﻴّﺰ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬ ٍﺔ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺩﻉ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺳـﺮﺍﺝٌ‬
‫ﺻﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻞﹼ ﻣﻮﻗﺪًﺍ ﻟﻴ ﹶﻞ ﻬﻧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﹼﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺭّﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴُﺼﻠﱡﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻧﺎﺳًـﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ِﺇﻧّﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻛﻌﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ُ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺛﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺷﺒّﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﺎﺭّﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺼﻠﹼﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻛﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﻒ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧًﺎ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺃَﻋﻁﻭﺍ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺘﺤﺭﻤﻭﺍ ﺃَﺤﺩًﺍ ﻤﻤّﻥ ﻴﻁﻠﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺩﺓ"‪.‬‬

‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻄﺎﺀٌ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺇ ﹾﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﻄﺎﺀً‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺴﺎﻩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ؟ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪّ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺀ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﻌﻄـﻲ ﻛـﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﹶﺘﻪ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﹶﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻴﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔﹲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍ ٍﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﻓﻀﺎﻥ ﺳﺆﺍ ﹰﻻ‪ .‬ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻃﺎﺭﻕٌ ﰲ ﹶﺃﻳّﺔ ﺳﺎﻋ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﺘﺤـﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﻬﺒـﺎﻥ ﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﺎﻥ ﺇِﻋﻄﺎﺀﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﻬﺒﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺣﻴﺒﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺻ ٍ‬
‫ﱪ ﻭﺑﺴﻤ ٍﺔ ﻣُﺬﻫ ﹶﻠﻴْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻣﱢﺤﺎ ٍﺀ ﺗﺎﻡﱟ ﻻ ﺍﺩﱢﻋـﺎ َﺀ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺃﹶﺛﺮ ﻟﻠﻜﱪﻳﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺍﺭﻳﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﻲ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٢٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻳﱪﺯ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝٌ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲡﺴﻴﺪًﺍ ﳍـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺰﻯ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﺴﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻨﺴﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟـﻚ‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﺆﺛﹼﺮ ٍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻُﻠﺐ ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳛﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺻـﻠﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﱪ ﻭﺣﺐﱟ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﹼﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻻ ﺧﻼﺹ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺰ ٍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗـﻪ‬
‫ﺻٍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻳّ ﹰﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﻞﹼ ﺳﻠﺒﻴّﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﻭﺇِﳚﺎﺑﻴﱠﺎﻬﺗﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳّﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻘﺒﱠﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﹶﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﹼﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﻴﻜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﲎ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪" :‬ﺇﲪﻠﻴﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﹶﲨﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻋﱪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷَﺯﻣﻨﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻭﱠﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﰒﹼ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛـﺮّﺗﲔ ﻣﺘﺘـﺎﻟﻴَﺘﻴْﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻘـﺩ ﺃَﺨﻁـﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤـﻥ ﻓـﺭﺡ‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﻗ ّ‬
‫ﺒﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃَﺨﻁﺄ"‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﺫﻫﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻣﺮًﺍ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻠﻜـﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﷲ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺿﺮًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪّﻱ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭﺩّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹸﺿﻴﻒ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﲞﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪" :‬ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﻜ ّل ﺸﻲﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﺸﻴﺌًﺎ‪ .‬ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻜﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔﹲ‬
‫ﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔﹲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻭﺩّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹸﺷﲑ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﹶﺄﻥﹼ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺑﻌﻀﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻀﹰﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓـﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓـﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺮّﻑ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧّﻬﺎ ﻻ ُﺑﺪﱠ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻔﻀﻲ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻬﻧﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳐﻠﺼﹰﺎ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻛﻞﱢ ﻋﻠ ٍﻢ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔٍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٢٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻀﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺑﺴﺎﻃ ٍﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ‪" :‬ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﲔ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧـﺘﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﳓﻦ؟‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻫﻰ ِﺇﱄﹼ ﺗﺮﱠﻫﺎﺕٌ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻻﻫﻮﺗﻴّﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺆﻟﹼﻔﺎﻬﺗﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗـﺪّﻋﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻹِﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳜﱪﱐ ﺷﺒّﺎﻥ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﱐ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻛﺬﺍ" ﺃﹸﺟﻴـﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻟﻴﺆﻛﹼﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻣﻦْ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ؟"‬
‫"ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻫ ﹰ‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ ﻳُﻄﻠﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎ ٍﻥ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻤّﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻯ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﹼﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷُﻣﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺫﻫﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻫﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺒﺖّ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻋًﺎ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻟﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﹰﺎ ﳑﱠﺎ ﳒﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻨﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻳﻮﻣًـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤـﺎ ﺗﻌـﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪّ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻟﻠﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻭﻋﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻥﹼ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻨﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺳﺘﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﱄ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻭﻋﺪٌ ﺑﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻘﺎ ٍﻡ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﺼﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞﹼ ﲣﻴﱡ ٍﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻧّﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﻌﻈﻢ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺩﺭٌ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻌﻈﹼﻤﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻱﱡ ﺩﻭ ٍﺭ ﰲ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻃﻼﻗﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﹼ ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻏﹼﻞ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻈـﻞﹼ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣُﻘﺮّﻳﻦ ﺑﺄﻥﹼ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣـﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭٌ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﺳﻴﻬﺒﻨﺎ ﺇِﻳّﺎﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻔﻀﻲ ﺇﱃ "ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ" ﺇِﻥ ﺻﺢّ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﻣﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﺜﹼﻔﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻓﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﻠﻤـﻮﺍ ﹶﺃﻧّﻜـﻢ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻠﹼﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٢٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﲑﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧُﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﲞﺎﺻّ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﺎﻧﻴْﻨﺎ ﻛﺜ ً‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻻ ﺧـﻼﺹ ﻟﻨـﺎ ِﺇﻻﹼ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻴﻤﻨ ٍﺔ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ُﺧﻴّﻞ ﺇِﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻭﻗ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻭﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺗﻔﻜﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻨﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺄ ﹾﻥ ﻻ ﻭﺟـﻮ َﺩ‬
‫ﻟﺸﻲ ٍﺀ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ؛ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﱠ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﻨﺪّﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﺰﺩَ ْﺩ ﻣﻌﺮﻓـﺔﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻞﹼ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺗﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﳊﻞﹼ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺗﻨﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺤﺬ ْﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﳍﹰﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣ َﺪﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻﹼ ﻫﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺟﻪٌ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﳛﻞﹼ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﱠﻘﹾﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳ َﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺗﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻫﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ؟‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦّ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﻏﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﳍﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻸﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳊﻖﱢ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻋﺪّﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﱟ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﳍﹰﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﳍﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺁﳍﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﺷﺎ ﷲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻞﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍ ُﺀ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺃﹸﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ"‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﳎﺮّﺩ ﺗﺬﻛﹼﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﲤﺠﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊٍ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٢٥‬‬

‫ﻼ‬
‫‪ -٢‬اﻟﻈﻬﻮر اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬اﻟﺴﺒﺖ ‪ ٨‬آﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ١٩٨٣‬اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ١١٫٣٧ :‬ﻟﻴ ً‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﺒﻜﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﻤﻌﻠﻴﺵ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﺒﻜﻲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺼﺮﺥ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻤﺘﺒﻜﻲ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺧﲑًﺍ ﺍﻧﺴﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻴﲏ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺑﺘﺴﺎﻣ ﹰﺔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٢٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺴﺒﺖ ‪١٩٨٣/١/٨‬‬

‫ﲑ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺑـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺐ ﻛﺒ ٍ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺒﻠﱠﻐﺔ ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﻧﺼّﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﺒﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻬﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﱢﻴﱠﺔ‪" :‬ﻣﻌﻠﻴﺶ"‪.‬‬
‫"ﻣﻌﻠﻴﺶ"‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗُﺴﻤَﻊ ﻛﻞﱠ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮّﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ ُﺳﺌﻞ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎﻥﹲ ﰲ ﺿﻴ ٍﻖ‪" ،‬ﻛﻴـﻒ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻚ!" ﺃﹶﺟﺎﺏ‪" :‬ﻣﻌﻠﻴﺶ"‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﺯﻣﺔﹲ ﻭﺳﺘﻤﺮّ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﺒﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﺥ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺭﺍ ﻋﻤﺘﺒﻜﻲ"‪" .‬ﺃﹶﺧﲑًﺍ ﺍﻧﺴﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻴﲏ ﻣﲑﻧـﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺑﺘﺴﺎﻣﺔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﺎ ٍﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺗﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﱂ ﺗ ِﻊ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺼﻴﺢ ﺑﺼﻮ ٍ‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺭﺍ ﻋﻤﺘﺒﻜﻲ"‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﺪﻫﺸ ﹰﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠ َﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ "ﻣﻌﻠﻴﺶ"‪ ،‬ﻋﺸﻴّﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ؟)‪ (١‬ﻣﻊ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﻞ ﰎﹼ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺮﻳﺮﻙ ﻫﺰﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺮﺿﻰ ﺁﻝ ﻧﻈﹼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﺭﺍﻏﺒًﺎ ﰲ ﹶﺃﻻﹼ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻗﻨﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﳋﻀﻮﻉ ﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺮﻳﺮﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺬﺭﱢﻋًﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪" :‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﻌْﺮﻑ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻣـﺮﱘ‪.‬‬

‫ﺖ ﺍﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﺣﺘﻔﺎﻝٍ ﺭﲰ ﱟﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺪّﺱ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺮﻳﺮﻛﻴّﺔ ﺍﻷُﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴّﺔ‪ُ ،‬ﻧﻘِﻠ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻷُﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻏﺪﺍﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻭﺟﲑ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﺛـﻨﲔ ‪، ١٩٨٣/٢/٢١‬‬
‫ﺃﹸﻋﻴﺪﺕ ﰲ ﻛﺘﻤﺎ ٍﻥ ﺗﺎ ﱟﻡ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٢٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺜﹼﻠ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺮﻳﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﻥ ﻓﻤﺎ ُﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﲣﻀﻊ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﺭًﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﹼﻔﺔ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ َﻷﻱﱟ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﺤﺪّﺩ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻗﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺩﻓ ُ‬
‫"ﺛﺎﻧﻴًﺎ ِﺇﻥﱠ ﻣُﺠﺮﱠﺩ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺭﲰﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﳝﺜﹼـﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﹰـﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻜﺴﺐٌ ﻟﻨﺎ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡّ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺛﺎﻟﺜﹰﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺮّﺭﻛﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴُﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻧﻔﺎﺳﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺣﻘﹼﻜـﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﲬﺴ ٍﺔ ﻭﺃﹶﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣًﺎ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻤﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻗﺪﺍﻣﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﻔﲔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴ ﹶﻞ ﻬﻧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻈﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻘﺴ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺭﺍﺑﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑﱠﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴ ٍﺔ ﺃﹸﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴﱠ ٍﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺻﻼﺓﹲ ﻣﺴﻜﻮﻧﻴّﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺜﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻜﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺠﺞ ﺍﻷَﺭﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪" :‬ﻛﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﺖِ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖٌ ﲤﺎﻣًـﺎ"‪ .‬ﻭﻧُﻘﻠِـﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﺸﻴّﺔ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﱂ ﻳُﻄﻠﻌﲏ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻀﻲّ ﻋﺪّﺓ ﹶﺃﻳّﺎ ٍﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ ﻗﻠﺖ ﰲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﳒﻬﻠﻪ ﳓﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺨﻔﻴـﻪ ﻋﻨّـﺎ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ؟ ﺃﹶﻻ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﻮﻛﻞ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﻟﻠﺮﺏّ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﺘﺪﺭّﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﱪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺗﻔﺴﲑًﺍ ﺟﺰﺋﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﻋﻄﻲ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻆ ﺍﻋﺘﺼﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺇِﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻭﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻃﻲّ ﻛﺘﻤﺎ ٍﻥ ﺗﺎﻡّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻛﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﲢﻔﹼ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺮﻳﺮﻛﻴّﺔ ﺍﻷُﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻬﻧﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﻧﻌﻤﺔﹲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٢٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻼ‬
‫‪ -٣‬اﻟﻈﻬﻮر اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ‪ :‬اﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ‪ ٢١‬ﺷﺒﺎط ‪ ١٩٨٣‬اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ٩٫٣٠ :‬ﻟﻴ ً‬
‫» ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻲ ﺒﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﻜﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﺭﺠﻌﺕ ﻟﻬﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻻ ﺘﺸﺘﻤﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺭﱢﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﺩﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻀﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﻀﻊ ﺒﻴﺘﻌﻁﹼﺵ ﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺼﻠِﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﹶﻠﹶل‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺃﻤّﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒّﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒِﻴﻬﻤِل‪ ،‬ﺒِﺜﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒِﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺎﻤﺤﺔ ﺃﻓﻀل ﺸﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﻴَﻠﻠﻲ ﺒﻴﺩّﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒّﺔ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻨﺠِﺱ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﻁﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻤِﻨﻜﻥ ﻁﻠﺏ‪ :‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺒﺘﺭﺴﺨﹼﻭﻫﺎ ﺒﺒﺎﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺘﺭﺩﱢﺩﻭﻫﺎ ﺩﻭﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪" -٨‬ﺍﷲ ﺒِﺨﻠﹼﺼﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻴﻨﻭّﺭﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻨـﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺨـﺎﻑ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻭﻫﻴﻙ ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﻭﺴﻑ؟‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﺇﺤﻤﻠﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﺎﻤﺤﻭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٠‬ﺇﺤﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺃﻗ ّل ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ِﻤﻤّﺎ ﺤَﻤَ َل ﺍﻵﺏ‪« .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٢٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬

‫اﻹِﺛﻨﻴﻦ ‪١٩٨٣/٢/٢١‬‬

‫ﺖ ﺑُ َﻌ ْﻴ َﺪ ﺇِﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺇﱃ‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤّﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ُﺑﻠﱢﻐ ْ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﻣُﺒْﻬﻤ ٍﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﺪّﻯ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻫﻨﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ﹶﺬﻳْﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﺍ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻤﺎ‪" :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹶﻓﻌَﻠﺘْﻪ ﺍﻟﻌـﺬﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺗﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﳌﺸﲔ؟…" ﻭﻧﺸﺒﺖ ﻣﻼﺳﻨﺔﹲ ﻋﻨﻴﻔ ﹲﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻨﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷَﺛﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻪ ﻟﺪﻯ ﲰﺎﻋﻪ ﺃﹶﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺚ ﰲ ﻓﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺜﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺜﺬٍ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻘـﻮﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺟﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺄﺫﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﹰﺎ ﻋﺸﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭَﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺳﺮّﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻤـﺎ ﺑﻌـﺪ‪:‬‬
‫"ﹶﺃﻳﱠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﲑﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﻴﻼ ﳔﻄﻮ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺜﹼﺮﺓ ﺗﺴﻲﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺟﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴ ٍﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﲣﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻬﻧﻰ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻧّﻬـﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ"‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺤﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﻛﻌ ﹰﺔ ﳛﻴﻂ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﹶﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷُﺳﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻐﺘ ﹰﺔ ﲰﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻠﻔﹼﻆ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ُﺗَﺒﻠﱠﻎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻬﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﱢﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺄﻟﹼﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺋﹶﻴْﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺼ ﹶﻠﻴْﻦ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻈﻨـﺎ ﺑـﺎﳉﺰﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭّﻝ ﻃﻲّ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺳﻨَﺘﻴْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺴﻮﺓ ﻣﺆﺩّﺍﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ"‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﻥ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻬ ﱡﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﻠﻔﻈﺔ "ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ"‬
‫"ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻲ ﺒﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﻜﻥ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻬﺎ ﹸﺃﻡﱞ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺓ ﺗﻨﺎﺟﻲ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀَﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٣٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫» ﺃَﻨﺎ ﺭﺠﻌﺕ ﻟﻬﻭﻥ‬
‫"ﻻ ﺘﺸﺘﻤﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒّﺭﻴﻥ ﻋﺩﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻀﻊ‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﻀﻊ ﺒﻴﺘﻌﻁﹼﺵ ﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴُﺼﻠﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﹶﻠﹶل‬
‫"َﺃﻤّﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒّﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻬﻤل‪ ،‬ﺒﺜﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻤﺤﺔ ﺃَﻓﻀل ﺸﻲﺀ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﲢﻠﹼﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﺑﺎﶈﺒّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻬﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﱡﻉ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘّﺴﺎﻣﺢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﻌﻪ ﺇﻻﹼ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳـﺮﻯ ﰲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷَﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻋﺘﺎﺑًﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﺮﺍﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦّ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺭﺍﺋﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻬﺎﲨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﺩﺍﻧـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺑُﻠﻎﱢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻬﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴّﺔ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻁﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻤﻨﻜﻥ ﻁﻠﺏ"‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻷُﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺮﻣﻲ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟـﻨﺺّ ﰲ ﺣـﲑﺓ ﺣﻴـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﺳّﻞ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺃﹶﻣ ٍﺮ ﺗﻮﺩّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻧﻪ!‬
‫"ﻁﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻤﻨﻜﻥ ﻁﻠﺏ"‬
‫ﻭﻛﺄﻥﹼ ﻣﺮﺅﻭﺳﺎﹰ ﻳﺘﻮﺳّﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫» "ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ِﺒﺘﹾ َﺭﺴّﺨﻭﻫﺎ ﺒﺒﺎﻟﻜﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﺘﺭﺩّﺩﻭﻫﺎ ﺩﻭﻤ ﹰﺎ‪" :‬ﺍﷲ ﺒﺨﻠﹼﺼﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺒﻨـﻭّﺭﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺃَﺨﺎﻑ"‪.‬‬
‫"ﻤﻭ ﻫﻴﻙ ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﻭﺴﻑ؟" «‬
‫ﲦﹼﺔ ﺃﹶﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻳﱠﻴْﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﹶﺃﻭّ ﹰﻻ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺮﺳّﺨﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺃﹶﺫﻫﺎﻬﻧﻢ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻻ ﲣﺎﻓﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﲣﺸﻮﺍ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳋﻼﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗَﺪَﻋﻮﻩ ﻳﻐﺮﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪" :‬ﻤﻭﻫﻴﻙ ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﻭﺴﻑ؟"‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٣١‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ َﺣﺪَﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣُﻈِﺮ ﻋﻠﻲّ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺧـﺘﻼﻑ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺕ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺍﺟﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﱠﺔﹲ ﺩﻳﻨﻴّﺔﹲ ﺭﻓﻴﻌ ﹲﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﹼﻐﺘﲏ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﻈﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺇِﺷﺎﻋﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺗﺪّﻋﻲ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺘﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺣﺒﻚ ﻗﻀﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻨـﺼﺮﻑ ﺃﹶﺫﻫـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺢ ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺮّﺻﺎﺕ!‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺑﺪّ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎ ٍﻝ ﺟﺎﻣ ٍ‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻭﺃﹶﺧـﻲ ﺍﻷَﺏ‬
‫ﺡ ﻣﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻋﻠﻤ ُ‬
‫ﺐ ﺳﺎﻛ ٍﻦ ﻭﳎﺮﻭ ٍ‬
‫ﺖ ﻟﻸَﻣﺮ ﺑﻘﻠ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺫﻋﻨ ُ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ ﺑﺄﻧّﲏ ﻟﻦ ﺁﰐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪُ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟـﺖ ﻟـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪" :‬ﻣﻮ ﻫﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﲏ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ!؟ "‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﺲّ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻣﻌﲏﱞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓ ٍﻮ ﺃﹶﻟـﺼﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺑﻼ ﻓﻜﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﻨﻌﻄﻔﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻭِﺇﻧّﻲ ﻷﻋﺘﱪ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟّﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻣﺜﱠﻠ ْ‬
‫ﺍﳊﹶﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ ﻛﺎﻫﻦ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،١٩٤٠‬ﰲ ﻣﻨﹰﺄﻯ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﺒﻬ ٍﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﺭﺟﻞﹲ ﻳﺘﻤﺘّﻊ ﺑﻨﺰﺍﻫﺔٍ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣ ٍﺔ ﱂ ﺃﹶﺷﻬﺪ ﻗﻂﹼ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬ ٍﺔ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﻕٌ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ُﻋﻬِﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻈﺎﻫﺮ "ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺒﻴّﺔ" ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪّﺩﺓ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺣـﺪﺛﺖ ﰲ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.١٩٤٠‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﹶﺃﻧّﻲ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﹶﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﻣ ِﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﺃﹶﻧّﲏ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﻔﺖ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧّـﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺛﻘﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﺗﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﱐ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﺄﻭﺍﹰ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﹰﺍ‪ .‬ﰒﹼ ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻳﺘﻤﻴّﺰ ﲞﺼﻠ ٍﺔ ﺣُﺮﻣ ُ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﰐ ﺍﳌﻨﻴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﺃﻛﻦ ﺃﹸﺩﻭّﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﹶﺧﺘﺰﻥ ﻛـﻞﹼ ﺷـﻲ ٍﺀ ﰲ‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺫﻟـﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻇﻨّﲏ ﺃﹶﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﱂ ﺃﹶﳊﻆ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻲ ﻟﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ُ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﰐ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻣﻌﻠـﻮﱄ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﺖُ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻓﻘﺪ ُ‬
‫ﻓﺈِﻧﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻋُﲏ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﺧﻄﹼﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﻗﹼ ٍﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴـﺔٍ‪،‬‬
‫ﱐ ﻳُﺪﺭّﺱ ﰲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﺠﻴﻜﺎ ﻭﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮّﻥ ِﻣﻠﹶﻔًّﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﺎﱂﹲ ﻧﻔﺴﺎ ﱞ‬
‫ﺖ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﺪّﻩ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪ ﺃﹶﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻠﻒﱟ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘّﺤﺪﺓ‪" :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﺪﱠﻣ ُ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﻲﱟ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱّ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺩﻭّﻬﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﻓﻴﻮﻣﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔﹰ ﻓﺪﻗﻴﻘـ ﹰﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺿﻌﺖُ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻓﺜﺎﻧﻴ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٣٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥﹼ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﳍﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧّﻪ ﺳﺒّﺐ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ‪،‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺄﻟﺘْﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪" :‬ﻣﻮ ﻫﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﲏ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ؟ " ﺇِﻧﱠﻤـﺎ ﻫـﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺒﻠﹼﻐﻪ ﺃﹶﻣﺮﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻧﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻓﺴّﺮﻩ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻼﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺳﺮّﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﺒَﻴْﻞ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻣﻌﻠـﻮﱄ‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﺎﻁ ‪ ١٩٨٣‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﹶﻟﺼﻘ ْ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳊﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﺛﺮٌ ﺣﺎﺳﻢٌ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹸﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻣﺜﺎ ﹰﻻ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،١٩٨٤‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﰲ ﺑﻮﺳـﻄﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺪﻯ ﺻﺪﻳ ٍﻖ ﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻧﻄﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷَﺩﻭﻳـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺖ ﰲ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭّﻝ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻧﻔﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻـﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻣـﺸﻘﻴّﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﻀﻴ ُ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺒّﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻸﺳﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮّﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘّﺤﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻣﻀﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﺮﺓ ﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘّﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺻﺒﺎﺣﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﲢﺪّﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳُﺼﻐﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻷَﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺳﺄﻟﲏ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺃﻛﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﺘُﻪ ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﺖِ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻛﻬﻨﺔﹲ ﺳﻮﺍﻙ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ؟"‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻛﺖ ﻣﺮﻣﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻴﺎ ﹶﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺀﻝ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻤﻊ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﻳﺒـﺎﻟﻎ‬
‫ﺕ؟" ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻛﺖ ﺫﻟـﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﹼﻢ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ َﻭﻻ ﳛﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺩّﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ؟ ﺃﹶﻭَﻟﻴﺲ ﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﲣﺮّﺻﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺖ ﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﲦﹼﺔ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ"‪ .‬ﻓَﺒ َﺪ َﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴّﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺭﺩﱡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﺍﻟـﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺘـﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠ ُ‬
‫"ﺣﺴﻦٌ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﲦﹼﺔ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻔﻰ"‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪُ‪ ،‬ﳎﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺇِﺤﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﻭﺴﺎﻤﺤﻭﺍ"‪ .‬ﺩﻋﻮ ﹲﺓ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺢ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﳏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺇﺤﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺃَﻗ ّل ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻤّﺎ ﺤﻤل ﺍﻵﺏ!"‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ "ﺍﻵﺏ" ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴّﺔ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﺏ‪ .‬ﰲ ﳊﻈﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﻣﺮﻣﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺟﹰﺎ ﳑّﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻣ ْ‬
‫ﺏ ﻗﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺷﺎﺭﺕ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻣﺪﻳﻮﻏﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﳍﺎ‪ِ" :‬ﺇ ّ‬
‫ﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺃَﺨﺫﺕ ﺘﺜﻘل ﺠ ّﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻨﹼﻨﻲ ﺃَﺠﺩ ﻤﺸ ﹼﻘ ﹰﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺩّﻫﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٣٣‬‬
‫ﱵ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺃﹶﳒﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ،١٩٨٩/٨/١٨‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌـﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﳌﲑﻧـﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺇِﺣﺪﻯ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ْ‬
‫"ﻗﻮﱄ ﻷﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ! ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﻜﺜﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧّﻬﻤﺎ ﲝﺎﺟ ٍﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻹِﺭﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﻵﺏ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﰲ ‪ ٢١‬ﺷﺒﺎﻁ ‪ ،١٩٨٣‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﹶﻓﻬﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻵﺏ ﳛﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻭﹶﺃﻧّﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻻ ُﻳ َﻌﺪّ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺘﻤﻞ ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺒﺒﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﹰﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺪﻳﻮﻏﻮﺭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﻜـﺎ ٍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ‪ ٢٦‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ ،١٩٨٥‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭًﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﶈﺖ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﰒﹼ ﺃﹶﻭﺿﺤﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪" :‬ﺇِﺫﻫﱯ ﺇﱃ ﺍ َﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﻋﻤّـﺎ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻮﱐ ﺑﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ"‬
‫ﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺄﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﱠ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻢّ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻏﲑ ﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٣٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻼ‬
‫‪ -٤‬اﻟﻈﻬﻮر اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬اﻟﺨﻤﻴﺲ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺁذار ‪ ١٩٨٣‬اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ٩،٣٠ :‬ﻟﻴ ً‬
‫» ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻤﻬﻤّﺘﻲ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﺃﺴـﺘﻁﻊْ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل ﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‪ :‬ﻤﺒﺎﺭﻜﺔﹲ ﺃﻨ ِ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻭ َل ﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ‪" :‬ﻫﺎ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﻤﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﻤﺴﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺇﻟﻬﻲ ﻗﺎﻟ َﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻭ َل ﻟﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﻤﻐﻔﻭﺭﺓﹲ ﺯ ﹼﻻﺘﹸﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜ ّ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺃﺴﱢﺴﻭﺍ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﺃﻗل‪ :‬ﺃﺒﻨﻭﺍ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺒﻨﹼﺎﻫﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔﹲ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷ ّ‬
‫ﺴﻤَﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﺨﻁﺄ‪ .‬ﻭﻤَـﻥ‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻤَﻥ ﻗ ﱠ‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍ ِ‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻠﻜﻭ ﹸ‬
‫ﻓﹶﺭِﺡ ﺒﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤِﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﺨﻁﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﻤَﻬﺎ ﻟـﻴﺱ‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺒﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺼﻐﻴﺭ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﹶﻜﺒُﺭﺕ ﺍﻨﻘﺴﻤﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻗ ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﻴ ِﻪ ﻤﺤﺒّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﺇﺠﻤﻌﻭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٠‬ﺃﻗﻭ ُل ﻟﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺼﻠﱡﻭﺍ ﺼﻠﱡﻭﺍ ﻭﺼﻠﱡﻭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١١‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﺠﻤ َل ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ ﺭﺍﻜﻌﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻁﺎﻟﺒﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٢‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٣‬ﻻ ﺘﺘﻔﺭﱠﻗﻭﺍ ﻤﺜ َل ﺘﻔﺭﻴ ِ‬
‫‪ -١٤‬ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﺴﺘﻌﻠﱢﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺠﻴﺎ َل ﻜﻠﻤﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤ ّﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٥‬ﺼﻠﹼﻭﺍ ﻟﺴﺎﻜﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪« .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٣٥‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺨﻤﻴﺲ ‪١٩٨٣/٣/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺁﺫﺍﺭ ‪.١٩٨٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭ َﺣﺪْﺳﹰﺎ ﺷﻌﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴّﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺜﲑﻭﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺀَﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺒﺘﻐﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﳑّـﺎ ﺗﻔﻌﻠـﻪ؟ ﺃﹶﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻧﺎ؟"‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ :‬ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﱠ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺘﺠﻮﻥ‪" :‬ﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﺧّﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻧﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﺗﻔﻜﲑٌ ﺑﺴﻴﻂﹲ‪ ،‬ﺫﻭ ﻣﻨﻄ ٍﻖ ﻣﺬﻫ ٍﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺪْﺳﹰﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻭﺩّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹸﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺻﺪﻳ ٍﻖ ﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﺩﻳﺐ ﻣﺼﻠﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻘﱠﻒٌ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺟﺮٌ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻛﻠﲑﻳﻜﻲﱞ ﺳﺎﺑﻖٌ‪ ،‬ﳛﺪﻭﻩ ﺣﺐﱞ ﺟﻢﱞ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻟﻠﻌـﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻟـﻪ ﻣﺆﻟﹼﻔـﺎﺕٌ‬
‫ﻼ‪" :‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻄﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻖّ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻫﲑ‪ ".‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓﹲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﺸﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﳎّﺎﻧﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﹼﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﹶﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﻟﻪ ﺇِﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴّﲔ ﻳﺘﻘﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﳍﻢ‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺻﻄﺤﺒﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻘﺎ ﹰﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٣٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻣﻘﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﳛﻤﻞ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﺎﻁ‬
‫‪ .١٩٨٣‬ﺗﺼﻮّﺭﻭﺍ‪ ٩ :‬ﺷﺒﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺁﺫﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟـﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﳚﺮﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ؟ ﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﻟـﻮ ﲤﻜﹼﻨـﺖ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻫﻲ ﹸﺃﻋﺠﻮﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ"‪.‬‬
‫ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﺮّﻗﺖْ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻃﻼﻗﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛـﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﲦﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪْﺱٌ ﺷﻌﱯﱞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺻﺪﻳﻖٌ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻛﻞﹼ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑّﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺇِﺭﺍﺩ ٍﺓ ﺇﳍﻴّ ٍﺔ ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺿﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺁﺫﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ُﺑﺪﱠ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻝ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻏﲑ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴّ ٍﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟـﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻨﻌ ُ‬
‫ﺖ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﻈﹾﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻀﻌ ُ‬
‫ﻼ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺭﺟﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺎ ﹶﻝ"‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖُ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺀ ‪ ١٨‬ﺁﺫﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﺘﻒ ﱄ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻗﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻳﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻐﺰﺍﺭ ٍﺓ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺻّﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﹼﻬﻢ ﻳـﺼﻠﹼﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﹸﺳﻘﻔﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳـﺖ ﻳﻨـﺴﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨّﺎ ﻧﺘﺴﺎﺀﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﹼﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀﺗﲏ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪" :‬ﺃﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴ ٍﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ؟" ﺃﹶﺟﺒﺖُ‪" :‬ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻋﻠﻤـﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪" :‬ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜﻦ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﲟﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷَﻋﻴﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺳﻴّﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻋﻴـﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﰒﹼ ﲟﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺃﹶﻋﻴﺎﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺴﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺑـﺎﱄ ﺃﹶﻥ ‪ ١٩‬ﺁﺫﺍﺭ ﺫﺍﻙ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻧﻄﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﺪ ﻋﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻷَﻛﺎﺛﺴﺘﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺖ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺃﹶﺟﺒﺖُ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﻇﻦّ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻴﺪٌ ﲨﻴﻞﹲ ﺟﺪّﹰﺍ‪ .‬ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺕ ﻭﺑﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻭُﺭَﻳْﻘﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺰﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻲ‬ ‫ﻼ ﰒﹼ ﻋﺎﺩ ْ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﺪﹰﺍ"‪ .‬ﻓﻐﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻧّﻪ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌـﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴـﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻛﺎﺛﺴﺘﻮﻥ"‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪" :‬ﺁﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٣٧‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺖ ﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﻋﻴﺪ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ! ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺟﺪ ْ‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﺪﻧﻮ ُ‬
‫ﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﺪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺑﹰﺎ ﺭﺍﺋﻌﹰﺎ ﻛﻲ ﻬﺗﻨّﺌ َ‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﺍﻧﺴﺤﺒﺖُ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺎ ًﺀ ﻟﻠﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺘُﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺮﻳﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷُﺳﻘﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﺣﻀﺮ ﻣﺴﺮﺣﻴّ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻗـﺪ ﻭﻋـﺪ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺀ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺁﺫﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﻣُﺨﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﲝﻀﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗُﻘﺪّﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﱄ ﲡﺮﺑـﺔﹲ‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻨﺸﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺪ‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﺪّﺓ ﻣﺴﺮﺣﻴّﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴّﺔﹲ ﻭﻣﺴﺮﺣﻴّﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﹶﺃﻟﹼﻔ ُ‬
‫ﺖ ﰲ ﺳﻮﺭﻳّﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺭ َﺟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﺖُ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺴﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖُ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﹶﺣـﻀﺮ‬
‫ُﻣﺜﱢﻠ ْ‬
‫ﺹ ﺁﺧـﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺮﺣﻴّﺔ؟ ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺖُ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﺃﲢﺎﺩﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﺃﹶﺷﺨﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻼ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﻝ ﻧﻈﹼﻮﺭ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻧﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀﱐ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﻗﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻝ ﻧﻈﹼﻮﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻭﻋﺎﺋﻠﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺣﺴﻦٌ‪ ،‬ﺳﺂﰐ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ ﲝﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻠﻴّﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟـﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻋﺪ ُ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴّﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻧّﲏ ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﻓﻌﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻀﻲّ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖﱡ ﳓـﻮ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺨْـﺮﺝ ﻭﺍﺳـﺘﺄﺫﻧﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺖ ﰲ ﺳﻴّﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻳﺒﻠﹼﻐﲏ ﺭﻏﺒـﺔ ﺁﻝ‬
‫"ﺳﺄﻏﻴﺐ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﰒﹼ ﺃﹶﻋﻮﺩ"‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻠﻘ ُ‬
‫ﻧﻈﹼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺨﻮﺹ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﱄ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺷﻘﻴﻖ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﺍﻷَﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻧّﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟـﺴﻄﺢ"‪ ،‬ﻓـﺼﻌﺪﺕُ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺕ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎ ٍﻥ ﺧﺎﻝٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺹ ﺭﺍﻛﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺜﻮ ُ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﳊﻈﺖُ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﺃﹶﺷﺨﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﰊ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﹰﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﲰﺖ ﺇِﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﻋﻘﺐ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻗﺼﲑ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﲰﻌﺖ ﻣﲑﻧـﺎ‬
‫ﺕ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇِﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺩّﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫» ﺃَﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﻬﻤّﺘﻲ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺕ‬
‫ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﺃَﺴﺘﻁﻊ ﺃَﻥ ﺃﻗـﻭل‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل ﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‪ :‬ﻤﺒﺎﺭﻜﺔﹲ ﺃَﻨ ِ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺇ ﹼﻻ‪ :‬ﻫﺎ ﺃَﻨﺎ ﺃَﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﺴﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺇِﻟﻬﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻕ ﺃَﻥ ﺃَﻗﻭل ﻟﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﻤﻐﻔﻭﺭﺓﹲ ﺯ ﹼﻻﺘﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺃَﺴﺘﺤ ﹼ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٣٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫َﺃﺴّﺴﻭﺍ ﻜﻨﻴﺴ ﹰﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻡ ﺃَﻗل‪ :‬ﺍﺒﻨﻭﺍ ﻜﻨﻴﺴ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﻥ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﺤﺩٌ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴـﺴﺔ ﻫـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺒﻨﹼﺎﻫﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔﹲ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓﹲ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ّ‬
‫ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺴّﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃَﺨﻁﺄ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻓﺭﺡ ﺒﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘـﺩ‬
‫ﺃَﺨﻁﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺼﻐﻴﺭ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻜﺒﺭﺕ ﺍﻨﻘﺴﻤﺕ؛ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻗﺴّﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻤﺤ ّﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇِﺠﻤﻌﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺃَﻗﻭل ﻟﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺼﻠﱡﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺼﻠﱡﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺼﻠﱡﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﺃَﺠﻤل ﺃَﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ ﺭﺍﻜﻌﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻁﺎﻟﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﺘﻔﺭﱠﻗﻭﺍ ﻤﺜل ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺴﺘﻌﻠﱢﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻷَﺠﻴﺎ َل ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺼﻠﹼﻭﺍ ﻟﺴﺎﻜﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪« .‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻒ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﳋﺎﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻌﻬﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻞﹼ ﺑﻨﺪﺍﺋﻬﺎ‪" :‬ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ"‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻨﺎ ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﳒﻨﺢ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﹶﻧّﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘﹼﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃَﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﻬﻤّﺘﻲ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺕ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺄﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻛﻲ ﺗﺆﺩّﻱ ﻣﻬﻤّ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺍﳋﺎﺿﻊ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ِﺇﻧﱠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻭﻻﻫﺎ ﺇِﻳّﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﱠ ﳎﺮّﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﺑﺎﻷَﻣﺮ ﻳﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺸﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﺻﺒﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﳉﺰﻉ‪ِ ،‬ﺇ ﹾﺫ ُﺧﻴّﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻭﻓﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻬﻧﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٣٩‬‬
‫"ﻤﻬﻤّﺘﻲ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺕ"‬
‫ﻓﺮﺑّﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺮﻯ ﰲ ﻟﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌـﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻟﱪﻧﺎﺩﻳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﰒﹼ ﻏﺎﺑـﺖ‪ .‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ…‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺗﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﹼﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺰﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﺠﻤﻟﺮّﺩ ﲣﻴّﻞ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﻮّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﺸﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻣـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪُ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺷﻖّ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﺑﺄﻥﹼ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻣﻌﻠـﻮﱄ ﻛـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺬﺭﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻧّﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﻴﺶ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺣﻠﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻕّ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺗـﺼﻮّﺭ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﺬﻛﹼﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻧّﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﰲ ﻣﻬﻤﱠ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﻬﻤّﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻭﻓﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻬﻧﺎﻳﺘـﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﰲ ﻋﻴﲏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﻋﻴﻨﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺩّﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﻛﹼﺪ ﺫﻟـﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل ﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‪ :‬ﻤﺒﺎﺭﻜﺔﹲ ﺃَﻨﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ"‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓﹲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺕ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ ُﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺼﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﲨﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎ َﺀ ﲰﻌﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺّ ﻫﺮﻋﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻛﻲ ﺃﹶﺗﺄﻛﹼﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷَﻧﺎﺟﻴـﻞ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺖ ﻬﻧﺒـﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﺍﺱ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻨـ ُ‬
‫ﺲ‪ .‬ﻓﺈِﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷَﻧﺎﺟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲝﻮﺯﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﳍﺎﺟ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﺴﻴﺘﺬﺭّﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻛﻲ ﳛﺘﺠّﻮﺍ‪" :‬ﺗﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎﹰ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﳌﻼﻙ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺴّﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ؛ ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﹼﻢ"‬
‫ﺞ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺎﻕ ﻛـﻞﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺟّﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧُﺒْﺤﺮ ﺑﲔ ﳉ ٍ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻭﻳ ٍﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺪّ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺍﺗّﻬﺎ ٍﻡ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٤٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺏ"‬
‫"ﻭﻟﻡ ﺃَﺴﺘﻁﻊ َﺃﻥ ﺃَﻗﻭل ﻟﻪ ِﺇ ﹼﻻ‪ :‬ﻫﺎ ﺃَﻨﺎ ﺃَﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭ ّ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻱﱡ ﺗﻮﺍﺿ ٍﻊ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻱﱡ ﺗﻮﺍﺿ ٍﻊ ﻭﹶﺃﻳّﺔ ﺑﺴﺎﻃ ٍﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﲡﻴﺐ ﺑﺸﻲ ٍﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ؟‬
‫"ﱂ ﺃﹶﺳﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝ ِﺇﻻﹼ…"‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻈﻮﺍ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻔﻈﺔ "ِﺇﻻﹼ"‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻫﻴﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﺪﻓﹼﻖ ﻧِﻌَﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻋُﻘِﺪ ﻟﺴﺎﻬﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺑﻮﺳـﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ِﺇﻻﹼ‪" :‬ﻫﺎ ﺃَﻨﺎ ﺃَﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺏ "‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺿﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺇﻧّﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺩّ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﹼﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄ ٍﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻜﻢ ﳚﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﻴّﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺩﻣ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﻒّ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﺳـﻠﻄ ﹰﺔ!‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﳜﻠﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﹼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺗُﻘﻠﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﺳُﻠﻄ ﹰﺔ!‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘﹼﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗُﺼﺒﺢ ﺧﺎﺩﻣ ﹰﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﺮﻉ ﲞﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﻏﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷَﻛﺜﺮ ﲡﺮّﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷَﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺍﻏﺒ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻐﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﻠﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺩﻣ ﹰﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺧُﺪﱠﺍﻡٌ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧّﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻜﺬﺍ ﺷﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﺍﻟـﺮﺏّ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﱠﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺆﺳﱠﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﱠﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺴّﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻔﹼﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﺗﻐ ُﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺧﺎﺩﻣ ﹰﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﺓ"‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻳﺴﻌﺪﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺴﻤﻊ َﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻛﱪ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ"‬
‫ﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺬﻛﹼﺮﱐ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺰﻭّﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ‪" :‬ﹶﺃﻳّﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭٌ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ"‪ .‬ﻟﺴ ُ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﺇِﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘﹼﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻠﹼﻤﻮﻧﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻓﺮﻧـﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﻦ ﳕﻂ‪" :‬ﹶﺃﻳّﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧـﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺑﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳُﻔﻠﺢ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺰﺍﺯ ﲪﻴّﺔ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭٌ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ"‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٤١‬‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﺴﺭﻭﺭﺓ"‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ َﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻠﻔﹼﻆ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﹶﺃﻳﱠﺔ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓٍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﹶﺃﻳﱠﺔ ﺟﺎﺭﺓٍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﹶﺃﻳﱠﺔ ﺭﺍﻫﺒ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌـﺬﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﺴﺭﻭﺭﺓ"‬

‫ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﳍﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﹰﺎ ﲜﻬﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﳌـﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨّﺎ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﺣﺎﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺟّﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧُﻘﺮّ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻧّﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ"‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺆﺍﺯﺭﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺩﻻﺀ ﺑﻘﻮ ٍﻝ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﺄﻥ‬
‫ﲪﺎﻗﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﺎﻧﻴّﺘﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﱪﻳﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺾٌ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻗﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺩّﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒّـﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇِﺟﻬﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻌﻨﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻹِﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﳎﺪّﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﺄﻧّﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﻳﺪٌ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻀﻞﹲ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﺴﺭﻭﺭﺓ!"‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻗﻮ ﹰﻻ ﻣﺪﻫﺸﹰﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻕ ﺃَﻥ ﺃَﻗﻭل ﻟﻜﻡ ﻤﻐﻔﻭﺭﺓﹲ ﺯﻻﹼ ﹸﺘﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺇِﻟﻬﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﻬﺎ"‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺴﺘﺤ ﹼ‬
‫ﺇِﺯﺍ َﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞﹼ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎ ٍﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊّ ﺑﺸﻲ ٍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺼﱡﺮ ﳚﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻣﺬﻧﺒﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺣـﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﳍﺮﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﱪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﱪﻳﺮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﺃﹶﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﻋﻤﺎﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳـﺪﺭﻙ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻣﺬﻧﺐٌ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺎ ﹶﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﺟ ٍﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺑﺄﹶﻧّﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺢ ﻭﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺼﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﳉﺮﺡ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻮﳘﻮﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﹶﺄﻧّﻬﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻮﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﻠﻘﻲ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻧﻈﺮ ﹰﺓ ﺧﺎﻃﻔـ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﺴ ُ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٤٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻋﻤﺎﻗﻪ ﻛﻲ ﻳﺘﺒﻴّﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺟﺮﺡ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻚّ ﻳﻨﺰّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﹼ ﻛﻨّﺎ ﺳﻌﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻧّﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻔﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻔﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﱂ ﳕﺮّ ﻋﱪ ﺳﺮّ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺّ ﺛﻐﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻣﺸﺮﻋ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﺳﺮّ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺷﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺳـﻄﺔ ﺳـﺮّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺷﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻣﻐﻔﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺯﻻﹼﺗﻜﻢ"‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ‬
‫ﳝﻨﻌﻪ؟‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻏﻤﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺀ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻧّﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﻛـﻞﹼ ﺃﹶﺧﻄﺎﺋﻨـﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﻫﻨﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻞﹼ ﲪﺎﻗﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﰲ ﺣﻖّ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺮﱘ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﳍﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡّ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﳐﻠﻮﻗﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﺑ ًﺪﺍ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻﹼ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭِﺇﻧّﻪ ﳌﺪﻫﺶٌ‬
‫ﲰﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﹼﻢ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟـﺸﻤﻮﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻳّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹸﺧﻔﻲ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻫﺰّﺗﲏ‪ ،‬ﺷﺨﺼﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺰ‪‬ﺍ ﺷﺪﻳ ًﺪﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ َﺗ ِﺮﺩُ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﹲ ﻟﺴ ُ‬
‫"َﺃﺴّﺴﻭﺍ ﻜﻨﻴﺴ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﺃَﻗل ﺍﺒﻨﻭﺍ ﻜﻨﻴﺴ ﹰﺔ"‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻘﹼﻖ ﺃﹶﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺑﻜﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺠﺰٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻫﻦٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮّ ٍ‬
‫"ﺃﺴﱢﺴﻭﺍ ﻜﻨﻴﺴ ﹰﺔ"‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﻫﻠﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﺜﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺭﺩّ ﻓﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻒّ ﻳﺴﺘﺜﲑ ﺍﻟـﺮﺩّ ﺍﻟﺘـﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺳّﺲ! ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﺍﳌﺆﺳّﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﹸﺃﺳّﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹶﺃﺳﱠﺴﻬﺎ ﻷَﻟﻔﻲ ﺳﻨ ٍﺔ َﺧ ﹶﻠ ْ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺷﺄﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺘﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٤٣‬‬
‫ﻼ‪" :‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺮﱘ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗـﺘﻜﻠﹼﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ َﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﹼﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺇِﺑﻠﻴﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺜﻤﱠ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻧﺰﻻﻕٌ‪ ،‬ﲦﱠﺔ ﺍﳓﺮﺍﻑٌ ﺷﻴﻄﺎ ﱞ‬
‫ﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻓﻀﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﳓﻦ ﺃﻣﻌﻨّﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﲢﺮّﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷَﺩﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻈ ُﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺃﹶﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻑ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻻ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺣﱴ ﹶﻃ َﺮ َ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﲑﻯ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪َ" :‬ﺃﺴّﺴﻭﺍ ﻜﻨﻴﺴ ﹰﺔ"‪ ،‬ﱂ ﺗﻨﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ِﺇﻧّﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌـﺪ‬
‫ﺕ ﺃﻛﱠﺪﺕ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ"‪.‬‬
‫ﳊﻈﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻤﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻷﻧّﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻤﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﺖ ﻣﻘﺴّﻤ ﹰﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﺓﹲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﳍﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ "ﺁﻣﺮﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺰّﻕ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻣﺎ ﻋـﺪﰎ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﹼﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺴ ﹰﺔ"‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﺩّﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴّ ﻫﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧّﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﻜﻦ ﺻﺮﳛﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻭﺍﺗﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٤٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺣّﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓﹲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺮّﻱّ ﺍﻷَﺧﲑ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻤﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﺟّﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ؟‬
‫ﲟﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻜﻴّﺔ؟‬
‫ﺃﹶﻡ ﲟﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻷﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴّﺔ؟‬
‫ﺃﹶﻡ ﲟﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺗﺴﺘﺎﻧﺘﻴﺔ؟‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﺑﺂﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﱢﻴ َﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ َﺗﺪﱠﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﱡﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ؟‬
‫ﲟﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﺟّﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ؟‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪َ" :‬ﺃ ﱢ‬
‫ﺴﺴﻭﺍ ﻜﻨﻴﺴ ﹰﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻡ ﺃَﻗل ﺍﺒﻨﻭﺍ ﻜﻨﻴﺴ ﹰﺔ"‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭﺿﺤﺖ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔﹰ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪" :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴﺖ ﺃﹸﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺻﻼ ٍﺓ"‬
‫ﺴﺴﻭﺍ ﻜﻨﻴﺴ ﹰﺔ"‬
‫"َﺃ ّ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻱ ﲡﻤّﻌﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻌﻮﺍ ﰲ ﱂﹼ ﴰﻠﻜﻢ ﻛﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﹶﻭﺿﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﻨﱠﺎﻫﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔﹲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﹲ"‬
‫ﻂ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻨّﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔﹰ ﻣﻦ ﳕ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ "ﺗﺒﻨّﺎﻫﺎ"‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺎﺀﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺔ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﻣﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺻ َﻐﻴْﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳎﺪّﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺳﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎ ًﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢١‬ﺷﺒﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺕ ﺃﹸﺧـﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻭ َﺭﺩَﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺰﻭّﺩ ﲟﺴﺠّﻠ ٍﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺮﺕ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍ ٌ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻜﺬﺍ ﺳﻨﺴﺠّﻞ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ"‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٤٥‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﺠّﻞ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻘﹼﻘﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﻨّﺎﻫﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔﹲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﹲ"‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺗﺒﻨّﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔٍ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﻨّﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﹲ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪٌ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺘّﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣـﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﺍﻷَﻟﻔـﺎﻅ؛‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻄﻠﹼﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔٍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺇِﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﳛﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﻴّﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴـﺴﺔ؟‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺸﻚّ ﰲ ﺻﺤّﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺟﺴﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﳌـﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪّ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﻬﺗﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﹶﺃﻛﱠﺪْﺗ ُﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺖّ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻷَﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ ،١٩٨٩‬ﺇِﺫ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬
‫» ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻟﺒﻁﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺴﺄﺒﻨﻲ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺃَﻗﻭل‪ ،‬ﺃَﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺴﻴﺒﻨﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴﱠﺘﻪ «‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺣﺠﺮﺍﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻷُﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻜﻴّﺔﹲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺃﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴّﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛـﻮﺫﻛﺲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠـﺴﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﹰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﹶﺃﻣّﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻗﻠﻮﻬﺑﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮّﻧﻮﺍ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴّﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ٢٦‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪:١٩٨٩‬‬
‫» ﻗﺎل ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻟﺒﻁﺭﺱ‪ :‬ﺃَﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺴﺄﺒﻨﻲ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻭل‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ :‬ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺴﻴﺒﻨﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴّﺘﻪ"‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٤٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﱠﺴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴّﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻨﻜﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﱠﺴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﲟﺆﺳﺴ ٍﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﺗُﻌﺒﱢﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺒﻐـﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﹼﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﱴ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺗﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺒﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ"‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻋﻈﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ!‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ َﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺴّﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃَﺨﻁﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻓﺭﺡ‬
‫ﺒﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃَﺨﻁﺄ"‬
‫ﺕ ﺧﻠﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨـﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻒ! ﺟﺮﻯ ﱄ ﻫﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻷَﺭﺑﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺙ ﻃﺮﻳ ٍ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺬﻛﹼﺮﱐ ﲝﺎﺩ ٍ‬
‫ﺩﻋﺎﱐ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﱄﹼ ﳌﱪّﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﻟﻘﺎ ٍﺀ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺮﻳ ٍﻖ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻠﱠﺔ "ﺷﻌﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ" ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳍﺎ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﹰﺍ ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﺃﹸﺣﺪّﺛﻬﻢ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺫﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﻬﻨـﺔﹲ ﱂ ﺃﹸﻣﻴّـﺰﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﻛـﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻭﻥ ﻟﺒﺎﺳﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻧﻴّﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺳﻴّﺪﺗﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﺘﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﹶﺭﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﱠﺛﺘُﻬﻢ ﺑﺈِﳚﺎ ٍﺯ ﻋﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼّﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻣﻬﱠﺪ ُ‬
‫ﳊﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺭﺟﻮﻛﻢ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻀﻌﻮﺍ ﺟﺎﻧًﺒﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﱄﹼ‬
‫ﺙ ﲰﻌﺘُﻪ ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺘُﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺭﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻢ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺆﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﳊ َﺪ ٍ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻔﱵ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﹰﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻓﻀﻮﺍ"‬
‫ﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ ﺑِﺈﳚﺎ ٍﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺩ ُ‬
‫ﺖﺍﹶ‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺿ ُ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴّﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﻄﺄ"‪ .‬ﻭﳌﹼﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴﺖُ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺘـﺮﺽ ﺃﹶﺣـﺪ‬
‫ﻼ‪" :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔﹲ ﻟﻼﻫﻮﺕ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟـﭭـﺎﺗﻴﻜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻗﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻜـﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ ﻓﻼ ﳝﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﲦﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕٌ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﺃﹸﺭﻳﺪﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻨﱵ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﲡﺘﻬﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺘﻘﺮﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻘﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻮّ ﹰﺓ ﻭﺭﻓﻌﺔﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ"‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺩّﻋﻰ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﺽٌ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻘﺎﺭ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺟﺒﺘﻪ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛـﻞﹼ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴـﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻷﺧﺺّ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻣّﺤﺎ ٍﺀ ﺗﺎﻡﱟ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ"‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳓﻦ ﺑﺼﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﻀ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻼﻫﻮﺕ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﻴﻜـﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺟﺒﺘﻪ‪ِ" :‬ﺇ ْﺳﻤ ْﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﺖِ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻟﺴﺖ ﻻﻫﻮﺗﻴّﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﺌﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﲏ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺖ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻـﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻃﻠﻌ ُ‬
‫ﻳﻮ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﻋﻄﻴﻚ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﹰﺎ"‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﺟﻌ ُ‬
‫ﺕ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﺕُ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻠﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺩ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓﹲ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺴﻴْﻦ ﺃﻭﻏﻮﺳﻄﻴﻨﻮﺱ ﻭﺑﺎﺳﻴﻠﻴﻮﺱ!"‪ .‬ﻓﻄﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺷﺪﱐ ﺑﺪﻗﹼـﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪﻩ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺩﻱ ﻟﻮﺑﺎﻙ "ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻜﻴّﺔ"‪ .‬ﱂ ﺃﹶﻋﺪ ﺃﹶﺫﻛـﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺻﻔﺤ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ِﺍﲝﺚ ﻓﺘﺠﺪ"‪ .‬ﻭﺇِﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﱵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗـﺼﻔﱠﺤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤ ﹰﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻴْﻦ ﻟﻜﻞﱟ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳـﺴﻴْﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻏﻮﺳﻄﻴﻨﻮﺱ ﻭﺑﺎﺳﻴﻠﻴﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﻛﹼﺪﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﻓﻴّﹰﺎ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻟـﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ"‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻮّﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺒـﺖ ﺭﺳـﺎﻟ ﹰﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺭﺟﻮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺّ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ"‬
‫ﺗﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺑﺴﺎﻃ ٍﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻵﺑﺎ ٍﺀ‬
‫ﻛﺒﺎ ٍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺃﻭﻏﻮﺳﻄﻴﻨﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﻴﻠﻴﻮﺱ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘـﻨﻄﹼﺢ ﺍﻵﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻟﻼﺩّﻋﺎﺀ ﺑﺄﻧّﻬﺎ ﻏﲑ ﺳﻠﻴﻤ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧﱠﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋـﻦ ﺃﹶﻭﻫﺎﻬﻧـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻭﺻﺎﻬﺑﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺴﻴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺀ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪،‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٤٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﻳﺘﺠﻠﹼـﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﹼﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻋﺠﺰﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺪﻳ َ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺃﹶﻭﺝ ﻬﺑﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺫﺍﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺴﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﻥ "ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺴّﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﺨﻁﺄ"‬

‫"ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴّﻤﻬﺎ"‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺴّﻤﻮﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﻜﻜﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺴّﻤﻬﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨ ﹸﺬ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﺟﺎﺀﱐ ﻛﺎﻫﻦٌ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﻲﱞ ﺃﹶﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻲﱞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻱّ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﱞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷُﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﺎﺩﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺃﻭّﻝ ﻟﻘﺎ ٍﺀ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﳌﺢ ﺷﻔﺘﻴﻪ ﲣﺘﻠﺠـﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﻗﹼﻔـﺖُ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﹶﺗﻠﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺖ ﺗُﺼﻠﹼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﹶﺑﺖِ؟" ﻓﺄﺟـﺎﺏ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺟـﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬـﺬﻩ‬
‫ﳊﻈﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﻲ ﺃﹶﺳﺄﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﻫﻞ ﺃﹶﻧ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻌﻨﻴﲏ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧّﻲ ﻷﺷﻜﺮ ﻟﻠﺮﺏّ ﺗﺬﻛﲑﻩ ﺇِﻳّﺎﻧﺎ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻂ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ"‬
‫ﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺴ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻟﻔﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻧّﻲ ﺃﹶﺷﻜﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓ ٍﻮ ﺧﺎﺹﱟ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧّﲏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻴﱠﻨﺖ ﹶﺃﻧّﲏ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺧﻄﺄﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﺇِﻧﱠﲏ ِﱂ ﺃﹸﺻﻞﹼ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ…" ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺿﺎﻑ‪ …" :‬ﻷَﻧﱠﲏ ﱂ ﺃﹸﺻﻞﱢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴـﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓـﺼﺎﻋﺪﺍﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺄﹸﺻﻠﹼﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ"‬
‫ﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻤﻞ ﻭِﺯْﺭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ"ﻤﻥ ﻗﺴّﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃَﺨﻁﺄ"‬
‫ﺴﺐُ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴّﻤﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ َﻭ َﺣ ْ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﺴّﻤﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫"ﻭﻤﻥ ﻓﺭﺡ ﺒﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃَﺨﻁﺄ"‬
‫ﻭِﺇﻧﱠﲏ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﲣﻴّﻞ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﳋﺒﲑﺓ ﺑﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻴﺐ ﺑﻜﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺍﻟـﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٤٩‬‬
‫ﳚﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺩﻣﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﺿﻤﺤﻼﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺣﻬﻢ ﻭﻏﹸﻨْﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘـﺎﱄ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺐ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔﹰ ﻋﺮﻳﻀ ﹰﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺿﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗُﺼﻴ ُ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻞﹼ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﻔﺮﺣﻮﻥ ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻫّﻤﻮﻥ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳُﺤﺴﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻀﻮﻥ ﹸﻗﺪُﻣﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺬﻛﹼﺮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻧّﻨﺎ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺬﺭﻧﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻜﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﹶﺄﻣّﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﺡ ﲢﺖ ﻭﻗﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﹲ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ!‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﹶﺃﻳّﺔ ﻗﻤّ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳓﻦ ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﻛﻢ ِﺇﻧّﻨﺎ ﺻﻐﺎﺭٌ ﻭﺑﺎﺋﺴﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﺃﹶﻧّﲏ ﺃﻛﺘﺸﻒ ﻛﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻧﺎ ﻛﺒﺎﺭﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺩﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻈﻞﹼ ﺻﻐﺎﺭﹰﺍ‬
‫ِﺇﻧﱠﻪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻧﺎ ﻛﺒﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻛﻞﹼ ِﻛﺒَﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻗﺪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﻳﻮﺣﻨّﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺇﳒﻴﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺇِﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗـﺪ ﺟﻌـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪SERAFIM‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺬﻛﹼﺮﱐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﺮّﻭﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﲑﺍﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺭﻭﭬﻲ )‬
‫‪ (DE‬ﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﭬﻴﻠﻮﭪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺳﲑﺍﻓﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪SAROV‬‬
‫ﺍﻹِﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻫّﺞ؛ ﻭﺗﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﺴﺆﺍﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺠﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﭬﻴﻠﻮﭪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺳﲑﺍﻓﻴﻢ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﹼﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴﱠﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻘﺮّﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ"‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٥٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻼ ﺣﻴّﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪّ ﻗـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻴﻜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ )ﺭﻭﻡ ‪ ١٦ :٨‬ﻭ‪ ١‬ﻛﻮﺭ ‪(١٦ :٣‬‬
‫ﺷﺌﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻴﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﻨّﺎ ﻏﺎﺭﻗﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻤﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺟﺎﺩّﻳﻦ ﰲ ُﺳﺒُﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺍﺳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺒﺎﺭٌ‪ ،‬ﻛﺒﺎﺭٌ ﺟﺪّﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﻛﹶﱪ ﳑّﺎ ﻧﻈﻦّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺬﻛﹼﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﻈﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻳﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻮﺟّﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻣﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺪﻫﺸﹰﺎ‪" :‬ﺇِﲨﻌﻮﺍ"‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳّﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﱘ ﻛﻴﻒ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺟﺰ ﺣﺘّﻰ ﻋﻦ ﲨﻊ ﺷﺘﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﱄ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﲨﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ؟‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻷُﺳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻗ ٍﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻨﺎﺀ!‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ ﺗﺼﺪّﻉٌ ﺷﺎﻣﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴّ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳒﻤﻊ؟‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳّﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳒﻤﻊ ِﺇﻻﹼ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ؟‬
‫ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻬﻴّﺊ ﺍﻟﺴﺒُﻞ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﹶﻣﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪّ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺃﻭﻏﻮﺳﻄﻴﻨﻮﺱ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻋﻄِﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻬﺒﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﻋﺔ!‬
‫ﻣﺮّ ﹰﺓ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻈﹼﻤﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺳﻂ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻂ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﲤﺰّﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٥١‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪" :‬ﺇِﲨﻌﻮﺍ"‬
‫ﺇِﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻈﻴ ٍﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻌﺬﹼﺭﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺬﻛﱢﺮُﱐ ﺑﺼﺪﻳ ٍﻖ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،١٩٨٨‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﱀﹼ ﺇِﳊﺎﺣﹰﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴّ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻭﺣـﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻤ ٍﻞ ﳛﻘﹼﻖ ﺧﻄﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺅﻛﹼﺪ ﻟﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧّﲏ‪ ،‬ﺻﺮﺍﺣ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﺃﻛﻦ ﺃﺳﺘﺸﻒّ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﻋﻤ ٍﻞ ﳑﻜ ٍﻦ ﺳـﻮﻯ ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﱪﰐ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴّﺔ ﲤﻀﻲ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻻﺗّﺠﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴﻤّﺎ ﻭﺇِﻧّﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺻـﻄﺪﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺌـﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮّﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﲝﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﺑﺸﺮﻳّ ٍﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﲡﺎﻭﺯﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﱂ ﺃﹶﻗﻞ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘﹼﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﲣﻄﹼﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺟﻬﺪﹰﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻴّﹰﺎ ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺳﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟـﱵ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻋﺰﻣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤّﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻣﻌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ ﺟﺎﺀﺗﻨـﺎ ﺭﺳـﺎﻟﺔﹲ‪،‬‬
‫ﲟﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻳّﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﰲ ‪ ،١٩٨٨/١١/٢٦‬ﺇِﺫ ﻗـﺎﻝ ﻳـﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪:‬‬
‫» ﺃَﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺒﻲ؟‬
‫ﻫل ﻜ ّل ﻤﺎ ﺘﻔﻌﻠﻭﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺤ ﱞ‬
‫ﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﻘﻭﻟﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺃَﻓﻌل؟ ﻷ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻨﱠﻜﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻬﻭﻥ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺠـﺎﺒﻬﻭﻥ ﻜـ ّل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺒﺎﺕ «‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺣﻲٍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ‪ ،‬ﲦﹼ ﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﻌﺰ ٍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻫﻨﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﱵ ﺗُﻌﺪّﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﺬﺭﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻮّﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲّ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻞ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻭﲡﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺧﻠﻴﱠ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟ ِ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٥٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺣﻴّ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺴﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺣّﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻌﺰ ٍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﳌﺪﻋّﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺳ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊّ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﻖّ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﻋﻤّﺎ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ َﺩ ﹶﻓ َﻌﺘْﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺰﻳ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﳑﺎﺭﺳـﺔ‬
‫ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻃﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻮﻏﻮﺭﻳـﻪ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ِﻡ ﳑﺎﺭﺳ ﹰﺔ َﺣ َﺪ ْ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺘﻼﻗﻰ ﻭﺗﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺒﺰ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪" :‬ﺇِﲨﻌﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻜﻢ‪ :‬ﺻﻠﱡﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﱡﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻـ ﱡﻠﻮﺍ" ﻓﻬـﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﲟﺠﺮّﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ "ﺇِﲨﻌﻮﺍ"‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻧّﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺬﺭّﻋﻮﺍ ﺑـﺸﻲ ٍﺀ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺗﻈﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻘﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻉٌ ﻟﻠﺬﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻬﺗﺮﱡﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞﹼ ﳏﺎﻭﻟ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼ َ‬
‫ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻃﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗُﻔﻀﻲ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺿﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧُ ﹾﻘ ِﺪﻡُ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺈِﺧﻼ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻴﺾ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﻘﺐ ﻗﻮﳍﺎ‪" :‬ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ"‬
‫ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪" :‬ﻤﺎ ﺃَﺠﻤل ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ! ﺭﺍﻜﻌﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻁﺎﻟﺒﻴﻥ!"‬

‫ِﺇﻧّﲏ‪ ،‬ﺷﺨﺼﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻋﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎ ًﺀ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﻏﺮﻓﱵ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻜﹰﺎ ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻹِﻋﻴـﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺭﻏﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻱّ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺇِﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﲤﺘﻢ‪" :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏّ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّﲏ ﺃﺳﺘـﺴﻠﻢ ﺑـﲔ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻳﻚ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﲏ ﺃﹶﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﺭﻛﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪ ﹰﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻲ ﹸﺃﺭﺿﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﲤﺘﺪّ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﳚﻮﻝ ﲞﺎﻃﺮﻱ‪" :‬ﻛـﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺰﻥ ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻮﺟّﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻮﻓﹼﺮ ﳍﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﲟـﺎ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺳﺮّﺕ ﻟﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺘﻨﺎ ﺭﺍﻛﻌﲔ ﻣُﺼﻠﹼﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﻘﺪّﻡ ﳍﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺣﺔ"‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳛﺪﺙ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻦٌ ﺑﺄﻥﹼ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﳑّﻦ ﺍﻃﹼﻠﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺗﻠـﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺬﻛﹼﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥﹼ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﲔ ﻓﻴﻨ ٍﺔ ﻭﻓﻴﻨ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺇِﺭﺿﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﱘ ﺑﺮﻛﻮﻋﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٥٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳚﺜﻮ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﲑﺓﹲ ﺗﻀﻤﺤﻞﹼ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻛﻊ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺮﻛﻊ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺮﻛﻊ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺮﻛﻊ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻨﺘﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﻗﻔﲔ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺪّ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣ َﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﳛﺮّﺭﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﻻ ﲣﺎﻓﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﲣﺎﻓﻮﺍ!"‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺩﻭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻛﺜﲑﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪّﻗﻮﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲤﺎﻣـﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﱠ ْ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻭﻗ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﺎﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﺮﻣّﺘﻬﺎ ﲤﺰّﻗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺯﻣ ٍﻦ ﻃﻮﻳ ٍﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻗﻴﱠـﺔ ﻭﺍﻹِﺛﻨﻴﱠـﺔ ﻭﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻛﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﲣﺘﻔﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻗﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺇﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﳋﻤﻴﲏ ﻭﺣﺮﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻣﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻘﺴﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺗﻐـﺬﹼﻱ‬
‫ﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼّﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪّ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﺎﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺇِﺧﻮ ٍﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﺘﻼﲪﲔ ﻟﺰﻣ ٍﻦ ﻗﺮﻳ ٍ‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍ َﻷﻳﱠﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺩّﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺩّﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍ ٍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻃﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨ ٍﺔ ﻭﺛﻘ ٍﺔ ﻭﺷُـﻌﻮ ٍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲّ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﱠﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﱠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﹶﻭﱄ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﱠﺿ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻣﹰﺎ ﻟﻼﻬﻧﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻠﻚ ﻫﻲ "ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻘﻰ"‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﳊﻖّ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﶈﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻓﻠـ ﹰﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺨـﺎﻃﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟـﺸﺪّﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋـﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇِﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺩﺭٌ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٥٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﻻ ﲣﺎﻓﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ "‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﳌﺴﻨﺎ ﳌﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻇﻦّ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻛﹸﻼًّ ﻣﻨّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳُﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪّ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﻗﺮﺍﺭ‪" :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻣﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﱂ ﺃﹸﺩﺭﻙ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ"‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛًّﺪﻩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﹼﻐﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﲑﻧـﺎ ﰲ ‪١٩٨٨/١١/٢٦‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﻮﺍ ﻭﻋﺪﻫﻢ ﱄ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧّﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺃﹶﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳـﺎ‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﻌﻲ؟"‬
‫ﺖ ﻛﻨ َ‬
‫ﺭﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧ َ‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺎ ﳒﻨﺢ ﺇﱃ ﺇِﻏﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﺪﹰﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨّﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺬﻛﹼﺮﱐ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒّﻲ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺗﻨﺴﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﹶﺃﺓﹸ ﺭﺿﻴ َﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺮﺣﻢ ﺍﺑ َﻦ ﺑﻄﻨﻬﺎ؟ ﻭﺣﺘّﻰ ﻟـﻮ‬
‫ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﹶﻧﺴﺎﻙ" )ﺃﺵ ‪(١٥ :٤٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻤﺎ ﺃَﺠﻤل ﺃَﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ ﺭﺍﻜﻌﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻁﺎﻟﺒﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ"‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﻻ ﲣﺎﻓﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ"‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﹶﺃﻱﱡ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎ ٍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻱﱡ ﻧﻜﺮ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﹸﺃﻡﱡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻋّﻤﺖ ﻗﻮﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻤﻮﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺗﺴﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﶈﺒّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ "ﻻ ﲣﺎﻓﻮﺍ"‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﹶﺃﻧّﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﳔﺎﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﳔﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺨﻴﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﳑﺘﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﺬﺏ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﺪﻫﺸ ٍﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤـﻦ‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﱠﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٥٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺘﺤﺘّﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﺘّﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺣﻴﺎ ٍﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ٍﺓ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺃﻣﺮٌ ﳐﻴﻒٌ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﻑٌ ﻓﻌﻠﻲﱞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺑﺪّ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮّﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳓﻦ ﻻ ﳓﺐّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺘﻐﻴّﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧّﻨﺎ ﻧﻨﻌﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﳛﻤﻠﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻛﺜﲑﻳﻦ ﳑّﻦ ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﻛـﻞﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻮﻥ ﻷَﻬﻧﻢ ﳜﺸﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺘﺒﻴّﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﰲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻘﻮﱄ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴﺖ ﺃﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﻳﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ ٍﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳّﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧّﲏ ﺃﹶﲡﺎﺳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻗ ٍﻊ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﳛﺐّ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻷَﻛﱪ ﻳﺘﻌﻴّﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻐﺰﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳَﺪَﻉ ﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻭﻻﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺛﻼ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺗُﻨﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍ ُﺀ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘَﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ"‬
‫"ﻻ ﺘﺘﻔﺭّﻗﻭﺍ ﻤﺜل ﺘﻔﺭﻴ ِ‬
‫ﲑ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ؟‬
‫ﻭﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒ ٍ‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﹶﻟﻔﺎﻇﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺍﻷَﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﻋﻈﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻨـﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﺕٌ ﺻﻐﲑﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻋ َﺪ ٌﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﹸﺃﻡﱡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻔﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳋﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻠﻜﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﺮﻭﺓٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ؟‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٥٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦّ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﱘ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﹶﻟﻔﺎﻇﻨﺎ ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻔﺮّﻗﻮﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ"‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻔﺮّﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ؟‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﻟﻴﺲ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺷﺄﻥ!‬
‫ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﺘﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﻮ ﹰﻻ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻒّ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﺆﻛﹼﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺴﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻷَﺠﻴﺎل ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒّﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ"‬
‫ﱂ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ "ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ" ﺑﻞ "ﻛﻠﻤﺔ"‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺴﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﻭﻥ"‬
‫ﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺟ ﹾﻠﺘُﻪ ﰲ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻭﺩﱐ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻧـﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲰﻌ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ" ﻭ "ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ"‬
‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﺳُﻞ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺀﻟﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﲣﻴﱠﻠ ُ‬
‫"ﺃﹶﳓﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ؟‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﳓﻦ ﻛﻲ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ؟"‬
‫ﻭﳓﻦ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﻧﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻷَﺟﻴﺎﻝ؟‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﱂ ﻧﻜﺪ ﻧﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﲑ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻷَﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻬﻤﱠﺔﹲ ﺗﺘﺨﻄﹼﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺷﺄﻭﺍﹰ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺴﺒﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻲ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻟﹼﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺻﻐﺎﺭﺍﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺠﺰﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻫﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪،‬‬
‫"ﻛﻠﻤﺔ"‪ِ :‬ﺇﻧّﻪ ﳍﺎﻡﱞ ﺟﺪّﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻪ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮّﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﺴﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻷَﺠﻴﺎل ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﻴﻤﺎﻥ "‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﹶﻟﻔﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻷَﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧـﺸﺮّﺣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻔـﺼّﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﻮﺍﻃﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٥٧‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﻣﺮﱘ ﻭﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳚﻤﻌﺎﻥ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﳓﻦ ﺃﹶﻋﻤﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺒﻴﱠﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﻤﺎ ﳏﻘﹼﺎﻥ ﲤﺎﻣﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﺟﺎﺯ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺒﱠﺔ؟‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﶈﺒّﺔ ﺗﻮﺣﱢﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﶈﺒﱠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻦ ﳛﺒﱡﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻱ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﹸﺩﺭﻙ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﳛﺒﱡﲏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹸﻭﻗﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﻪ ﳛﺒﱡﲏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻔﻀﻞ ﻳﻘﻴﲏ ﲝﺒّﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻚ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻇ ﱡﻞ ﰲ ﲤﺎﺳ ٍ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻇ ﱡﻞ ﻣﺘﱠﺤﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺫﺍﰐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﹶﺗﺒﻴّﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣّﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﶈﺒّﺔ ﻭﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﻻﹼ ﺑﺎﶈﺒﱠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﶈﺒﱠﺔ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻨﺒﻊ ِﺇﻻﹼ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘـﲔ‬
‫ﺣﺐّ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺒّﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺋﺲ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﳓﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺒﻴﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﻛﻞﹼ ﳊﻈ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻡ ﱂ ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻷَﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﺣﺒﱡﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻠﹾﺐٌ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﺎﺑﺖٌ ﺛﺒﺎ َ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻟﻠﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ِ " :‬ﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ ﺃﹶﻣﲔ"‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﱠﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﳓﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﻠﱢﺒﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﺨﺼﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻢ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﻳُﺤﺒﱡﲏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻴﲏ ﲝﺒﱢﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﺣﺘﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻤﺎﺳﻜﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺫﺍﰐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٥٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳉﺴﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺆﻛﱢﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺪّ ٍﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ "ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﶈﺒّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻓﺘﺪﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺼﻠﹼﻭﺍ ﻟﺴﺎﻜﻨﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ"‬
‫ﻟﺴﺎﻛﲏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣ ُﺮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﺼﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﺎﻛﲏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ؟‬
‫ﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﲏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻮﺍ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﻛﲏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ"‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﲏ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﻘﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤّﻰ ﺍﳌﻄﻬﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﳚﺘﺎﺯﻭﻥ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﱡﺐ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻬﱡﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺑﺪﱠ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻆ ﳝﻜﻨﲏ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪" :‬ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ ﻟﺴﺎﻛﲏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ"‬
‫ﺃﹶﻱ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻹِﲨﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻞﹼ ﻣﻮﺗﺎﻧﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﻘﻮﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺘﻠﺤﻘﻮﻥ ﻬﺑﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺜﲏ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﺘﻨـﺎﻭﻝ "ﺳـﺎﻛﲏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ"‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻳُﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﷲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻮﺳّﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٥٩‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٦٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪١٩٨٣‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ(‬
‫‪" » -١‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻜﻠﹼﻪ ﻟﻴَ ﹶﺘﻤَﺠﱠﺩَ ﺍﺴ ُﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻙ"‪« .‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺴﺄﺭﺒّﻲ ﺠﻴﻠﻲ ﻓﻴ ِ‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ‪ ٤‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ(‪:‬‬

‫‪" » -١‬ﺍﻨﺯﻟﻲ ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻴﻠﻥ ﺇﻨﻙ ﺒﻨﺘﻲ ﻗﺒل ﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻨﻲ ِﺒﻨﹾ ﹸﺘﻥْ…‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﺤﺘﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺒﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﺡ ﻴﺤﺘﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪« .‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺗﺜﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ(‪:‬‬

‫‪" » -١‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﻴﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻷﻓﺭﱢﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻤﺎ ﺠﺌ ﹸ‬
‫ﻲ…‬
‫ﻙ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴّﺔ ﺴﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫ َ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺤﻴﺎ ﹸﺘ ِ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺒﺘﺤﺒّﻲ ﺘِﺠﻲ ﻟﻌﻨﺩﻱ؟… ﺘﹶﻌﻲ… ﺒﻴﻜﻔﻲ ﺇﻨﻙ ﺒِﺩﻙ ﺘِﺠﻲ‪« .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٦١‬‬

‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪١٩٨٤‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﲬﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ٣١‬ﺃﻳﺎﺭ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬
‫» ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴ ﹸﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺴﻼﻤﻲ ﺃﻋﻁﻴﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻅﻨﱢـﻲ‬
‫ﻥ ﺨﻴـﺭًﺍ ﺃﻡ ﺸـﺭ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸ‬
‫ﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻟﺴﻨ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀٌ ﺃﻜﺎ َ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻻ ﻴﻜﹾﻥ ﺴﻼ ُﻤ ِ‬
‫ﻙ ﺸ ‪‬ﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻨﻔﺴ ِ‬
‫ﺵ ﻋـﺩﻡ ﺭِﻀـﺎﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﻤﺘـﻊْ ﺒﺎﻟـﺴﻼﻡِ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻓﻤَﻥ ﻻ ﻴَﺒﺘ ِﻎ ﺭِﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺨ ﹶ‬
‫ﻲ ﺃﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥﻓّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻜﻭ ُ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﻋﻴﺸﻲ ﺤﻴﺎ ﹶﺘﻙِ ﻫﻨﻴﺌ ﹰﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﹼﻠ ﹰﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺒﺎﺸﹶﺭْﺘِﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻙ ﺍﻷﺘﻌﺎ ُ‬
‫ﻁﻤْ ِ‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﻻ ﺘﺤ ﱢ‬
‫ﻙ ﻟـﻥ‬
‫ﻙ ﻟﻥ ﺘﻁﻭلَ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺠﺎﻋُـ ِ‬
‫ﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺘﻌﺎ ُﺒ ِ‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺒل ﺍﻓﺭﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭٌ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻜﺎ ِﻓ َﺌ ِ‬
‫ﺘﺩﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺍﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﺒﻌﺒﺎﺩ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎ ﹸﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﱠ ﹸﺔ ﺘﺴﺘﺤ ﹼ‬
‫ﻙ ﻤﺸﻴﺌ ﹸﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١٠‬ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﻟﺘﺘ ﱠﻡ ﻓﻴ ِ‬
‫ﻴﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻕ ﻜ ﱢل ﺸﻲ ٍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﺢ ﻓﻴﻙَ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭ ﹶ‬
‫ﻫَﺏ ﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺴﺘﺭﻴ َ‬
‫ﻕ ﻜ ﱢل ﺨﻠﻴﻘ ٍﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻭ ﹶ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﺠﻤﻴ ِﻊ ﻤﻼﺌِﻜﺘﻙَ‪،‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٦٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻕ ﻜ ﱢل ﻤﺩﻴ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻭ ﹶ‬
‫ﻕ ﻜ ﱢل ﺴﺭﻭ ٍﺭ ﻭﺍﺒﺘﻬﺎﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻭ ﹶ‬
‫ﻕ ﻜ ﱢل ﻤﺠ ٍﺩ ﻭﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻭ ﹶ‬
‫ﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻕ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺠﻴ ِ‬
‫ﻓﻭ ﹶ‬
‫ﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠ ّ‬
‫ﻙ ﺃﻨﺕ ﻭﺤ َﺩ َ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻨ َ‬
‫ﻕ ﻜ ّل ﺸﻲ ٍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺢ ﻓﻭ ﹶ‬
‫ﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴ ُﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟ ُ‬
‫ﺕ ﻭﺤﺩ َ‬
‫ﺃﻨ ﹶ‬
‫ﻙ ﻗﻴﻭﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻤﻨﺤْﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻲ ﻭﺘﹸﻔ ﱢﺭﺝْ ﻋﻨﹼﻲ ﻭﺘﹶﻔ ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺘﺄﺕِ ﺇﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ﻙ ﻻ ﻴﺘ ﱡﻡ ﺴﺭﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻨﹼﻨﻲ ﺒﺩﻭﻨ َ‬
‫ﻙ ﻤﺎﺌﺩﺘﻲ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﺩﻭﻨ َ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺌﻨ ٍﺫ ﺁﺘﻲ ﻷﻗﻭل‪:‬‬
‫ﻙ ﺩﻋﻭﺘِﻨﻲ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺃﻨﺫﺍ ﺃﻗﺒﻠﺕﹸ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨ ِ‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ‪ ٧‬ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ(‪:‬‬

‫‪" » -١‬ﻋﻴﺸﻲ ﺤﻴﺎ ﹶﺘﻙِ‪.‬‬
‫ﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﺎﺒﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻻ ﺘﻤﻨ ُﻌ ِ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻭﻟﻜ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٦٣‬‬

‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪١٩٨٥‬‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﺎﺭ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ(‪:‬‬

‫ﺴﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻘـﺩ ﺃﺨﻁـﺄ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻤﻥ ﻗ ّ‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍ ِ‬
‫‪" » -١‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻠﻜﻭ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﻓﺭِﺡ ﺒﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﺨﻁﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﻤﺴﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﻤ َﻌ ِ‬
‫ﻙ"‪« .‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺴﺄﺭ ّﺒﻲ ﺠﻴﻠﻲ ﻓﻴ ِ‬

‫‪ -٨‬ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ‪ ١٤‬ﺁﺏ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ(‪:‬‬

‫‪" » -١‬ﻜ ّل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﻨﺘﻭ ﺒﺨﻴﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻴﺩﻱ ﻟ ّﻤﺎ ﺒﺸﻭﻓﻜﻥ ﻜﹼﻠﻜﻥ ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻌﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻲ ﻋﻴﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺼﻼﺘﻜﻥ ﻫ ّ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻜﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻴﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺇﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻜﻥ ﻫ ّﻭ ﻋﻴﺩﻱ"‪« .‬‬

‫‪ -٩‬ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ ‪ ٧‬ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬

‫‪" » -١‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺨﻠﻘﺘﹸﻬﺎ ﻟِﺘﺨﻠﻘﹶﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﺒﻨ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺃ ﱠﻡ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﻭُﻟ َﺩﺕﹾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﱠ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺇﻓﺭﺤﻭﺍ ﻟﻔﺭ ِ‬
‫ﻥ ﺨﻼﺼﻜﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﻘﱠﻕ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻷ ّ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺇﺒﺘﻬﺠﻭﺍ ﻻﺒﺘﻬﺎ ِ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٦٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ -١٠‬ﻋﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺎﺀ ‪ ٢٦‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬
‫» ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺃﺘﺭﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﺼﻠﻭﺒ ﹰﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻤﻤﺠﱠﺩ ﹰﺓ؟‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻤﻤﺠﱠﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﺑﺘﺴﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟِﻕ؟‬
‫ﺨﻠﹾﻕ ﺃﻡ ﻤ َ‬
‫ﻀﻠﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﻤﺠﱠﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟ ﹶ‬
‫ﺃﺘﻔ ّ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟِﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻤ َ‬
‫ﻙ ﻨﻅـ ُﺭ‬
‫ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺌـﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺒﺘﻌـ َﺩ ﻋﻨـ ِ‬
‫ﻙ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻨﻅﺭ ِ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻠﺏ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴِ‬
‫ﻙ ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺠﺘﻬﺩﻱ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺤﺘﻘﺭﻱ ﻨﻔ َ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺃﺭﻴﺩ ِ‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻘ َﺭ ﻨﻔﺴَﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﻭ ﹰﺓ ﻭﺭِﻓﻌ ﹰﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺤﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺒﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺼﻠِﺒ ﹸ‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺃﻨﺎ ُ‬
‫ﻉ ﻭﻤﺤﺒّـ ٍﺔ ﻭﺼـﺒ ٍﺭ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﻭﺃﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﻭﺘﺘﺤﻤﱠﻠﻭﺍ ﺼﻠﻴﺒَﻜﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺒﻁﻭ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻨﺘﻅﺭﻭﺍ ﻗﺩﻭﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺹ ﻟﻠﻨﻔ ِ‬
‫‪ -١٠‬ﻓﻤَﻥ ﺸﺎﺭﻜﻨﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺫﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﺸﺎﺭِﻜﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺠﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺨﻼ َ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁـﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺒﻪ ﺩﻴﻭ َ‬
‫ﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺭﺍﺤﺎﺘﻲ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻔﻴ َ‬
‫‪ -١١‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺴﺄﻋﻁﻴ ِ‬
‫ﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻨﺒﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺭﺘﻭﻱ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻜ ﱡل ﻨﻔ ٍ‬
‫‪ -١٢‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻁﺎل ﻏﻴﺎﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﺠﺏَ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺭ ﻋﻨﻙِ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻨ ّﻤﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻟﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٣‬ﺇﺫﻫﺒﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋ ﱠﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻭﻨﻲ ﺒﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٦٥‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬

‫ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ‪ - ١٩٨٣/١٠/٢٨‬ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺎﺀ ‪١٩٨٥/١١/٢٦‬‬

‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭًﺍ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،١٩٨٣/١٠/٢٨‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺣﻘﺒـﺔ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓـﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺩﻳًـﺎ ﻟﻠﻐَـﺮَﻕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺕ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻘﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻄﻮﺕ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺮﺣﻠـ ٍﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺁﺛﺮ ُ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔٍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳّﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﲏ ﺗﺘﺮﺩّﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﺘـﺴﺐ ﻭﺿـﻮﺣًﺎ ﻭﺍﺗّـﺴﺎﻋًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﲤﺘﺪّ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٩٨٣/١٠/٢٨‬ﻭﺣﱴ ‪ ،١٩٨٥/١١/٢٦‬ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻴّـﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺼﻌﻴ ٍﺪ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻬﺗﺎ ﻛﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻧـﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘُـﺆَﺩﺓٍ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻓ ٍﻖ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ؛ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺜﻘﻴﻔﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺜﻘﻴﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺖ ﺳﺘﻀﻄﻠﻌﲔ ﺑﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﹶﺟﻴﺎﱄ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻠﻦ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹِﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧ ِ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻱﱠ ﺳﺒﻴ ٍﻞ ﺗﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍ ُﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﹸَﺒﻠﱠﻐﺔ ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻷَﻭﱠﻝ ﻫﻲ‪" :‬ﻻ ﲣﺎﰲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻑ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇِﺯﺍ َﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﳋﻮ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺢٌ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺡ ﻋﻈﻴ ٍﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﳌﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺀﻯ ﻟﻠﺮﱡﻋﺎﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪" :‬ﻻ ﲣﺎﻓﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎ ِﺇﻧّﻲ ﺃﹸﺑﺸّﺮﻛﹶﻢ ﺑﻔﺮ ٍ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٦٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﻻ ﲣﺎﰲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﱡﻪ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺠﱠﺪ ﺍﺳ ُﻢ ﺍﷲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﺖِ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﲣﺸ ْﻲ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻚ ﺻﻐﲑﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓﹲ‪،‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧﱠ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦﱠ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺠﻤﻟﺪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﻭﻫﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﻛـﻲ ﻳﺘﻤﺠّـﺪ ﺑـﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺴﺘﻘﺮﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻂﹼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﱪ‬
‫ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ َﺣﺪَﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪّﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ ١٩٨٣/١٠/٢٨‬ﺣﱴ ﻣـﺴﺎﺀ ‪ ،١٩٨٥/٨/١٤‬ﺗﺘﺠﻠﹼـﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﳉﻤّﺔ‪ِ :‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻳﺘﻤﺠﱠﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﲰُﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭُﻳﺮﺳـﻞ ﻣـﺮﱘ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺩﻣَﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﲤﻬﱢﺪ ﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﲤﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻮﳍﺎ‪" :‬ﻻ ﲣﺎﰲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﱡﻪ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺠﱠﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﷲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺆﻛﹼﺪ‪" :‬ﻻﲣﺎﰲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻑ ﺍ َﻷﻭّﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛـﺮّﺗﲔ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻻﲣﺎﰲ"‪.‬‬
‫‪" -‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻜﻠﹼﻪ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺠﱠﺩ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﷲ"‪.‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺴﺄُﺭﺒّﻲ ﺠﻴﻠﻲ ﻓﻴﻙ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻚ َﻳ َﺪﻩُ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﱠﺔ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗُﺴﺮﱡ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﻫﺎ ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻴ ِ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺏّ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻑ ﻟﺪﻯ ﲰﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺎﺀﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺍﺳـﺘﻴﻘﺎﻇﻬﺎ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻯ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺍﳋﻮ ُ‬
‫ﺐ ﺇِﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺗـﺴﺎﺀﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻔﻈـﺔ "ﺗﺮﺑﻴـﺔ" ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻑ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻫﺬﺍ!"‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻋﺠ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﱢﻴﱠﺔ ﺗﻌﲏ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺪّﺓ ﲝﻴﺚ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻌﺮّﺽ ﻟـﻪ ﻳﻔﻘـﺪ ﺃﻱﱠ ﺭﻏﺒـ ٍﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻼ ﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴّـﺔ‪" :‬ﺑـﺪّﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎﺏ ﲪﺎﻗﺎﺕٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺢ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪َ ،‬ﻣﹶﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٦٧‬‬
‫ﺭﺑّﻴﻚ"‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ‪" :‬ﺳﺄﻭﺳﻌﻚ ﺿﺮﺑًﺎ"‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﱠ ﺗﺴﺎﺀﻟﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﺗﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳـﺘﻔﻌﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺭﻫﻴ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﰊ؟"‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺘﺨﻴﱠﻞ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺘﻌﺮﱠﺽ ﻟﻌﻘﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻭﺿﺤﻨﺎ ﳍﺎ‪" :‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﺑﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﹸﺤﻘﱠﻖ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻳُﻌﺪﱡ ﺃﹶﻣﺮًﺍ ﳓﻦ ﳒﻬﻠـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻚ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑّﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻠﻘﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﻬﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴّﺔ ﳑﺎﺭﺳ ﹰﺔ ﺳﻠﻴﻤ ﹰﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻛﹼﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻳُﻌﺪﱡ ِﻙ ﳌﻬﻤّ ٍﺔ ﺗﺮﺑﻮﻳّ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﻛﻠﻲ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﲣﺎﰲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﹶﺃ َﻭﱂ ﻳﻘﻞ ﳍﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﺮﱘ‪" :‬ﻻ ﲣﺎﰲ؟"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ‪ ،١٩٨٣/١١/٤‬ﺇِﺫ ﺭﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺫﻭﻱ ﻣﲑﻧـﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳍﺎ‪" :‬ﺇِﻨﺯﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻴﹸﻠﻥْ ِﺇﻨﱠﻙ ﺒﻨﺘﺘﻲ ﻗﺒل ﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻨﻲ ِﺒﻨﹾ ﹸﺘﻥْ"‬

‫ﻚ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻣ ﹾﻠ َ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺰﻭﱢﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﺑﺸ ٍﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌ َﺆﻛﱠﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻛﻞﱠ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﻘﺎﻝ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻞﱟ ﻣﻨّﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﱠ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﹶﻋﻘﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﻮﻟﹶﻬﺎ‪" :‬ﺇِﻨﺯﻟﻲ ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻴﻠﻥْ ﺃﻨﹼﻙ ﺒﻨﺘﻲ ﻗﺒـل ﻤـﺎ ﺘﻜـﻭﻨﻲ‬
‫ِﺒﻨﹾ ﹸﺘﻥْ"‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﻣﺪﻫﺸ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻬﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣّﻴّﺔ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪" :‬ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﺤﺘﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺒﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﺡ‬
‫ﻴﺤﺘﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜ ّل ﺃَﻭﻻﺩﻱ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﻹِﻧﻘﺎﺫ ﺍﺑـﲏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﲏ‪" :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﲏ ﺳﺄﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻞﱠ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺧﻼﺻﻜﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺆﻛﹼﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﹶﻧّﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺅﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﺼﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟّﻬﻪ ﺇﱃ ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓﹲ ﻣﺘﺰﻭّﺟﺔﹲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺑﺪّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﻄﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻊ ﺯﻭﺟﻬـﺎ؟ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻴﱠﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺠﺮ ﻣﻨﺰﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻳﺮ؟‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺟﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪" :‬ﻛﻼﹼ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﳔﻄﺎﻑ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ‪،١٩٨٣/١١/٢٥‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٦٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺖ ﻷُﻓﺮﱢﻕ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴﱠﺔ ﺳﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺇِﺫ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳍﺎ‪" :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺌ ُ‬
‫ﺴﻲ ﻣﲑﻧـﺎ ﻭﻧﻘـﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻗﻨـﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻹِﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﻻﻃﻤﺌﻨﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻧﻔ َ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﺋﻠﲔ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﻮﻍ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮﱠ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ ﻣﻊ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﻮﺕ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻹِﺟﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﺣﺪﻯ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﲑ ﺑﻘﺪﺳﻴﱠﺔ ﺳﺮّ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻭﻗ ٍ‬
‫ﺖ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻣﺘﻬﺎ ٍﻥ ﻭﺍﳓﻼ ٍﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﱠﻴْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻼ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮّﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺮّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻗﺼ ٍﺪ ﻣَُﺒﻴّ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ٣١‬ﺃﹶﻳّﺎﺭ ‪ ،١٩٨٤‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﳏﻄﹼ ﹰﺔ ﺑﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﺗﺪﺧّﻞ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺮّﺓ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻳُﺬﻛﱢﺮ ﺑﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷَﻭﱠﻝ ﻭﺍﻷَﺧﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ٍﺔ ﻣﺆﺛﱢﺮ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻃﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻗﺎﺋ ًﹰ‬
‫» "ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃَﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭّﻴّﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺃَﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ‪" :‬ﹶﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺍﳊﻖّ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ" )ﻳﻮ ‪.(٦ :١٤‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﻖﱡ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﱢﻳﱠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﹶﺃﻳّﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ! ِﺇﻧّﻜﻢ ﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﻖّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻖّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲡﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﺭﺍ َﺀ ﺍﳊﺮّﻳّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﹶﺃﻳّﺔ ﺣﺮﱢﻳﱠ ٍﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨـﺸﺪﻭﻬﻧﺎ؟ ﻭﲡـﺮﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺇِﺛـﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﻓﺎﺟﺮﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺇِﺛﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﱢﻳﱠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﹼﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻜﻢ ﻗـﺪ‬
‫ﺿﻠﻠﺘﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ"‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﻳﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪" :‬ﺴﻼﻤﻲ ﺃُﻋﻁﻴﻜﻡ"‪.‬‬

‫ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺟّﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺼﻠﹼﻲ ﻟﺘﺘ ّﻡ ﻓﻴﻙ ﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ"‪.‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺒﱠﲔ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺠﺰَﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡّ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴّﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﺎﻣﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻤﻠﱠﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺄﻧّﻪ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕٌ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺤﺎﻗﹰﺎ ﺗﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃﹶﻭﻛ ﹾﻞ ﺇﱄﹼ ﺃﹶﻣﺮﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼﻡ ﺗﻀﻄﺮﺏ!‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻃﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺩﻋﺎﺋﻚ "ﻟﺘﺘﻢّ ﻓﻴﻚ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻉ "ﻟﺘـﺘﻢّ‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻚ ﺗﺮﺯﺡ ﲢﺖ ِﻭﻗﹾﺮ ﺑﺆﺳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺻﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺩﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺠﺰﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ ﻓـﺎﺩ ُ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻚ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺣَﺴْﺒُﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻚ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺣﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻄﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺒُ َ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﺤﻞﹼ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﺆﺍﺯﺭﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺟّﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟـﻞ ﺗﻄﻬﲑﻧـﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺧﻼﺻﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻛﻲ ﺗﺘﻢﱠ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﻘﹼﻨﻬﺎ ﺻﻼ ﹰﺓ ﺭﺍﺋﻌ ﹰﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺗّﻀﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﻟﹼﻔﺔﹲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪّﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﺍﻻﻗﺘـﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﳌـﺴﻴﺢ"‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺜﻮﺛﺔ ﰲ ﻋﺪّﺓ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻧﺎﺩﺭًﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜـﻨّﲏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣُﺬﹼﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﺖﱡ ﺃﻛﹸﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﹼ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﱂ ﻧﺘﺒﻴﱠﻦ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻧﺺّ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﺭﺩٌ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺّ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺟﺎﺀﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﺜﺮ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺬﺭّﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺩّﻋﻮﺍ‪" :‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ" ﺃﻭ "ﻫـﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻔﹼﻘﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﹼﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﺇِﻳّﺎﻫﺎ"‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻭﺿﺤﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻧّﻨﺎ ﱂ ﻧﻜﻦ ﺣﱴّ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠـ ٍﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻴﺢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﻣّﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﹸﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﲨﻊ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻪ ﺃﹶﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺇﻧّﻤﺎ ﳘﺎ ﰲﹼ"‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘّﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺺّ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺢ ﻓﻴﻙَ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭﻕ ﻜ ﱢل ﺸﻲ ٍﺀ‬
‫» " َﻫﺏْ ﻟﻲ ﺃَﻥ ﺃَﺴﺘﺭﻴ َ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٧٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﻜ ﱢل ﺨﻠﻴﻘ ٍﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﻼﺌﻜﺘﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﻜ ّل ﻤﺩﻴ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﻜ ّل ﺴﺭﻭ ٍﺭ ﻭﺍﺒﺘﻬﺎﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﻜ ّل ﻤﺠ ٍﺩ ﻭﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺠﻴﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ…" «‬
‫ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻲ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻕ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻳﺘﺒﻮّﺃ ﺃﺭﻓـﻊ‬
‫"ﻻ ﺗﻨﺸﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﰲ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﳐﻠﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎ ٍﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓِﺈﻧّﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﰲﹼ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺻَﻨ ْﻌﺘَﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻦ‬
‫ﻭﳛﻀﺮﱐ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺃﻭﻏﻮﺳﻄﻴﻨﻮﺱ‪" :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ َ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻔﺮ ﻗﻠﺒﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ِﺇﻻﹼ ﻓﻴﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﹼﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﲣﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻓِﺈﻧّﻚ ﺃﹶﻧﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲّ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﻋﻠﻦ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﳎﺘﻤـ ٍﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻻ َﻳ ْﻐﺮَُﺑﻦﱠ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺪ ُﺑﻠﱢﻐ ْ‬
‫ﻋﺮﰊﱟ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﹶﻏﻠﺒﻴّﺔﹲ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺔﹲ؛ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺣﺴﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﲤﻬﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬـﻲ ﲢﻈـﻰ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺘﺒﺠﻴ ٍﻞ ﻋﻈﻴ ٍﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻳﻠﻮﻝ ‪ ،١٩٨٤‬ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﳌﲑﻧـﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳔﻄﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻴﺶ ﺣﻴﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﻋﻴﺸًﺎ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳍﺎ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﻋﻴﺸﻲ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻻ ﺘﻤﻨﻌﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﺘﺎﺒﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﹼﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٧١‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﹼﻲ ﻛﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﱐ ﺃﹶﺩﺍ ﹰﺓ ﺻﺎﳊ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺮﻯ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﺸﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﺮﺃ ٍﺓ ﻣﺘﺰﻭّﺟ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻒّ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﻥ‪ِ :‬ﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﺋ ﹸﻞ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓﹲ ﻭﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻬﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ُﺗ ِﻌﺪﱡ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﻧﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ َﺗ ِﺮﺩُ ﻣﻘﺴﱠﻄ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﲡﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﱢﻴ ﹰﺔ ﳌﺎ ﺃﹶﲰﺘْﻪ "ﺟﻴﻠﻬﺎ"‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﺮﺑﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑﱠﺘْﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻷَﻭﱠﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻳﱠﺎﺭ ‪ ،١٩٨٥‬ﺃﹶﺧﺬﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﻜﻞﹼ ِﺛﻘﹶﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺪّﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺕ ﺃﹸﺧـﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﺮّﻗﺖ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻇﻬـﻮﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺮّﺓ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬
‫» " ﺃَﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺠﺘﻤﻌﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﻤﺠﺭﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﺩﻋﻭﺍ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﻴﻨﻘﺴﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﻘﺴﺎﻤﻜﻡ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﱠﻦ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺇِﺣﺪﻯ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﲤﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴـﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﹶﺃ َﻭﱂ ﻳﻘـﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪" :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﹶﺑﺖِ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺑﹶﺄﻧّﻚ ﺃﹶﻧﺖ ﺃﹶﺭﺳﻠﺘﲏ"؟‬
‫ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﻇﻠﹼﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻘﺴّﻤ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﻬﺗﺎ ﻧﺎﻗﺼ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟ ٍﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ُﺗ ﹾﻘﺒَﻞ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣـﺪ ﹰﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺇِﳝﺎﻬﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﹰﺓ ﰲ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻬﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﹰﺓ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻻ ﺗﲏ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗُﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺗﻔﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎ َﺀ‬
‫ﺕ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﻬﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺒﻠﻎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻈﻞﹼ ﺃﻭﻻﺩًﺍ ﺗﻔﺮﱢﻗﻬﻢ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻣﺎ ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺒ ﹲﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﺗﻔﺎﺟﺌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﻘﻮﳍﺎ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺴﺄُﻋﻁﻴﻙ ﻫﺩﻴّﺔ ﺃَﺘﻌﺎﺒﻙ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻴﱠﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳍﺪﻳّﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ َﺣﻤْﻞ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﳒﺎﻬﺑﺎ ﳌﲑﻳﺎﻡ ﰒﹼ ﳉـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺇِﳝﺎﻧﻮﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺮﺓﹲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻣّﻞ!‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٧٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻜﻞﹼ ﻃﻔ ٍﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺪﻳّﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻮﻍ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺘﻌﺔٍ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﻠﻴ ٍﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﻨﺒَﺬ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻳُﻘﺘﻞ ﺟُﺰﺍﻓﹰﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻒ ُﻳﺒْﺘﻐﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺳﺪّ ﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﻭﺣـﺪ ٍﺓ ﺭﻫﻴﺒـ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍ ٍﻥ ﺃﹶﻟﻴ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺧﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﹶﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮٌ ﻟﻨﺎ!‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻮﺧّﻰ ﲤﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷَﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟـﺼﻐﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌـﺪﻋﻮّﺓ‬
‫ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻴﱠ ﹲﺔ ﺑﺘﺮﺑﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗُﻌﺪّﻫﺎ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺗﺒﻠﱠﻐﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﺸﺌﻨﺎ ﺍﻹِﳍﻲّ‪ ،‬ﻭُﺑُﻨﻮﱠﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﳍﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﳍـﻲّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ‪ ٤‬ﺁﺏ ‪ ١٩٨٥‬ﺗُﺬﻛﱢﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﲟﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺃﹶﺛﻨـﺎﺀ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫـﺎ ﺑﺘـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺁﺫﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ ،١٩٨٣‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﺳﻴﺆﻛﹼﺪﻩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳔﻄﺎﻑ ‪ ١٤‬ﺁﺏ ‪ ،١٩٨٨‬ﰲ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺃﳒﻴﻠـﻴﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻌﻠﻦ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴّﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺡ ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﹶﺧﻄﺄ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ ﺍﺣﺘﻔﺎﱄﱟ ﺃﹸﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺏ ‪ ،١٩٨٥‬ﺟﺮﻯ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻑ ﰲ ﻬﻧﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺪّﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﰲ ﻛﺎﺗﺪﺭﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺲ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﴰﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻗﻲّ ﺳﻮﺭﻳّﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻈﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣﺬﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔٍ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺲ‪ ،‬ﲤﺎﻣًﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻇﻬـﺮﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﱂ ﺗﺘ َﻮﺥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﺬﻛﲑﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻥﹼ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻳـﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﲡﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔﹰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﹰﺓ‪،‬‬
‫َﻷﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭ َﻷﻧّﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺿﺎﻗﺖ ﺫﺭﻋًﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻘﺴﺎﻣﺎﺕ؟‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﳍﺎ ﳎﺪﱠﺩًﺍ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﺴﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻙ‪ .‬ﺴﺄُﺭﺒﻲّ ﺠﻴﻠﻲ ﻓﻴﻙ "‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﺒﻪ ﻻﺯﻣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٧٣‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﲣﺎﰲ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺳﺄﹸﺭﺑﱢﻲ ﺟﻴﻠﻲ ﻓﻴﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻴّﺔﹲ ﻣُﺠﺪﱠﺓﹲ‪ُ ،‬ﺗ ِﻌﺪﱡ ﺑُﺘﺆَﺩ ٍﺓ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺤﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ٍﺔ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ٍﺓ!‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺼﺮّﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻛﹸﺄﻡﱟ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﹸﺄﻡﱟ ﺗﺮﻳـﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻴـﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺜﲏ ﺃﺣﺪًﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﹸﺃﻡﱞ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﰲ ﲨﻊ ﴰﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃ َﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊّ‪" :‬ﺍ ُﻷﻡّ ﺑﺘﻠﻢّ"؟‬
‫ﻭﰲ ‪ ١٤‬ﺁﺏ ‪ ،١٩٨٥‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳓﺠﺎﻬﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﹶﺭﺑﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻛـﻞﹼ ﺍﳔﻄﺎﻓـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻠﹼﻐﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ﹰﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣّﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘّﺴﻢ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃ ٍﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻖٍ ﺑﻠﻴﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﻜ ّل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻭ ﺒﺨﻴﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺩﺍ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻴﺩﻱ ﻟﻤّﺎ ﺒﺸﻭﻓﻜﻥْ ﻜﻠ ﹸﻜﻥْ ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻌﺽ"‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﺗﺸﺪّﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺮﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺗﺘﻜﺮّﺭ ﻛﺎﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺼﻼﺘﻜﻥ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻴﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺇِﻴﻤﺎﻨﻜﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻴﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍ ﹼﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻜﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻴﺩﻱ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺨﺒًﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﺎﻻ ٍ‬
‫ﺻَ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻴﺪﻱ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﲨﺎﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻜﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻴﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺛﻠﺠﻮﺍ ﺻﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺘﻜﻢ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪﻳﻦ"‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﺭﺕ ﻋﻨّﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻯ ﺃﹶﺭﺑﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺪﺀًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻭﻛﺄﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺃﹶﺧﺬﺕ ﲤﺮّ ﲟﻨﻌﻄ ٍ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻟﹼﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﱡﺙ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻗﹸﺒَﻴْﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﰲ ‪ ٣١‬ﺃﹶﻳّﺎﺭ ‪،١٩٨٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﻜﻞﹼ ﺛﻘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﺻﺢّ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﹼﻐﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻳﻠﻮﻝ ‪ ،١٩٨٥‬ﻓـﻮﺭًﺍ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺭﺳـﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷُﻣﻮﻣـﺔ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٧٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﹲ ﻣﺆﺛﹼﺮﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﺰ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﻞﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻲّ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺃَﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻕ‬
‫ﺨﻠﻘﺘﹸﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺨﻠﻘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻵﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﱠﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋـﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟـﺭﻭﺡ ﻭُﻟـﺩﺕﹾ‪،‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﺒﻨـﺔ ﺍ َ‬
‫ﺇِﻓﺭﺤﻭﺍ ﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ َﻷ ﱠ‬
‫ﻥ ﺨﻼﺼﻜﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﻘﹼﻕ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺍﺒﺘﻬﺠﻭﺍ ﻻﺒﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ّ‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﻜﺜﻔﹼ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﱠﻑ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﻜﻞﹼ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻜﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﹼﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻜﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﺰﻡ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﹶﺃﺟﻞ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺟﺰٌ ﻣﺪﻫﺶٌ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﹶﺳﻄﺮ ﻗﻼﺋﻞ!‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﹶﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻔﺼّﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺰًﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻔﺼّﻠﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﻓﺬﹼ ٍﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺋﻌ ٍﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ‪ ،١٩٨٥/١١/٢٦‬ﺑﺎﺷﺮ ﺣﻮﺍﺭًﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻣﺮٌ ﱂ ﳛﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﺮّﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻗﻠﹼﻪ ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪" » -‬ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪َ ،‬ﺃﺘﹸﺭﻴﺩِﻴﻥ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﺼﻠﻭﺒ ﹰﺔ ﺃَﻡ ﻤﻤﺠّﺩ ﹰﺓ؟‬
‫‪" -‬ﻤﻤﺠّﺩﺓ «‬
‫)ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺄﳍﺎ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺛﺮ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤّﺎ ﺗﻌﲏ ﳍﺎ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ "ﳑﺠّﺪﺓ"‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﺎﺑﺖ‪" :‬ﺗﻌﲏ ﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺪ ﻟﻶﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ"‪ .‬ﻓﺜﻘﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﺘﻌﺪّﻯ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ(‪.‬‬
‫"ﺍﺑﺘﺴﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺨﻠﹾﻕ ﺃَﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻕ؟‬
‫ﻀﻠﻴﻥ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﻤﺠﱠﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟ ﹶ‬
‫‪َ" » -‬ﺃﺘﹸﻔ ّ‬
‫‪" -‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪" -‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻠﺏ…"‬
‫ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺸﺮﻉ ﺑﺘﺜﻘﻴﻒ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻐﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑّﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻌﻴّﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٧٥‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ "ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ" ﻗﺪ ﻳﻮﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺪّﺙ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﳌﻠﻤﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ :‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﳛﺐّ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﲪﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳓﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺧﻼﺻﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥﹼ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﻮﺟّﻪ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﳓﻮ ﺭﺅﻳ ٍﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ٍﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠﱢﻤﻬﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻳﻌـﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻄِﻠـﻊﱡ ﳓـﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻠﹼﻌًﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺯﺩﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻧﻮﱠ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺢ ﳍـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﺑﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﱪ ﻭﺣﺐﱟ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﻭﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺻ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻳ ِﻌﺪُ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﳌﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻓﻤﻥ ﺸﺎﺭﻜﻨﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺫﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃُﺸﺎﺭﻜﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺠﺩ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳ ٍﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ ٍﺔ ﺷﺎﻣﻠ ٍﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺐّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺑًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳛﺒّﻮﻩ ﲝﻤﻠﻬﻢ ﺻﻠﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺰﺩﺭﻭﺍ ﺫﻭﺍﻬﺗﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﺍ ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﺬﹼﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻈﻔﺮ ﲟﻜﺎﻓﺄ ٍﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻵَﺧﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﹼ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﱡﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻫﻴﺒـﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟـﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺍﺋﻤًـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻳُﻀﻴﻒ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺴﺄُﻋﻁﻴﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺭﺍﺤﺎﺘﻲ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻔﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ ﺩﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﹶﺄﻣﱠﻠﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺀ!‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٧٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﺮﻗﻰ ﲟﲑﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣَﻦ ﻳُﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴّﺪ ﺍﻷَﻭﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﺷﺄﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻤﺪّ ﻣﻨﻪ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﻓﺨ ٍﺮ ﺇِﻃﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻭﻟـﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪" :‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺎﰐ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺠﺮﺍﺣﺎﺗﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﹶﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺗﻮﻱ ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺧﱪﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻮﺿﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﺡ ﺗﺎﻡﱟ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮّ ﹰﺓ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺑّﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﻭﺇِﺫﺍ ﻁﺎل ﻏﻴﺎﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺤﺘﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺭ ﻋﻨﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﺎﻣًﺎ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﹼﻐﻬﺎ ﰲ ‪ ،١٩٨٥/١١/٢٦‬ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺐ ﲤﺎﻣًـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺠﺒـﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻘ َ‬
‫ﺖ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّـﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻔـﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺯﻳ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻯ ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺻﻼ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺻﻼ ٍﺓ ﱂ ﺗﻨﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٧٧‬‬

‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳔﻄﺎﻑ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪١٩٨٦‬‬

‫‪ -١١‬ﻋﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻳّﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ ‪ ٢٦‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬
‫» ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻙ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﺠﻤ َل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ! ﻓﻴﻪ ﺴﺄﻨﺸﺊ ﻤﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﻁﻴﻜﻡ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﻷﻤﺘﻠـ َ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺒَﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻲ ﺃﺭﺴـ ُﻡ ﺼـﻭﺭﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻤﻐﻔﻭﺭﺓﹲ ﻟﻜﻡ ﺯ ﹼﻻﺘﹸﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﹼﻜﻡ ﺘﻨﻅﺭﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻲﱠ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻓﺎﻟﻭﻴل ﻟﻤﻥ ﻴﻤﺜﱢل ﺼﻭﺭﺘﻲ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺒﺎﻉ ﺩﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺼﻠﱡﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜ ّل ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺼﻼ ٍﺓ ﺃﺴﻜﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻁﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺇﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺘﻀﻁﺭﺒﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴّﺎﺕ ﻓﺒﺠﺭﺍﺤﺎﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﺘﺴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺃﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺠ ّﺩ َﺩ ﺁﻻﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﻭﺃﺭﻴﺩﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﹸﻨﺠﺯﻱ ﻤﻬ ﱠﻤ ﹶﺘﻙِ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻌﻴﻥ ﺩﺨﻭ َل ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻨﺠـﺯ ِ‬
‫ﻤﻬﻤﱠﺘﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺇﺫﻫﺒﻲ ﺒﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﺴﺎﻋ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﺠﺩﱢ ُﺩ ﻋﻴﺩ ﺃﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻷﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺘﻭﺍ ﺇﻟ ﱠ‬
‫‪ -١٠‬ﻓﺄﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻜ ّل ﻭﻗﺕ"‪« .‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٧٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪١٩٨٧‬‬

‫‪ -١٢‬ﺳﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ‪ ١٨‬ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ » -١‬ﺃﻋﻁﻴﺘﻜﻡ ﺇﺸﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻟﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺘﺎﺒﻌﻭﺍ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻜﻡ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻭﺇ ﹼﻻ…"‪« .‬‬

‫‪ -١٣‬ﲬﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺃﻳﺎﺭ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬

‫"ﺃﺤﺒﱡﻭﺍ ﺒﻌﻀﻜﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻭﺼﻠﱡﻭﺍ ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻥ"‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٤‬ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ ‪ ٢٢‬ﲤﻮﺯ )ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﺩ‪ -‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ( )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬

‫ﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪" » -١‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺴﺄﺭﺒّﻲ ﺠﻴﻠﻲ ﻓﻴ ِ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺼﻠﱡﻭﺍ ﺼﻠﱡﻭﺍ ﻭﺼﻠﱡﻭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻕ ﺠﺭﺍﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﺒﻨﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺨﻠﱢﺼﻨﺎ"‪« .‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺼﻠﹼﻴﺘﻡ ﻗﻭﻟﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﺏ ﺒﺤ ﹼ‬

‫‪ -١٥‬ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ‪ ١٤‬ﺁﺏ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬

‫» ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻫﻲ ﺃ ﱢﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ُﻭﻟﺩ ﹸ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﻜﺭﻤَﻬﺎ ﺃﻜﺭﻤﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻤﻥ ﻨﻜﺭﻫﺎ ﻨﻜﺭﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﺎل ﻷﻨﱠﻬﺎ ﺃُﻤﻲّ"‪« .‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻁﻠ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٧٩‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ ‪ - ١٩٨٦/١١/٢٦‬ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ‪١٩٨٧/٨/١٤‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻨ ٍﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﰲ ‪ ،١٩٨٦/١١/٢٦‬ﺑﻠﹼﻎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ﹰﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻋﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﺟﺴّﻤﻪ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻤﺎ َﺃﺠﻤل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺴﺄﻨﺸﺊ ﻤﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺍﻷَﻧﻈﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤـﺎﻝ ﲨـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﲡﻤّﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺗﺪّﻳﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺐّ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻤﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻞﹼ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻴﲏ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴُﺮﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﻏﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﱢﻐَﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﲏ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳓﻦ!‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩّ ﳜﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭًﺍ ﻻ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪" :‬ﻓﺄُﻋﻁﻴﻜﻡ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﻷﻤﺘﻠﻙ ﻗﻠﺒﻜﻡ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﺭﻳﺪﻛﻢ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻜﻢ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻠﻜﹰﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﺋ ٍﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻟﺸﻲ ٍﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫"ﻤﻐﻔﻭﺭﺓﹲ ﻟﻜﻡ ﺯﻻﹼﺘﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻨﹼﻜﻡ ﺘﻨﻅﺭﻭﻥ ﺇﻟ ّ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٨٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﺄﻧّﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏّ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺒﲏ ﻣﻌﻲ؟ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﺎ؟ ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﻟﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺲ ﺧﺎﻃ ٍﺊ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽٌ ﺣﻖﱞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻯ ﺑﺎﺋ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺴﻜﹼﻦ ﺭﻭﻋﻨﺎ ﻭﻳﻄﻤﺌﻨﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﻻ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﺃﹶﺗﻘﺒﱠﻠﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﺫﻭﺍﺗﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﹼﺗﻜﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﺫﻭﺍﺗﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﹸﺭﻳﺪﻛﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻛﻔﻴﻞﹲ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﺴﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺃﹶﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﲤﺠﻴ ٍﺪ ﱄ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﹶﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻤﺎ َﺃﺠﻤل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺴﺄُﻨﺸﺊ ﻤﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻋﻁﻴﻜﻡ ﻗﻠﺒـﻲ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻤﺘﻠـﻙ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺒﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻐﻔﻭﺭﺓﹲ ﻟﻜﻡ ﺯﻻﹼﺘﻜﻡ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻨﱠﻜﻡ ﺘﻨﻅﺭﻭﻥ ﺇﻟ ّ‬
‫ﻭﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺎﺋ ٍﻦ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺣﺐﱟ ﻭﺛﻘ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳓﻔﺮﺕ ﺻـﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺻـﻤﻴﻤﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﱠﺪﻩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﻲ ﺃَﺭﺴﻡ ﺼﻭﺭﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ"‪.‬‬
‫"ﻤﻥ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟ ّ‬
‫ﺕ ﱄ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﹶﺃﻧّﻜﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﱄﹼ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﹶﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻣﺰﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﳓﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺱ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺼﻠﹼﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺗﻮﺧّﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺗﺬﻛﲑﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺐ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﻧﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ِﺇﻧّﻤﺎ ﻳﺬﻛﹼﺮ ﲝﻘﻴﻘﺔٍ ﺭﺍﺳﺨ ٍﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣﺊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺪّﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﹶﺃﻧّﻨﺎ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎ ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪" :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ" )ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪.(٢٧ :١‬‬
‫ﳓﻦ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻻﹼ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔﹲ ﻗﺪ ﹶﺫ ِﻫﻠﹾﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻸَﺳﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﻮّﻫﻨﺎ ﺫﻭﺍﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﹶﻧﻜﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺴﻌْﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺻﻮﺭ ﹰﺓ ﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑَ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٨١‬‬
‫ﺕ ﱄ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﺷﺌﺘﻢ ﺃﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎ ٌ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﹲ ﺭﻫﻴﺒ ﹲﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻳُﻌﻘﺐ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻤﻥ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺇِﻟﻲّ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺭﺴﻡ ﺼﻭﺭﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ"‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻓﺎﻟﻭﻴل ﻟﻤﻥ ﻴﻤﺜﹼل ﺼﻭﺭﺘﻲ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺒﺎﻉ ﺩﻤﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺇِﻧّﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳕﺜﹼﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻞ ﳓﻦ ﳕﺜﱢﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ؟ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﳓ ٍﻮ ﳕﺜﹼﻠﻬﺎ؟ ﻭﺇﱃ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﻣ ًﺪﻯ؟ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‬
‫ﺻﺒﻮ ٌﺭ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﺃﹶﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺭﺩّﺩ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﹶﻮﻳﻞ! ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ! ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ! "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺮّﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ!"‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻳﻄﺎﻝ ﻛﻞﱠ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲّ ﻳﺪّﻋﻲ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺳـﻘﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺮﻳﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳑﺜﱢﻠﻮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺼﻠﹼﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃَﺠل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜ ّل ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺼﻼ ٍﺓ ﺃَﺴﻜﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻁﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃَﺤﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻛ ﱞﻞ ﻣﻨّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎ ٍﻭ ﰲ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻣﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺬﻛﹼﺮﱐ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﭘـﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻠﻚَ‪ ،‬ﺳﻜﺒ ُ‬
‫ﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﲨﺎﻋ ﹰﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﹸﻐْﻔﹶﻠﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﳓﻦ ﺃﹶﻓﺮﺍﺩٌ ﳏﺒﻮﺑﻮﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣُﺴﺘَﻬﺪَﻓﻮﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞﱟ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﻳﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﺻﻮﺭﺗَﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٨٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻥ ﳓﻦ ﺗﻌﺜﱠﺮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺮﻗﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﻴﻞﹲ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﺸﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲪﺄﻬﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺆﻛﹼﺪﻩ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻜﻞﹼ ﻭﺿﻮﺡٍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻌﻘﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻫﻴﺐ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﰲ ﺣﻨﺎﻳﺎﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺘﻀﻁﺭﺒﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﱠﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺠﺭﺍﺤﺎﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﺘﺴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷَﺒﺩﻴّﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪﱠ ﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹِﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻗﻌ ٍﺔ ﳚﻬﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﱄ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹸﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮّﺍﺀ ﻭﺷﺎﻳ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﹶﺷﻬ ٍﺮ؛ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻣﻀﻰ ﻣﺪّﺓ ﺳﺠﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﻟﺮﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﻬﺠﻌﻪ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﲦﱠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺰّﻕ ﻗﻤﻴﺼﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲّ ﻗﻄﻌًﺎ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻨـﻬﺎ ﻣـﺴﺒﺤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷَﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﻨـﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﹸﺒَﻴْﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺟﺎﻟﺴ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺪﻧﻮ ُ‬
‫ﺖ‪" :‬ﻛﻔﺎ ِﻙ ﺑﻜﺎ ًﺀ ﻳﺎ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺬﻛﱠﺮﻱ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍ َﺀ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣًﺎ‪" :‬ﺇِﻧﺰﱄ ﻭﻗـﻮﻟﻴﻠ ْﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻠ ُ‬
‫ﱳ"‪ .‬ﻭِﺇﻧّﲏ ﺃﺳﺘﻤﻴﺢ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﹶﺃﻥ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ِ :‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﺃﺑﺎﻙ ﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻧّﻚ ﺑﻨﱵ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﱐ ﺑﻨ ْ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻮﻍ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﺴﺎﻭﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻬﻧﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻔﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﹼﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻛﻠ ﹰﺔ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﺃﹶﺑﻴﻚ ﻟﻠﺮﺏّ‪ .‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﺑّﺮ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻄﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﺎ َﺀﺗْﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑُ َﻌﻴْﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻻ ﺘـﻀﻁﺭﺒﻲ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺭﻀﻴّﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺠﺭﺍﺤﺎﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﺘﺴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷَﺒﺩﻴّﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺩﺭﻛﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ‪ ،‬ﳌﻦ ﳚﻬﻠﻮﻥ ﺧﻔﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻣـﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻮﻟ ﹰﺔ ﻋﺎﻣّ ﹰﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﹶﺜﺮ ﺍﻷَﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺜﲑ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻔﹼﺖ ﻣ ﹶﻘﺼْﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﺹّ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺄﻧﻒ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻓﺒﺠﺭﺍﺤﺎﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﺘﺴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷَﺒﺩﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﺃُﺭﻴﺩ ﺃَﻥ ﺃﺠﺩّﺩ ﺁﻻﻤﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٨٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺿﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻪ ﻳُﻨْﺬﺭ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﻭﺃُﺭﻴﺩﻙ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﻨﺠﺯﻱ ﻤﻬﻤّﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻌﻴﻥ ﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ِ ،‬ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺃَﻨﺠـﺯﺕ‬
‫ﻤﻬﻤﺘﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ"‪« .‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺻﺎﺭﻡٌ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻪ ِﺇﻳّﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺅﻭﻑٌ ﺑﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﻥ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪّﻋﻲ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻻ ﺗﺮﺗﻀﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﺤﻴ ٍﻢ ﺃﹶﺑﺪﻱﱟ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻹِﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳉﺤﻴﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﻓﺾ ﻋﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻯ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱﱟ ﻛﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹶﻃﻠﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﹶﺑﺪﻳّﺘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻦ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ‪ ،‬ﲦﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺳًﺎ ﺃﹶﺑﺪﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺤﻴﻤًﺎ ﺃﹶﺑﺪﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﳕﻀﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺒﺎﻻﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺇﻻﹼ ﺿـﻠﻠﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻜ ّل ﺴﺎﻋ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃُﺠﺩﱢﺩ ﻋﻴﺩ ُﺃﻤّﻲ‪،‬‬
‫"ﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻷَﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ ﺃَﻥ ﻴﺄﺘﻭﺍ ﺇﻟ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺄﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻛﻞﱢ ﻭﻗﺖ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺬﻛﹼﺮ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﲝﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﹶﺄﻧّـﻪ ﻫـﻮ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻟﹼﻰ ﺧﻼﺻﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺻﻐﲑ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ؛ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﹶﺃﻻﹼ ﺗﺪﻉ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﹶﺩﻭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻛﻔﻴﻞﹲ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺧﺎﻃﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﳎﺪﱠﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻗﹼﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﻼﻧﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧّﻪ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﰲ‬
‫ﲡﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻻﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇِﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺆﻛﱢﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻺِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢّ ﻋﱪ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻻﻡ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﺪﺍﺀَﻩ؛ ﻭﺇﻥﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺸﺮَﻋﲔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻈﻞﹼ ُﻣ ْ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٨٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﱡﺐ ﻭﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻀﻮﺭًﺍ ﻓﺎﻋ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﺣﻀﻮﺭًﺍ ﻋﺎﺑﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﻗﱠﺘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﺎﺀﻧﺎ ﺇِﻧﺬﺍ ٌﺭ ﺃﹶﻗﻠﻘﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪ ١٨‬ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ‪ ،١٩٨٧‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﻁﻴْﺘﹸﻜﻡ ﺇِﺸﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻟﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩﻱ"‪.‬‬
‫"َﺃﻋْ ﹶ‬
‫ﲤﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﻷَﻗﺼﻰ‪.‬‬
‫» "ﺘﺎﺒﻌﻭﺍ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻻ…" «‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﻗﹼﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺘﻤﺠﻴﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺭﺿﺎ ًﺀ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻﹼ…‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺿﻤﺎﻥﹲ ﻟﺒﻠﻮﻏﻨﺎ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻑ‪" .‬ﻭﺇِﻻ…"‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ!‬
‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹِﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﺎﺅُﻻ ٍ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻯ ﳌﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺟّﻪ؟‬
‫ﺺ ﻣُﻌﻴﱠ ٍﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻡ ﳉﻤﻴﻌﻨﺎ؟‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺷﺨ ٍ‬
‫ﳌﲑﻧﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻟﻜﻞﱟ ﻣﻨﺎ؟‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺑّﻤﺎ ﱂ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﺑﺈﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﺎﻟﺘَﻴْﻦ ﺍﻟﺘـﺎﻟﻴﺘَﻴْﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﺸﺪﻳﺪﰐ ﺍﻹﳚـﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻗـﺎﻝ ﻟﻨـﺎ ﻳـﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻭّ ﹰﻻ ﰲ‬
‫‪" :١٩٨٧/٥/٢١‬ﺃَﺤﺒﱡﻭﺍ ﺒﻌﻀُﻜﻡ ﺒﻌﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺼﻠﹼﻭﺍ ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻥ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﺃَﺤﺒّﻭﺍ ﺒﻌﻀﻜﻡ ﺒﻌﻀ ﹰﺎ" ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺃَﻥ ﻤﺤﺒّﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﺩَﻟﺔ ﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔﹲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٨٥‬‬
‫ﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻏـﺪﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ ﺑﺈﳝﺎ ٍﻥ" ﻳﻌﲏ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺼﻠﹼﻲ ﺑﻘﺪ ٍﺭ ﻭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺗﻨﺎ ﺭﻭﺗﻴﻨﻴّ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﲢﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺒﺚ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ١٤‬ﲤﹼﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻬﻴﺐ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻮﻟـﻪ‬
‫ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‪" :‬ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﳜﺎﻃﺒﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﻴﻒ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻭﺇِﺫﺍ ﺻﻠﱠﻴﺘﻢ ﻗﻮﻟﻮﺍ‪َ" :‬ﺃﻴّﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﺏ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤ ﹼ‬
‫ﻕ ﺠﺭﺍﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﺒﻨﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺨﻠﹼﺼﻨﺎ"‪ِ .‬ﺇﻷّ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻞﹼ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﳎﺪﱠﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺴﺄُﺭﺒّﻲ ﺠﻴﻠـﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻙ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮّ ﹰﺓ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﺫ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺮﻳﺺٌ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺜﻘﻴﻔﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﻼ ٍﺓ ﻣﻮﺟّﻬ ٍﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﺏ‪ ،‬ﻋﱪ ﺟﺮﺍﺡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﱪ ﻓﺪﺍﺋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺧﻼﺹ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺰ ٍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻣﻨﺄﹰﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪ ،١٩٨٥/١١/٢٦‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﺲ ﰲ ﻣﻨـﹰﺄﻯ ﻋـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎ ﻫﻮﺫﺍ ﻳﻜﺮّﺭ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻕ ﺠﺭﺍﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﺒﻨﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺨﻠﹼﺼﻨﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫"َﺃﻴّﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﺏ ﺒﺤ ﹼ‬
‫ﻻ ُﺑﺪﱠ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺮﺍﺡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫـﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﻼﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺀ ‪ ١٤‬ﺁﺏ ‪ ،١٩٨٧‬ﻓﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﻌﻠﻦ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷُﻣﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﳍﻴّﺔ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﹲ ﻣﺪﻫﺸﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ُﺃﻤّﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻟﺩ ﹸ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﻜﺭﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻜﺭﻤﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﻨﻜﺭﻫﺎ ﻨﻜﺭﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﺎل‪َ ،‬ﻷﻨﹼﻬﺎ ُﺃﻤّﻲ"‪« .‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٨٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﻧﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﲟَﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ‪" :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﱐ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﺃﹶﰊ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ…‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﺁﱐ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻵﺏ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﺄﱐﹼ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺘ ًﻮﻯ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﹼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﺗﻴّﲔ ﲣﻴّﻠﻪ‪" :‬ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﺮﻣﲏ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻴﻒ! ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﻘﺒّﻞ ﺍﺩّﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺗﺴﺘﺎﻧﺘﻴّﲔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ‬
‫ﳔﺺّ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺹٌ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻖّ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺮﱘ؟ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺑـﻞ ِﺇﻥﹼ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺩّﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﺽٌ ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺑﺸﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓِﺈﻥﹼ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺗﻜﺮ ٍﱘ ﻧﺴﺪﻳﻪ ﻷﻡّ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎ ٍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺰﻳﺪٌ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﱘ ﻧﺴﺪﻳﻪ ﻻﺑﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﻄﺒّﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﹸﺃﻣﱢﻪ!‬
‫ﺃﻣّﺎ ﺍﺩّﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻣﺘﻬﺎﻥﹲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻖ‪.‬‬
‫» "ﻤﻥ ﻨﻜﺭﻫﺎ ﻨﻜﺭﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﺎل‪َ ،‬ﻷﻨﹼﻬﺎ ُﺃﻤّﻲ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﺃﹶﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﺕ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺴﺘﺸﻔﻊ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻄﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻲ"‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒـﺪﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪ ﻳُﺰﺭﻱ ﺑﻼﻫﻮﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺴﺄﹶﻟﻮﺍ ﹸﺃﻣّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﲣﺎﻓﻮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﹸﺃﻣّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﹶﺭﺩﱡ ﳍﺎ ﻃﻠﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻤﻥ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﺎل"‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﱴّ ﻟﻮ ﱂ ﺗﻮﺟّﻬﻮﺍ ﺇﱄﱠ ﻃﻠﺒﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻟﻮﺍ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺍﺋﻊ!‬
‫ﺃﻛﹶﺎﺩ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﻥﹼ ﻻﻫﻮﺕ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣُﻐْﺮﻕٌ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴّﺔ!‬
‫ﱐ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻹِﻧـﺴﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳍـﻲﱞ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻊ‬
‫ﱐ ﻭﺇﳍﻲﱞ‪ِ :‬ﺇﻧﺴﺎ ﱞ‬
‫ﺇﻥﹼ ﻻﻫﻮﺕ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺇﻧﺴﺎ ﱞ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻨﺎﻫﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٨٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻛ ﱞﻞ ﻣﻨﱠﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺷﻌﻮﺭﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺮﺥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﹶﻭﱠﻝ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻬﻪ‪" :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﺭﺍ"‪.‬‬
‫ﲑ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺟﺒ ٍﻞ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺎﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﺎﺭﻗﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﹸﺘﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮّﺽ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﺳﻴّﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﺧﻄ ٍ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﳚﻌﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﻋﻮﻳﺼﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺫﺍ ﺑﺴﻴّﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﺗﻨﺤﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﱠﺠﻪ ﺻـﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻫُﻮﱠﺓ ﻭﺍﺩٍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺮﺥ‪ ،‬ﻏﺮﻳﺰﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪" :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﺭﺍ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻱ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻮﻗﹼﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴّﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻗﹼﻔﹰﺎ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺌﹰﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪" :‬ﻟﺴ ُ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻔﺎ ﺍﳍﺎﻭﻳﺔ" ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺇِﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ؟ "ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﺭﺍ"! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺿﺎﻑ‪" :‬ﻣـﻊ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﹰﺓ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﺮﱘ"‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺬ ﺫﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﻠﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﺏّ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺑًـﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺬﺭﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﻚ ﺳﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺇِﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﹸﻣّﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﹸﻃﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﹸﻃﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﲣﺎﻓﻮﺍ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻞ ﳓﻦ ﻧﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ؟‬
‫ﺇِﻧﱠﲏ ﺃﹶﺷﻬﺪ ﺑﹶﺄﺳًﻰ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺜﻤّـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨـﺎﺋﺲ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱّ ﲤﺜﺎ ٍﻝ ﺃﹶﻭ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧ ٍﺔ ﳍﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺤﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺬﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺯﺍﺭﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻮ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﻛﺎﻫﻦٌ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﻲﱞ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺇﱃ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﻣ ًﺪﻯ ﳓﻦ ﻧﺼﻠﹼﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺤﺔ ‪ِ -‬ﺇﻧّـﲏ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﺪ ﻋﻨﺘًﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟـﺼﻼﺓ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻠﻰ ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﻋﺠﺒًﺎ ﺃﹶﺗﺼﻠﹼﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺤﺔ؟" ﻓﺄﺟﺒﺘﻪ‪" :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﻧﺼﻠﹼﻲ ﺍﳌـﺴﺒﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﹶﱂ ﻻ ﻧﺼﻠﹼﻴﻬﺎ؟"‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﹲ ﺍﻧﺪﺛﺮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ" ﻓﺄﹶﺟﺒﺘﻪ‪" :‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﹶﺃﻱّ ﻋﺎﺋ ٍﻖ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺤﺔ؟ ﻓﺠﺰﺅﻫﺎ ﺍﻷَﻭّﻝ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﹼﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻼﻙ ﻭﺃﻟﻴﺼﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳒﻴﻞ! ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﺰﺅﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻟﻠﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ؟ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻡّ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺻـﻠﹼﻲ‬
‫ﻷَﺟﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻮﺗﻨﺎ"‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻮﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ؟ ﺇِﺫﻥ ﳓﻦ ﻧﺴﺄﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﻡّ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺋﻠﲔ‪" :‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮﻱّ ﺇﱄﹼ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﳋـﺎﻃﺊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻜﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﺬﻳﲏ ﲝﻨﺎﻧﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﺯﻑ ﺳﺎﻋﱵ ﻟﻠﻤﺜﻮﻝ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺑﻨﻚ ﻭﺇﳍﻚ ﻭﺇﳍـﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٨٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣﺴﻜﻴﲏ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﻀﻲ ﰊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻓﻌ ﹰﺔ ﰊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﲏ ﺑﺮﺃﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﻌ ْﺪﻟِﻪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺐ ﰲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺤﺔ! ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﺘﻮﺳّﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺍﻟـﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻱّ ﻣﺎﻧ ٍﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﻋﻴ ٍ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻧﻀﻤﺮ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺯﺩﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﻮﺳّﻠﻬﻢ ﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﻣﺄﹾﺭﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻼ َﻡ ﻻ ﻧﺘﻮﺳّﻞ ﹸﺃﻡﱠ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﹸﺃﻣﱡﻨﺎ؟‬
‫ﹶﺃﻭَﻧﻈﻦّ ﹶﺃﻧّﻨﺎ ﱂ ﻧﻌﺪ ﺧﻄﺄ ﹰﺓ؟ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺗﻮﻫّﻤﻪ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪ ﺣﻘﹼـﻖ ﺇِﳒـﺎﺯًﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺌﺔ!‬
‫ﺑﺎ ِﻹﲨﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﺪﻧﺎ ﻧﻮﻋًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻓـﺎﻟﺮﺏّ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﻓﻌ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﳐﻄﹼﻂ ﺍﳋﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﰒﹼ ﻳﻔﺼّﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ِﺇﻧّﲏ‪ ،‬ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻜﻢ ﲪﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﲪﻠﻮﻩ ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺖِ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻨﱵ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﹸﻋﻄﻴﻚ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻠﹼﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ ِ‬
‫ﰒ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺍﺣﺘﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﹸﺍﻣّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮّﻣﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ ﳍﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﹸﻣّﻲ ﻭﹸﺃﻣّﻜﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻷُﻭﻟﻴﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﻭﻻﳘﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﺪّﺕ ﻣﻦ‪١٩٨٣/١٠/٢٨‬‬
‫ﺣﱴ ‪ ،١٩٨٥/١١/٢٦‬ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٩٨٦/١١/٢٦‬ﺣﱴّ ‪.١٩٨٧/٨/١٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٨٩‬‬

‫‪ -١٦‬ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ ‪ ٧‬ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬

‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﺭﺘﹸﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻠﺒُﻬﺎ ﻤﻤﻠﻭﺀٌ ﺤﺒ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫‪" » -١‬ﻤﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃ ﹶﻟﺴْﺕِ ﺃﻨ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻁﻔﹰﺎ؟‬
‫ﻱ ﺸﻲ ٍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻙ ﻻ ﺘﻘﺩﺭﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﺤﻤﻠﹼﻲ ﺃ ّ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺘﺒﻴﱠﻥ ﻟﻲ ﺃﻨ ِ‬
‫ﺕ ﺩُﻋﺎ َﺀ ﻜ ﱢل ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻙ ﻓﺭﺼ ﹰﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺘﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺄﻜﹼﺩﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺨﺴﺭﺘِﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺨﺴﺭ ِ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺴﺄﻋﻁﻴ ِ‬
‫ﺤﻭﻟﹶﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻋﺭﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺤَﻤْ َل ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻻ ّﺒ َﺩ ﻤﻨﻪ"‪« .‬‬

‫‪ -١٧‬ﻋﺸﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻳّﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﳋﻤﻴﺲ ‪ ٢٦‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺇﻨﹼﻲ ﺃﻗﺩّﺭ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭَﻙ ﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻭلِ ﻓﻘﻁ…‬
‫ﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﺘﺘﹼﺤ َﺩ ﻗﻠﻭﺒُﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺨﻠﱢﺼﻴﻥ ﻨﻔﻭﺴًﺎ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻀﻤّﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻠﺒ ِ‬
‫ﻤﻌﺫﱠﺒ ﹰﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺤ َﺒ ْﺒﺘِﻨـﻲ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻻ ﺘﻜﺭﻫﻲ ﺃﺤﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﻤﻰ ﻗﻠﺒُﻙ ﻋﻥ ﺤﺒّﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﺤﺒﱢـﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴـ َﻊ ﻜﻤـﺎ ﺃ ْ‬
‫ﻙ ﻭﺘﻜﻠﱠﻤﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻙِ‪ ،‬ﻓ َﻌﻥْ ﻁﺭﻴﻘِﻬﻡ ﺘﻜﺘﺴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺨﺼﻭﺼ ﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺃﺒﻐﻀﻭ ِ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺇﺴﺘﻤّﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﺯﻭﺠ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺃﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺃﺨﺘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺘﺄﺘﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﺒـل ﺃﺭﻴـﺩ ﺃﻥ ﹶﺘﻘﹾـ َﻭﻱْ‬
‫ﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺠﺎ ُ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻻ ﺘﻀﺎﻴﻘﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋ ُ‬
‫ﺕ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻙِ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺨﺴﺭ ِ‬
‫ﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠـل‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺇﺫﻫﺒﻲ ﻭﺒﺸﱢﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺃﺠﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ ﺨﻭ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺜﻤِﺭ ﻴﺩﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻤﺎ ﻴُﺜﻤِﺭ ﻗﻠﺒُﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎ َ‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﻭﻻ ﻴُﻌﻴ ُ‬
‫ﻙ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﻙ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺴﺎﻫﻤﻭﺍ ﻤﻌ ِ‬
‫ﻙ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺭﻜ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻠﻴ ِ‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺴﻼﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒ ِ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٩٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻄﻒ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ ‪ ٧‬ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ ‪ - ١٩٨٧‬ﺍﳋﻤﻴﺲ ‪١٩٨٧/١١/٢٦‬‬

‫ﻒ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ ‪ ،١٩٨٧‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻣﻬﱠﺪ‬

‫ﻧﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﻌﻄ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮُ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭُﺟّﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪ ١٨‬ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ‪ .١٩٨٧‬ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺭﺳـﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﹸﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻹِﻧﺬﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻳﻠﻮﻝ ‪ ،١٩٨٧‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺬﻳ ٍﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺪﻯ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻑ ﺗﻨﺘﺤﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﹶﺃﺟﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﻼﺀ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﳍﺎ‪" :‬ﺃﹸﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺴ ُ‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹸﻃﻴﻖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﹶﺣ ٍﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺇِﻥ ﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻏﺒًﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺠﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻼ َﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﱐ؟ ﺃﹶﻭَﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺤﺎﺭ ﺃﹶﻭﱃ!"‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻﺪﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﹰﺓ ﻛﻲ ﺗﻨﻄﻖ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺒﱢﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻬﻧﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﻛﹶﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﺄﺳﻬﺎ!‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﺨﺼﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﺃﻛﹶﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﹶﲰﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﺎﺿـﻞ ﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﻞ ﱄ ﻗﻮﳍﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﻧﺺّ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﻤﺎﺭﻱ )ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﺎﺩﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﺭﺘﹸﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﻤﻠﻭﺀٌ ﺤﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻋﻁﻔﹰﺎ؟‬
‫"ﺃَﻟﺴﺕِ ﺃَﻨ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٩١‬‬
‫ﻱ ﺸﻲ ٍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺃَﺠﻠﻲ"‪« .‬‬
‫"ﺘﺒﻴّﻥ ﻟﻲ َﺃﻨﹼﻙ ﻻ ﺘﻘﺩﺭﻴﻥ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﺘﺤﻤّﻠﻲ َﺃ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻫﺒﻄﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻬﺎ ﺣﻜﻢٌ ﺑﺎﻹِﻋـﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻗـﺪ ﺗـﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺳﺄﹸﻋﻄﻴﻚ ﻓﺮﺻ ﹰﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺘﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﹶﺄﻛﱠﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺧﺴﺮﺗِﲏ‪ ،‬ﺧﺴﺮ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺮﰲ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﲪﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪّ ﻣﻨﻪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻞﹼ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻭ ﻟﻌﻠﹼﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺮّﺏ ﻣﻦ ﲪـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﺻﺢّ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﻣُﻤﺜﱢﻠ ﹸﺔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋ ٍﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠـﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺠ َﻬﺪْ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﲢﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﳘﲔ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻧّﻨﺎ ﳓﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﻘًّﺎ؟‬
‫ﹶﺃﻭَﱂ َﻧ ْ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﲡﺮﺑﺔﹲ ﻳﻮﻣﻴّﺔﹲ ﻧﺘﻌﺮﱠﺽ ﳍﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﻣﺮّﺕ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﲟﺮﺣﻠ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺃﹸﺫﻬﻧﺎ‪ .‬ﺷﺨﺺٌ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪٌ ﲬﱠﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﲰﺎﻋﻪ ﹶﺃﻳّﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺼﻮّﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛـﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻉ؛ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺗﺒﻜﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮّ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺋﺒًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻼ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺏ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻇﻦّ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻗﺪ ﻓﺮﻙ ﺃﺫﻥ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻚ"‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻃﱠﻠﻌﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺍﺏ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﱠﺪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺇِﳒﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺿﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﺡ ﻻ ﹶﻟﺒْﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺇِﻧﻜـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟـﺬﺍﺕ ﻭﲪـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲّ ﻻﺗّﺒﺎﻋﻪ؛ ﻭﻣﺬﹼﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﻜﻒّ ﻳﺸﺪّﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇِﳛﺎﺀﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎ ﻫﻮﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﺆﻛﹼﺪﻫﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﺄﻧّﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ِ :‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺇِﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻭﲪﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻫﻮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤـﺎ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﺰﺍﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺬﹼﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺗﻜﺜﹼﻒ ﺻﻼﻬﺗﺎ؛ ﻭﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﻧﻘﺮﻉ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺘـﺮﻓﲔ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻟﻘﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻌﻴﺶ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﺜﺎﻓ ٍﺔ ﺃﹶﺷﺪّ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﶈﺒّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳊﺴﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﺭﺃﻓﺘﻪ ﻟﻜﻨّﺎ ﻫﻮﻳﻨـﺎ ﺇﱃ َﺩ َﺭ ٍﻙ ﻣﺮﻳـ ٍﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﹸﻨّـﺎ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٩٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﺿﺤﻮﻛ ﹰﺔ ﳐﺰﻳ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻀﻐ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﻓﻢ ﺍﳉﻤﻴـﻊ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺨﻴّﻠـﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻏﺪﻭﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﺃﹶﺭﺑﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻔﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﺗﻮﻗﹼﻒ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷَﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺇِﺫﻥ ﻟﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻛﱠﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﻳﻌﺔﹰ ﻭﻬﺑﺘﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪" :‬ﺃﻧﻈـﺮﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺎ ِﺇﻥﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﹼﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺑﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﳍﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺘّﻌﺴﺎﺀ؟"‬
‫ﻭﻛﻨّﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﻗﹼﻊ ﺍﻹِﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺫﻟﻜـﻢ ﺍ ِﻹﻧـﺬﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻫﻴـﺐ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻗﻠـ ٍﻖ ﺟـﻢﱟ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺴﺎﺀ‬
‫‪.١٩٨٧/١١/٢٦‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻟﻮﺭﺍﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿ ًﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﹼﻎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ﹰﺔ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﹶﺛﲎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻮﻬﻧـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻪ ﺩﻋﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺰﻳ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﶈﺒّﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺜﹼﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻀﻄﻬﺪﻭﻬﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺠﻤﻟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻓﺤﺮّﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﺖ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬـﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﻳّ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻣﻴﻨ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻛﺰﻭﺟ ٍﺔ ﻭﹸﺃﻡﱟ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﺧ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮّ ﹰﺓ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻦ ﳍﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻭﻛﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﲪﻞ ﺗﻠـﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﹶﲨﻊ‪:‬‬
‫ﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻥ ﻴﻌﻤﻠـﻭﺍ ﻤـﻥ ﺃَﺠـل‬
‫"ﺇِﺫﻫﺒﻲ ﻭﺒﺸﹼﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺃَﺠﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ ﺨﻭ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﻙ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻱّ ﲢﻮّ ٍﻝ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺜﱠﻞ!‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺇِﻧﺬﺍﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎ ﻫﻮﺫﺍ ﻳﻨﺘﺪﺏ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺇِﺫﻫﺒﻲ ﻭﺒﺸﹼﺭﻱ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺐ ﺍﺗﱠﺼﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ‪" :‬ﺇِﺫﻫﱯ ﻭﺑﺸّﺮﻱ"‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻴ ٌ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘّﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﻄﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻻﻃﹼﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘُﻠﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺠﺪﱠ ًﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻨﻔﹼﺬ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻧّـﲏ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺑﺮﻫﺔٍ ﻭﺟﻴﺰ ٍﺓ ﺣﱴ ﺍﺗّﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣُ َ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺩﻋﻮﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘّﺤﺪﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٩٣‬‬

‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪١٩٨٨‬‬

‫‪ -١٨‬ﺍﻷﺣﺪ ‪ ١٤‬ﺁﺏ ﰲ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺃﳒﻠﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻱ ﺸﻲ ٍﺀ ﺃﻋﻁﻴﺘﹸﻤﻭﻨﻲ؟‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺴﻼﻤﻲ ﺃﻋﻁﻴﺘﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﺃ ﱠ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻜﻡ ﻤﻠﻙٌ ﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻤﺘﻠﻙ ﺇﻟﻬًﺎ ﻏﻴﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﻤَﻬﺎ ﺃﺨﻁﺄ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﻗ ﱠ‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍ ِ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﻗﻠﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻠﻜﻭ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﻓﺭﺡ ﺒﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﺨﻁﺄ‪«.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒّـﺔ‬
‫ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻴَﺩﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻓﺭٌ ﺒﺎﺴﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴـﺩّﻋﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤـﺎ َ‬
‫ﻥ ﻋﻠ ﱠ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻓﹶﺄﻫْﻭ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻴﺤﻠﻔﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻔﺘﺨﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺼﻠﱡﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻐﻔﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻨﻜﺭﻭﻥ ﺃﻤ ّ‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻁﻴﺘﻜﻡ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻜﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻁﻭﻨﻲ ﺠﺯﺀًﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻜﻡ"‪« .‬‬

‫‪ -١٩‬ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ ‪ ٧‬ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬

‫» "ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻙ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﻗﻠﺕ ﻟﻙ‪ :‬ﺒﺄﻥ ﺘﹶﻘﹾﻭَﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻤ ﱠﺭ ﻋﻠﻴ ِ‬
‫ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴ ُل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﺭﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻤﺜﱢﻠـﻭﻥ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻷﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ ﺒﺄﻨﱠﻨﻲ ﺃﻁﻠ ُ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﱠﻬﻡ ﻴﻌﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺇﺫﻫﺒﻲ ﻭﺒﺸﱢﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻓﺄﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻙ"‪« .‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻭﺃﻴﻨﻤَﺎ ﻜﻨ ِ‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٩٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ -٢٠‬ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ ‪ ١٠‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺲ )ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻠﺒﻨﺎﻥ( )ﺍﻟـﺴﻴﱢﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬
‫» ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ ﻤﺎﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻴﻥ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻙِ؟‬
‫ﻙ ِﻟﺘﹶﻅﻬـ َﺭ‬
‫ﺨ ﹶﻠﻘﹶـ ِ‬
‫ﻕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﹶ‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﺎلٍ‪ ،‬ﺒﻜﻠﻤﺔِ ﺍﻟﺤ ﱢ‬
‫ﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻜﹼﻠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺼﻭ ٍ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻋﻠﻴ ِ‬
‫ﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗ ﱠﻭﺘﻲ ﻓﻴ ِ‬
‫ﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺭﺍﺤﺎﺘﻲ ﻟ ﹶﺘﻨﹾﺴﻲْ ﻋﺫﺍﺒﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﺒﺸ ِﺭ ﻟ ِ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﺴﺄﻋﻁﻴ ِ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻁﺭﻴ ﹶﻘﻙِ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﹼﻲ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺭﺴﻤﺘﹸﻬﺎ ﹶﻟﻙِ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٩٥‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷَﺣﺪ ‪ ١٤‬ﺁﺏ ‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ ‪ ١٠‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠﻝ ‪١٩٨٨‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﺎ ﹸﺃﲰّﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻻ َﺷﺨَﺼﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘّﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺜﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳـﺘّﺔ ﺃﹶﺷـﻬﺮ؛ ﻭﰲ ﻟـﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺃﳒﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪّﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣـﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﹼﻐﻬﺎ ﻋﺸﻴّﺔ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﰲ ‪ ١٤‬ﺁﺏ ‪ ،١٩٨٨‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳔﻄـﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺙ ﰲ ﻬﻧﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﺍﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎﹼ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺃﹶﻧﻄﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺃﹶﻋﻄﻴﺘﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﺃﹶﻋﻄﻴﺘﻤﻮﱐ؟" ﻭﻟﻜﹶﺄﻥﹼ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﲦﺎ ٍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ‪" :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻢ!"‬
‫ﳛﺎﺳﺐ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻭَﻻ ﳛﻖّ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝﹲ ﻳﺘﺮﺩﱠﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺻ ًﺪﻯ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﻗﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﺫﻱ ﻗﺒـﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟـﺬﻳﻦ ﺭﺃﹶﻭﺍ ﺁﻳـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑِﻨ َﻌ ٍﻢ ُﺣﺮِﻡ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﺣﻘًّﺎ ﳌﺒﺎﺩﺭﺗﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ؟‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﹶﻗﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﻭﺍﳉﱭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﰲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺒﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺴﺎﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑَﻌ ُﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﻋﻘﺮ ﺩﻳﺎﺭﻧـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜـﻨّﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﺻـﺪﻭﺍ ﺩﻭﻧـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ؟‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٩٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻱ ﺸﻲ ٍﺀ ﺃَﻋﻁﻴﺘﻤﻭﻨﻲ؟‬
‫» "ﺴﻼﻤﻲ َﺃﻋﻁﻴﺘﹸﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﺘﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃ ّ‬
‫"ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻜﻡ ﻤﻠﻙ ﻟﻲ‪ِ ،‬ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻤﺘﻠﻙ ﺇِﻟﻬًﺎ ﻏﻴﺭﻱ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺗﻼﺣﻈﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻜﻡ ﻤﻠﻙ ﻟﻲ ِﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺇِﺫﺍ…‬
‫"ﺴﻼﻤﻲ ﺃَﻋﻁﻴﺘﻜﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺃَﻋﻁﻴﺘﻤﻭﻨﻲ؟" «‬
‫ﰒﹼ ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴّﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺡ ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﹶﺧﻄﺄ"‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻲ ﺃَﻥ ﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻓﺭٌ ﺒﺎﺴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺩّﻋﻭﻥ ﺍﻹِﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒّـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫» "ﻓﺄﻫﻭﻥ ﻋﻠ ّ‬
‫ﻭﻴﺤﻠﻔﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﻤﻲ"‪« .‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻹِﻗﺮﺍﺭٌ ﺑﻮﺍﻗ ٍﻊ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﻋﻤﻖ ﺍ َﻷﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺐٌ ﺷﺪﻳﺪٌ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ َﻷﻧّﻪ ﻳﺘﱠﻔﻖ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﺸﻨﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻣﻨﹰﺄﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺴﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﲔ ﻟﻴﻠ ٍﺔ ﻭﺿـﺤﺎﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻭﺍﻬﺗﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻈﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱡﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﻔﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﱪّﺭًﺍ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻳﻦ ﳑّﻦ ﻳﺪّﻋﻮﻥ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﻜﹼـﻮﺍ‬
‫ﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺯﺩﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﱠﻠﹶﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﺭﺿﻮﻬﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﺜ ٍ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺪﺩًﺍ ﳑّﻦ ﻳﺘﺒﻮّﺃﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﲰﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺻﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘـﻴﻤﲔ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺭﻓﺾ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺍﻹِﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﹶﻭﻣﹶﺄ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺐ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻪ ﻳﻌﺒّﺮ ﻋﻦ ِﻭ ﹾﻗ ٍﺮ ﺑﺎﻫﻆٍ ﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺜﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻳـﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺗُﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﺘﻤﱠ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﻔﺘﺨﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ!‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٩٧‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﳝﻀﻲ ﹸﻗ ُﺪﻣًﺎ ﰲ ﺇِﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﹰﺓ‪ :‬ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻐﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﲰﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﹸﻣﻲّ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻐﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ؟ ﺃﹶﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﹸﺃﻋﻄﻮﺍ ﺳﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﺮﺍﻥ؟ ﺇﻬﻧﹼﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻜﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷَﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻹِﻛﻠﲑﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳّ ﹰﺔ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ‬
‫ﺭُْﺗَﺒﺘُﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺎﻗﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﱪ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻳﻐﻔـﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺳـﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﺬﻛﹼﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﹶﺄﻧّﻨﺎ ﺧﻄﺄﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﺃﹸﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻐﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﲰﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﻞ ﳓﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﱡﺿـﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮّﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹸﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳜﺘﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﻣﻘﻠﻘ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻜﺄﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃَﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻋﻁﻴﺘﻜﻡ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻜﻠﹼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻋﻁﻭﻨﻲ ﺠﺯﺀًﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻜﻡ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺘﻘﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳُﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻨﺎ ﺟﺰﺀًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ َﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ؟‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻗﺘﻨﺎ؟‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻷَﺑﺪﻳّﺔ ﻭﺍﻷَﺯﻝ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻨﺎ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﺴﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻬﻧﺒﻪ ِﺇﻳﱠﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﺫﻭﺍﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻌﺜﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﺭﻗﲔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺪﻳﺮٌ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺬﻛﲑ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺑُﻠﹼﻐﺖ ﰲ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺃﹶﳒﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺪﺍ ﻟﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟـﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺍ َﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴّﲔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷَﻭّﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﺌﻦ ﻭُﺟﺪ ﳕﻂ ﻋﻴﺶ ﻳُﻤﺜﹼـﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷُﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘّﺤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻠﻲّ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﳜﺎﻃﺒﻨﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﺪﱠﺩﻭﻥ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﳊـﻀﺎﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫‪ _____________________________________________ ٩٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴّﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺫﺭﻭﻬﺗﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘّﺤـﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳـﺄﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺣـﺪٌ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﺮﻋﻨﺎ ﻧﻠﻤﺲ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻴّﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻠﹼﻪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺎﺀﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣًﺎ ﻓﻴﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﲏ ﻳﺘﻀﺎﺀﻝ ﺑﺎﻃﺮّﺍ ٍﺩ‪ .‬ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﺗﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺗﺴﺎﺀﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿـﻌﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫"ﺃﹶﻳﻦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﷲ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﺌ ٍﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻴـﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﺐ‬
‫ﻂ ﺭﺣـ ٍ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﹶﺩﻳﺮﺓٍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﲨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﹼﻞ ﺟُﺰُﺭًﺍ ﺻﻐﲑ ﹰﺓ ﻭﺳﻂ ﳏﻴ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴّﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺩّﻳّﺔ؟"‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ ‪ ،١٩٨٨‬ﺑﺪﹶﺃ ﻓﺼﻞﹲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪٌ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﰲ ‪ ٦‬ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻋﺎﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘّﺤﺪﺓ ﺁﻻﻣﹰﺎ ﲨّ ﹰﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺖ ﻭﻛﺘﻤﺎ ٍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻤ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺸﻔﺖ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﳑّﺎ ﻋﺎﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻗـﻮﻝ ِﺇﻧّﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﻏﻤ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻔﺴّﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﻠﹼﻐﺘـﻬﺎ ‪ ٧‬ﺃﻳﻠـﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﻗﻠﺕ ﻟﻙ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻤ ّﺭ ِﺇ ﹼﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻫّﱯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺏّ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﻚّ ﻳﺜﻘﹼﻔﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﻌﺪّﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻳﺘﻠﻔﹼﻆ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﻌ ﹲﺔ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻷَﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ ﺒﺄَﻨﹼﻨﻲ ﺃَﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃُﺭﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻤﺜﹼﻠﻭﻥ ﺒـﺄﻨﹼﻬﻡ‬
‫ﻴﻌﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃَﺠل ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ُﺧﻴّﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﲑﻧـﺎ‬
‫ﺖ‬
‫ﺕ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣُﺠﺪﱠﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺒ ُ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﺧﻄﺄﺕ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻠﻮ ُ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻨﺼﺖ ﺑﺎﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡٍ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇِﻥ ﻫﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻗ ٍﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺃﹶﺳﺎﺀَﺕ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﲰﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺇِﻳّﺎﻫﺎ ﺃﻛﱠﺪﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‪" :‬ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﲰﻌﺘُﻪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ _____________________________________ ‪٩٩‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺮﺃﻫﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﲪﻠ ُ‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﻘﻔﹰﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻄـﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺼﻔﹸﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳓﻦ"‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﺃﹶﻃﻠﻌ ُ‬
‫"ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺧﺒﲑٌ ﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭَﻳ ِ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﻫﺎﻓﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪" :‬ﺇِﺫﻫﱯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺸّﺮﻱ!"‬
‫ﺸﺭﻱ"‪.‬‬
‫"ﺇِﺫﻫﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒ ﹼ‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﺎﺋﺪ ﹰﺓ ﻟﺘﻮّﻫﺎ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺀً‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪" :‬ﺇِﺫﻫﱯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺸّﺮﻱ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﺄﻧّﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﻻﹼ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻒّ ﺗﺬﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺍﺗﱢﺠﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻀﻴﻒ‪" :‬ﻭﺃﹶﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺖِ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﺒﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﻤّﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻭَﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻣﻬﻤّﺔ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲﱟ؟‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺖ ﺃﹶﻳّﺎﻡٌ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺍﺕٌ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺷﺨﺼﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣـﺪﻋﻮّ ﹰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﺕ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙﹲ ﻛﺜﲑﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪٌ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻫﺸًﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﲑﻧـﺎ ﲢـﻀﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﺍﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻷَﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻭّﻝ ‪ ،١٩٨٨‬ﰲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺟﺎﻭﺭﺟﻴﻮﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﺍﺱ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺻﻠﻴﺐٌ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺺﱟ‪،‬‬
‫ﲢﺒّﻪ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﺠﺜﺖ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﻲ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ؛ ﻭﻭﺍﰱ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﻫﺎ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﶈﲏّ ﲢـﺖ ﺭﺟﻠـﻲ ﻳـﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﻮّﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﺳﺎﻋ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﺎﻣﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﹼﺎ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳔﻄﺎﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳍﻢ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻧﻮﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﲰﻌﺖ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ ﻤﺎﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻙ؟" «‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٠٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﲏ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻳﺆﻛﹼﺪ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺨﻠﻘـﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻅﻬـﺭ‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﺎلٍ‪ ،‬ﺒﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤ ﹼ‬
‫» "ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﺘﻜﻠﹼﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺼﻭ ٍ‬
‫ﻗ ّﻭﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻙ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻭﺃَﻨﺎ ﺴﺄُﻋﻁﻴﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺭﺍﺤﺎﺘﻲ ﻟﺘﻨﺴﻲْ ﻋﺫﺍﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻟﻙ‪،‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﺘﺨﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻙ َﻷﻨﹼﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻙ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎ ﹶﻝ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺭﻭﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﻣﺬﻫﻮﻻﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻻ ﻳﺒﺎﺭﺡ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌـﻴﺶ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻹِﻧـﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﻘـﻰ‬
‫ﺇِﻧﺴﺎًﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺗﺘﺄﻟﹼﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﺄﻟﹼﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺪ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﺗﺪﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﻫﻲ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺎﺷﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻃﹸﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺆﺍﻝﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛـﺎﻥ ﺯﻭﺟﻬـﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻛﻬﻨـﺔﹲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺟﺎﺑﺖ‪" :‬ﺇِﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ" ﺃﻭ "ﺇِﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﹶﻋﺮﻑ ﺷﻴﹰﺌﺎ"‪ِ .‬ﺇﻧّﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋـﺎﺩﺓﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺼﺮّﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻥﹼ َﺣﺪَﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻻ ﳝﺖﱡ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺼﻠ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻥﹼ ﻻ ﺷﺄﻥ ﳍﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺻﺮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻗﺴِﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ ‪ -‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺕ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ -‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻜﻼ ٍﻡ ﻣﺬﻫ ٍﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺗـﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﳍـﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺴﺎﺀﻝ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﺖ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﺗﻜﻠﹼﻢ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ؟"‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴـﺴﺖ ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟـﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻠﹼﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﺎ ٍﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻖّ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪" :‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﹼﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺼﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﻮّﰐ ﻓﻴﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﷲ ﻳﺮﺗﻀﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻘﺒﱠﻠﻮﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺆُﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﱢﻐﺎﺭ ﻳُﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻭّﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﱘ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔـﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﻧـﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﺴﻴّﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻭﺳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ____________________________________ ‪١٠١‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻌﺪّ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﹶﺃ َﻣ ﹰﺔ ﺣﻘﲑ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﹸﺃﻡّ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﲣﱪ ﻭَﻫﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺧﻮﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﳍﺎ‪" :‬ﻻ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻠﹼﻤﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻳﺮﻏﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﺇِﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻳﺘﻠﻔﹼﻆ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﺘﺨﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﹼﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻙ"‪.‬‬
‫ﳓﻦ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﳛﺘﺮﻡ ﺍﳊﺮﱢﻳﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺮّﻳّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻮ؟‬
‫ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻛﻼًّ ﻣﻨّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﱪﺗﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻟﹼﺪ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻉٌ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻘﲔٌ ﺑﺄﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﺴﻚ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﳝﻴﻨﻪ ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟـﱵ‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﻌﻴّﻨ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳُﺨﻴّﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻧّﻨﺎ ﻛﻨّﺎ ﻧﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﲟﺒﺎﺩﺭ ٍﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻓﺘﺮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻨّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻮﺣﻲ ﻋﻘﻠﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺻﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻟﺴ ُ‬
‫ﻛﻼﹼ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺃﹸﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻤّﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﲏ ﺃﹶﻭﺩّ ﺍﻹِﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺄﻥﹼ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻞﹼ ﳏﺪﻭﺩًﺍ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺭﺳـﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪" :١٩٨٢/١٢/١٨‬ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻜﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﹲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻗﺼﺔﹲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧّﻲ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﺗّﺴﻌﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻓـﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳـﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٠٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻜﻢ ﺑﺎ َﻷﺣﺮﻯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﻫّﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷَﻓﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻻﹼ ُﻳﺼْﺪ َﺭ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﹶﺣﻜﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﳛـﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌـﻴﺶ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺒّﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻣﺘﻌﺬﹼ ٍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﹼﻤﺘﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮّ ٍﺓ ﺍﺑﺘﻬﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪" ،‬ﺭﺑّﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺪﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻻﹼ ﺃﹶﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺒّﻬﻢ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺗﻌﺮّﺿﻚ ﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷَﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻷَﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴّ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗـﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺇِﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﹶﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺖ ﰲ ﻏﻔﻠ ٍﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ؛ ﻭﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﲢﺎﺷﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻚ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﳏﺒّ ٍﺔ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻚ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻤًﺎ ﻋﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﲡﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺪﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇِﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﹶﺣﻜﺎ ٍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﺖ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻲ ﺗﺘﺒﻴّﻦ ﺇِﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻱّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠـﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳜﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺗُﻠﻔﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﺗﻚ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺧـﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻮ ﱂ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺼﺪ ﺇِﺻﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﲣﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻚ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧّﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﲰﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ____________________________________ ‪١٠٣‬‬

‫‪ -٢١‬ﻋﺸﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻳّﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ ‪ ٢٦‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺏ ﻟﻲ؟‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻫل ﻜ ﱡل ﻤﺎ ﺘﻔﻌﻠﻭﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺤ ﱞ‬
‫ﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻻ ﺘﻘﻭﻟﻭﺍ ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻓﻌل‪ ،‬ﻷ ﱠ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﱠﻜﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻼ ِﺓ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻬﻭﻥ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺘﻲ ﻭﺘﺠﺎﺒﻬﻭﻥ ﻜ ﱠل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻙ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺼﻠﱡﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻨﺴﻭﺍ ﻭﻋﺩَﻫﻡ ﻟﻲ ﻷﻨﱠﻬﻡ ﺴﻴﻘﻭﻟﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺃﺸﻌﺭ ﺒ َ‬
‫ﺕ ﻤﻌﻲ؟‬
‫ﺕ ﻜﻨ ﹶ‬
‫ﻴﺎ ﺭﺏ ﻭﺃﻨ ﹶ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻜ ﱡل ﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﻴﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺠﺘﻤﻌﻭﺍ ﻜﻠﱡﻜﻡ ﻓﻲﱠ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻜ ﱢل ﻭﺍﺤ ٍﺩ ﻤﻨﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ ﻓﺴﺄﺘﺭ ﹸﻜ ِ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺃﻨ ِ‬
‫ﻉ ﺼﻭﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻜﻭﻨﻲ ﻗﻭ ﱠﻴﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﺴﺎﻨﹸﻙ ﺴـﻴﻑﹲ‬
‫ﻙ ﺴﻤﺎ ُ‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻁﺎ َل ﻋﻠﻴ ِ‬
‫ﻕ ﺒﺎﺴﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻨﻁ ﹸ‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺘﺄﻜﱠﺩﻱ ﺃﻨﱠﻨﻲ ﻤﻌﻙ ﻭﻤﻌﻜﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻌًﺎ"‪« .‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٠٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﳔﻄﺎﻑ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪١٩٨٩‬‬

‫‪ -٢٢‬ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ‪ ١٨‬ﺁﺏ ﰲ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺃﳒﻠﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﱠﺤﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ(‪:‬‬

‫ﺠ َﺩ ﺍﺴ ُﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪" » -١‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻜﻠﱡ ُﻪ ﻟﻴﺘﻤ ﱠ‬
‫ﻙ ﻤـﺎ ﻴﻘـﺎ ُل‬
‫ﻙ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﻬ ّﻤ ِ‬
‫ﻲ ﻷﻗﻭ َل ﻟ ِ‬
‫ﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺄﺘﻲ ﺇﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ﺢﻟِ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻤ َ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺒل ﺍﻓﺭﺤﻲ ﻷ ﱠ‬
‫ﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟ ِ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻨﻅ ُﺭ ﺇﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻙِ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻜﻭﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺌﻤًﺎ ﺒﺴﻼﻡ ﻷ ﱠ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﺜﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻷﻨﱠﻬﻡ ﺒﺤﺎﺠ ٍﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺓ ﻹﺭﻀـﺎ ِﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻙ ﻟﻤﺤﺒﱠﺘﻪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻙ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴ ِﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺴﺎﻫﻤﻭﺍ ﻤﻌ ِ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺒﺭﻜ ﹸﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺘﺤ ﱡل ﻋﻠﻴ ِ‬

‫‪ -٢٣‬ﻋﺸﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻳّﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪ ‪ ٢٦‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ(‬
‫» "ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺴﺄﺒﻨﻲ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻗﺎل ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻟﺒﻁﺭﺱ‪ :‬ﺃﻨ ﹶ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻭﺃﻗﻭل ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺴﻴﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴﱠﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺃﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺨﺼﱢﺼﻭﺍ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻜﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟـﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺤﺘﹼـﻰ ﺫﻜـﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ____________________________________ ‪١٠٥‬‬

‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪١٩٩٠‬‬

‫‪ -٢٤‬ﺳﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ‪ ١٤‬ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ‪) ١٩٩٠‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‬
‫» "ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﺴﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺠﻴﺎل ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒّﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻥ ﺘﺴﻤﻌﻲ ﺼﻭﺘﻲ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩٌ"‪« .‬‬

‫‪ -٢٥‬ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ ‪ - ١٩٩٠/٨/١٥‬ﺑﻠﺪﺓ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﻜﺎﺕ‪ /‬ﺑﻠﺠﻴﻜﺎ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ(‬

‫» "ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺼﻠﹼﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﺼﻭﺼ ﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﱠﻜﻡ ﻜﱠﻠﻜﻡ ﺃﺨﻭﺓﹲ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ"‪« .‬‬

‫‪ -٢٦‬ﻋﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺛﻨﲔ ‪) - ١٩٩٠/١١/٢٦‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﱢﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ(‬
‫ﺤ َﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴـﺩ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻙ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺭﺅﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺕﻟِ‬
‫"ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻠ ﹸ‬
‫ﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻷﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪ :‬ﻫل ﻴﺭﻴﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﺘﺫﻜﱠﺭﻭﺍ ﺠﺭﺍﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﺒﻨﻲ ﻓﻴﻙِ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﻯ ﺇﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﺘﺄﻟﹼﻡ ﻤﺭّﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﺄﻟﱠﻤﻲ ﻤﺭّﺘﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻨﺎ ﺃ ﱞﻡ ﻻ ﻴﻬﻭﻥ ﻋﻠ ّ‬
‫ﻜﻭﻨﻲ ﺒﺴﻼ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻜﻭﻨﻲ ﺒﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﻤ ﹼﻜﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺸﺭﻴﻪ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ .‬ﺃ ّﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺕ ﻓﺴﻴﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻴﻌﻁﻴ ِ‬
‫ﻙ ﻭﻤﻊ ﻜل‬
‫ﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻨﹼﺎ ﻤﻌ ِ‬
‫ﻙ ﻟﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩ ﺍﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻤﺘﻰ ﻴﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺒ ِ‬
‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩﻴ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺤ ٍﺩ ﻴﺘﻤﻨﹼﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩًﺍ"‪« .‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٠٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ ‪ - ١٩٨٨/١١/٢٦‬ﺍﻹِﺛﻨﲔ ‪١٩٩٠/١١/٢٦‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻋﻮﻧﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻔﻲ ‪ ،١٩٨٨/١١/٢٦‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻜﻭﻨﻲ ﻗﻭ ّﻴ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺴﺎﻨﻙ ﺴﻴﻑﹲ ﻴﻨﻁﻕ ﺒﺎﺴﻤﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﹶﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﱘ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻻ ﺗـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻤﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻹِﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺆﺍ ٍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﹸﺃﻧﱢَﺒ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩّ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﳍﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﺴﺎﻨﻙ ﺴﻴﻔﹰﺎ ﻴﻨﻁﻕ ﺒﺎﺴﻤﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﹸﺛﻢّ ﳝﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﹸﻗ ُﺪﻣًﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﶈﺒﱠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﹶﺃﻭْﺟﺰ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﱠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻄﻠﺒﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘّﻀﺢ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷَﻭﱠﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﱢﻖ ﺑﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ____________________________________ ‪١٠٧‬‬
‫ﰲ ‪ ،١٩٨٩/١١/٢٦‬ﺭﺃﺕ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳔﻄﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴّﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﹼﻐَﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻫﺸ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳍﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺴﺄَﺒﻨﻲ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫"ﻗﺎل ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻟﺒﻁﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻨ ﹶ‬
‫"ﻭﺃَﻗﻭل ﺃَﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ :‬ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺴﻴﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴّﺘﻪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺗﻜﺎﻣ ٍﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ! ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄـﺮﺱ )ﺍﻟـﺼﺨﺮﺓ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴّ ﹰﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﺪّﺩ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﺘﺰﻣ ﹰﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻄﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜـﻦّ ﺃﹶﺳﺎﺳـﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﺗﻜﺰﻫﺎ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻭﺃَﻗﻭل ﺃَﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ :‬ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺴﻴﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨ ّﻴ ﹸﺘﻪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻳﺒﲏ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳓﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻗﺪ ﺑﲎ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺨﺮﺓ ﺑﻄﺮﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﺳﻴﺒﲏ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﱠﺘَﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﺤﻮﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻒ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﳌﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷُﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻫﻮ ﺃﹸﺳﻠﻮﺏ "ﻋﻈـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺒﻞ"‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺔ ﻋﺰﺍ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺣﺠﻤًﺎ ﻭﺩﻭﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﲞﻄﻂ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳋﻼﺻﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﱂ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺘﺨﻴّﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮﻭﻩ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻤﻌﻮﻩ؛ ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﺭﻯ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﱘ ﺗﻌﺰﻭ ﻟﺬﺍﻬﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭًﺍ ﰲ ﺗﻨﻔﻴـﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻹِﳍﻴﱠﺔ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺣﺪﻬﺗﺎ ﺍﻷَﺻﻠﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺨﻴّﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮﻭﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ "ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴّﺔ"‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣـﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﲦﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﺄﻧّﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳّ ﹰﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺣﻴﺪٌ؛ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺻـﻮﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐـﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﺣﻴﺪًﺍ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﲢﺘﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﱂ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﱡﺩًﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌ َﺆﺳﱠﺴﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺃﹶﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺘﺺّ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴّﺔ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﶈﺒّﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺯﺍ َﺀ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷَﻭﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﲦﱠﺔ ﻗﻠﺐٌ ﺃﹶﻭﺣﺪ ﳚﻤـﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳُﺤﺐﱡ ﺑﻌﻀُﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌ َﺆﻛﱠﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱّ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴ ﹲﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺸ ٍﺮ؟ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺬﻛﹼﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﱘ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻧّﻪ ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٠٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ "ﺳﻴﺒﲏ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴّﺘﻪ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﳓﻦ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺃﹶﺩﻭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﳛﻘﹼﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺴﺘﺠﻞِ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﺮﱘ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﺼﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺪّ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ١٤ ،‬ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ‪ ،١٩٩٠‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻨـﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧـﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻌﻠﱢﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻷَﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﶈﺒﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ" ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ‪،‬‬
‫"ﻟﻜﻥ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﺘﺴﻤﻌﻲ ﺼﻭﺘﻲ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩٌ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﻜﻒّ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ؛‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﲦﺎﱐ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﳛﺼﺮ ﻃﻠﺒﻪ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﹶﻧﱠـﻪ ﻳﻘـﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻟﻘﺪ ﺿﻨﻨﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻲّ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﹶﻋﻄﻮﱐ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻗﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﹶﻗ ﱡﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻃﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﻘﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻬﻤّﺘﻜﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻮﺳﻌﻜﻢ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﻭﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪ ﻗﺪ ﲢﻘﱠﻖ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﺘّﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊّ"‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﰲ ‪ ،١٩٩٠/١١/٢٦‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴّﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺭﺅﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃَﻥ ﻴﺘﻭﺤّﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺩ"‪.‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﺕ ﻟﻙ ﺒﺄ ّ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﺄﻧّﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺏّ ﻗﺪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﻟﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗّﻀﺢ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺧﲑًﺍ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻴﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺪﱠﻗﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻲّ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﻗﻞﹼ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺠﺪﱠﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧّـﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﹼﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻳﺒﻠﻎﹼ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣُ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ____________________________________ ‪١٠٩‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺑﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﻴﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﳍﺎ ﺇِﺷﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺇِﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"َﺃﻤّﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩ ﺍﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻤﺘﻰ ﻴﺸﺎﺀ…"‬
‫ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔﹲ ﺃﹶﺑﺪًﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﺘﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻧﻌُﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ‪" :‬ﺃُﺫﻜﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻤﻌﻨﺎ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺇِﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺿﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺘﺒﺪّﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﹾﻟَﻨ ُﻌ ْﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﲟﺰﻳ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ‪ ١٩٨٨/١١/٢٦‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺳﻠﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛـﺜﲑﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺀﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻤّﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺟّﺐ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻠـﺒﻌﺾ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﰲ ﺷﻖّ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﳑّﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﺳﻬﻤﺖ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﺗﻀﻲ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻣًﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪًﺍ ﻳُـﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﱃ ﻛـﻞﹼ ﺍﻻﻧﻘـﺴﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ؟‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﻛﻞﹼ ﳏﺎﻭﻻﺗﻨﺎ ﺇِﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺟّﺴﻮﺍ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻣًﺎ ﺟﺪﻳـﺪًﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴـﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺣَـﺪَﺙ‬
‫ﺴﺘَﻬﻠﱢﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﳐﻄﹼﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺗﺘﺨﻄﹼﻰ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﲑﺓ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﰲ ُﻣ ْ‬
‫ﺕ ﻓﻌﻠﻴّ ٍﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳُﻠﺤّﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﺗّﺨﺎﺫ ﺧﻄﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،١٩٨٨/١١/٢٦‬ﻛﻲ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗـﺬﻛﹼﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺑﹶﺄ ْﻣ َﺮﻳْﻦ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳﱠﻴْﻦ‪ :‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪّ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺇِﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ِﻗَﺒ ﹶﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺎﺿﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻛﻔﻬـﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺏ ﻣُ َﻬﺬﱠ ٍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﹸﺳﻠﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻙ ﲝﻴﺚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻌﺬﹼﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﺘﺎﻕ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮّﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻋﻮﱐ ﺍﺿﻄﻠﻊ ﺑﺎﳌﻬﻤّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻃﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﻭﺗﺼﻠﹼﻮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١١٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺷﺄﱐ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺐ ﻛﺒﲑٍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﰲ ﹸﺃﻭﻻﳘﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﻤﱠﻨَﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗَﻴْﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧ ٍ‬
‫"ﻜ ﱡل ﻤﺎ ﺃُﺭﻴ ُﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﺠﺘﻤﻌﻭﺍ ﻜﻠﱡﻜﻡ ﻓﻲﱠ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻜ ﱢل ﻭﺍﺤ ٍﺩ ﻤﻨﻜﻡ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪" :‬ﺗﹶﺄﻛﱠﺪﻱ ﹶﺃﻧّﻲ ﻣﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻜﻢ ﲨﻴﻌًﺎ"‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟـﺮﺏّ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﳌﲑﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍ ﹰﻻ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻁﺎل ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﺼﻭﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺦ…‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻱّ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳُﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﺠﺰَﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﻞ ﺟﻬﻠﹶﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻧّﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﱂ ُﻳ َﺆﻛﱢﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﺐ ﻭﺳـﺒ ٍ‬
‫ﻉ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﱠ ٍﺔ ﺃﻭ ﲨﺎﻋﻴّ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻟﻒ ﺳـﺒ ٍ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻛﻢ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮّﺍﺀ ﺃﹶﻭﺿﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻮﱄ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺄﻧﱠﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻈﻦّ ﹶﺃﻧّﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺫ ِﺇﻧّـﻪ ﻳﻌﻠـﻢ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺣﺒّﻪ ﻟﻺِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﻄﹼﻰ ﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺘّﻰ ﻟﻮ ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏﱡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪ ﻋﻨّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﱄ ﻓﻴﻚ ﺭﻏﺒﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺩّ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎ ٍﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻳ ٍﺔ ﻟﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ﳚﻴﺐ‪" :‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺖَ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺴﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻌﻚ؛‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﹶﻭﺟﺰ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹸﺭﻳﺪ" ‪ِ -‬ﺇﻧّﻪ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺒﲑًﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ‪-‬‬
‫"ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻥ ﲡﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﹸﻛﻠﹼﻜﻢ ﰲﹼ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞﱢ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ____________________________________ ‪١١١‬‬
‫ﻭِﺇﻧّﻪ ﳌﻤّﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺣﺒﻮﺭًﺍ ﻭﺛﻘﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺣﺎﺿﺮٌ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻳ َﺆﻛﱢﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﻭﻫﺎﻧﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴّﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻴّﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﲨﺎ ٍﻝ ﳚﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﲑﻏﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﺴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺟﺪٌ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ؟‬
‫ﺫﻟﻜﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺮﱡﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﱟ!‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻭﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺟّﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﻗﻞﹼ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ؛ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻜﻢ‪" :‬ﺻﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﻭﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ"‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﹶﻗﺘﻀﻲ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺫﻟﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﱪ ﹰﺓ ﻛﹸﱪﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﱠ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﹶﺃﻳّﺎ ٍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ﲤﺎﺩﻯ ﺃﹶﺭﺑﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻉ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻏﻴﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻟﻐ ٍﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫـﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳـﻀﺎﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺼ َﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞﹼ ﻣـﺎ ﳛـﺪﺙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ُﺗﻘ ِ‬
‫ﻉ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳛﺪﺙ ﲤﺠﻴﺪًﺍ ﻟﻠﺮﺏّ؛ ﻓﻠﺘﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻓﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﺡ ﻭﺳﻼ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺪ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺗ َﺆﻛﱢﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻥﹼ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ُﻳﺴﻬﻤﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻳﻨﻌﻤﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺃﹶﻳـﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﲟﺜـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻬﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ِﺇﻳّﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻝﹲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻪ ﺭﺍﺋﻊٌ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺋﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ُﺑﺪﱠ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﰲ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺃﳒﻴﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘـﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫‪ ١٨‬ﺁﺏ ‪ ،١٩٨٩‬ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻠﹼﺖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻷَﻭﱠﻝ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ،١٩٨٣/١٠/٢٨‬ﺇِﺫ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﻻ ﲣﺎﰲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﱡـﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺠﱠﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﷲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮّ ﹰﺓ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪ ١٨‬ﺁﺏ ‪ ،١٩٨٩‬ﺃﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١١٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫"ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻜﻠﱡﻪ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺠﱠﺩ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﷲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ُﺗﺤِﻜﻢ ﻃﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﻗﺪ ﺭﲰﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻔﹼﺬﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﳘﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﻮﱐ ﺃﹸﲤﱢﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲦﹼﺔ ﺩﻋﻮ ﹲﺓ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ ﻛﻲ ﺗﺒﺘﻬﺞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻼ َﻡ ﺗﺒﺘﻬﺞ؟‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺃﺗﺎﺡ ﳍﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﱘ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲦﹼﺔ ﺳﺮﱞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲﱞ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮّ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻋﻼﻗ ٍﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴّ ٍﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛـﻞﹼ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻗ ٍﺔ ُﻣ َﻤﻴﱠﺰ ٍﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺧﻠﻴﻘﺔٍ "ﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻦ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳔﻄﺎﻑ ‪:١٩٨٥/١١/٢٦‬‬
‫"ﺇِﺫﻫﺒﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋ ّﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ…"‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳔﻄﺎﻑ ‪ ١٨‬ﺁﺏ ‪:١٩٨٩‬‬
‫ﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﺄﺘﻲ ﺇِﻟ ّ‬
‫"ﺇِﻓﺭﺤﻲ ﻷ ّ‬
‫"ﺃﹶﻳﻦ" ﻭ"ﻛﻴﻒ" ﻳﺒﻘﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﺣﺘّﻰ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺬﹼﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻣّﺎ ﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻧﻠﺤﻆ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻹِﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﺗﺮﺑّﻴﻬﺎ‪" :‬ﻻ ﺘﻬﺘﻤ ّ‬
‫ﻲ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺎل ﻋﻨﻙ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻜـﻭﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺌﻤًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻼﻡ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻬﺗﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻧﺼﺒّﺖ‬
‫ﺼﺐّ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﻜﹼﺖ َﺗ ْﻨ َ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺻﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻙ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟ ﱠ‬
‫"ﻜﻭﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺌﻤًﺎ ﺒﺴﻼﻡ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ____________________________________ ‪١١٣‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮ ٍﻝ ﻣُ َﺆﺛﱢ ٍﺮ! ﻓﻠﻜﹶﺄﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻏﺪﺕ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧ ﹰﺔ ﳍﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﻌﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎ ٍﻝ ﻟﻸﺏ ﻟﻮﺭﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺀﻝ ﺇِﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻜـﻦ‬
‫ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻣﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻀﺢ ﺯﻳﺘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﹶﱂ ﻻ؟‬
‫ﹶﱂ ﻻ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗ َﺆﻛﱢﺪ "ﺑﻠﻰ" ﺑﻘﻮﳍﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻙ"‪.‬‬
‫"ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟ ّ‬
‫ﰒﹼ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻮﻛﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻣﻬﻤّ ﹰﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﹰﺓ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃَﻥ ﻴﻜﺜﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻣ َﺮ ﹰﺓ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﻮ ﹲﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻷَﻨﹼﻬﻡ ﺒﺤﺎﺠ ٍﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻹﺭﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻵﺏ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﰲ ﻣُﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﲔ ﻓﻴﻨ ٍﺔ ﻭﻓﻴﻨ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻘﺔﹲ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ؛ ﻭﺗﻨﺬﺭﻧﺎ ﺑﹶﺄﻥﱠ‬
‫ﲑ ﺭﺍﺽٍ‪ِ ،‬ﺇ ﹾﺫ ِﺇﻥﱠ ﲦﱠ ﹶﺔ َﺧ ﹶﻠﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺣﺪَﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﲢﻮﻳـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻏ ُ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗُﺮﺿﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ُﻧ ِﻜﺐﱠ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﱠ ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺗُﻔﻀﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﹸﻔﹾﻌَﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺰﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﷲ ﲢﻞﹼ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﳘﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻚ ﶈﺒﱠﺘﻪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﳏﺒّ ﹰﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳏﺒّ ﹰﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﻥ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﱠﺔﹲ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﱠﺔﹲ ﻛﹸﱪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻬﺑﺎ ﺗُﺬﻛﱢﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍ ُﺀ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺑﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﻛﻞﱠ ﻣﺎ ﳛـﺪﺙ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻟﺘﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﹶﺃﻻﹼ ﻳﺒﺎﱄ ﺑﺄﹶﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫َﻷﻥﹼ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺠﻨﱠﺪ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻳﻐﺪﻭ ﻟﻠﺮﺏّ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀٌ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺃﻡ ﺃﹶﰉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١١٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻨﺎ؛‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻣُﺜﻘﹶﻠﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ ﻫـﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﱪﺯﻫﺎ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺤﻴﺢٌ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻮﻧﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ ﻳُﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲﱟ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﹾﻴﺴﺄﹶﻝ ﻛ ﱞﻞ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻟﻘﺎﻫﻢ ﻛـﻞﱠ ﻳـﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻧـﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻮ َ‬
‫ﹶﺃﺃﹸﻣﺜﱢﻞ ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺸﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍ ِﳌﻠﹶﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱢﺤَﻞ؟‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳُﻘﺪﱢﻣُﻬﺎ ﻛ ﱞﻞ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﻟﻠﻨّﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﹶﺧﻼﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻬﺗﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴُﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻛ ﱞﻞ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﱂ ﺃﻛﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺠَﺮ ﻋﺜﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻠﻮﻛﻲ ﺍﳌﹸﻠﹾﺘﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺒﻮﻩ؟‬
‫ﺖ ﰲ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺃﹶﳒﻴﻠﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ُﺑﻠﱢﻐ ْ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑُﻠﹼﻐﺖ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ ﰲ ‪ ،١٩٨٩/١١/٢٦‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺭ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﱄ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﻠﱠﻤﺖ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪ ﺃﹶﻧّﲏ ﺃﹶﻭﺩّ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﹼﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﺑﻨﻮﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘـﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺃَﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫"ﻗﺎل ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻟﺒﻁﺭﺱ‪ :‬ﺃَﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺴﺄﺒﻨﻲ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻭﺃَﻗﻭل ﺃَﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ :‬ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺴﻴﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴّﺘﻪ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﺘﻠﺔﹲ ﺃﹸﻭﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗُﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺑﻨﺪًﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻚ ﺑﻄﺮ ﹶﻓ ْﻲ ﻃﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻮﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﺃﺭﻯ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗُﻤﺴ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ____________________________________ ‪١١٥‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺃﹶﺷﺎﺩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺮﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﺒﲏ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﹶﺄﻣﱠﻠﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻗﺎﻝ… ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﳓﻦ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﺪﺭﻙ ﻛﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﳐﻠﻮﻗ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺩﻣ ﹰﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌ َﺆﻛﹼﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻗﺪ ﲰﺢ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒـﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻳُﺬﻛﹼﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻣ ٍﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺴﻴﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻸَﺳﻒ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺣﺠﺮًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺴﻴﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴﱠﺘﻪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻏﻤﺮﱐ ﻓﺮﺡٌ ﺟﻢﱞ ﺇِﺯﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﺒﻄﺮﺱ‪ /‬ﻭﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ…"‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ "ﺍﻵﻥ" ﻳﻌﲏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳ ﹰﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﻊ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺣﺪَﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺽ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﲦﹼﺔ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞﹲ ﻭﺍﺿﺢٌ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﲦﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺗﻌﺎﺭ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪" :‬ﺳﻴﺒﲏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﱠﺘﻪ"‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ِﺇﻧﱠﻤﺎ ُﺗ َﺆﻛﱢﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﱟ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ َﻋﻤَـ ﹸﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻭْﻥ‪ ،‬ﲦﱠ ﹶﺔ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻠﻘﺔ ﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻭﺗﻨﻐﻠﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﲎ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﺒﲏ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴّﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳـﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻋﻤﻠﻨـﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻌْﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﹶﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﹶﺑﲏ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ َ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻜﺄﻥﹼ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﱄ‪" :‬ﻫﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻦٌ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺂﰐ ﺑﺎﳊﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺒﲏ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱴ ﺗﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١١٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﱄ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﰲ ﺻﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻓﺈِﻥ ﳓﻦ ﻗﺮﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﻘـﺎﻝ ﻭﻳُﻜﺘـﺐ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺻﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮّﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪّﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻬﻧﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨـﺬ‬
‫ﺝ ﻗﺪ ﻳُﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﳐﺮﺟًﺎ؛ ﻭﺇِﺫﺍ ﲰﻌﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﺪﻭ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻜﺎﻬﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻣﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗُﻨﻈﹼﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻠﺢ ﰲ ﺯﺣﺰﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﹼﲔ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻋﺎﻬﺗﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻗﺐ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺭﻯ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻱّ ﺍﺩّﻋـﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻻ ﺃﹶﺣـ َﺪ‬
‫ﻀﻊُ ﻟﻜﻞﹼ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﺣﻼًّ ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺳًﺎ ﻟﻔﻀﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺳَﻴ َ‬
‫» "ﻤﺎ ﺃَﺠﻤل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺴﺄُﻨﺸﺊ ﻤﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺴﻴﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴﱠﺘﻪ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﻳُﺪﺭﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻔﻌﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻗﺮﺃ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺧّﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ" ﻟﻸﺏ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏٌ ﺭﺍﺋـﻊٌ‬
‫ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺨ ﹶﺬﺕْ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻬﻧﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺕ ﻛﺜﲑ ﹰﺓ ﺍﺗﱡ ِ‬
‫ﺕ ﻭﺃﹶﺧﻄﺎ ًﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺛﺖْ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺇﻥﱠ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺗﻌﺜﹼﺮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻛﻮﺗﻮﺭﻳﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﳌـﺴﻜﻮﻧﻴّﺔ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟـﺮﺏﱠ ﺳـﻴﺤﻘﱢﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗُﺬﻛﱢﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﳎﺎ ٍﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗُﺸﺪﱢﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠـﻰ ﹶﺃﳘﱢﻴّـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﱂ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻂﱡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃُﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺨﺼّﺼﻭﺍ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻜﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃَﺠل ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻑ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ ﻷَﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﺄﻧّﻲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻻ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺗﻜﻢ ﺑﻼ ﻫﺪ ٍ‬
‫ﰒﹼ ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺗُﺤﺪﱢﺩ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﹰﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺘﹼﻰ ﺫﻜﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﺴﺎﺀﻟﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ؟"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ____________________________________ ‪١١٧‬‬
‫ﻭﱂ ﺗﻠﺒﺚ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻓﺮّﺕ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺷﻦّ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺑًﺎ ﳏﺰﻧ ﹰﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﺬﻛﹼﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﷲ!‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗُﻌﻠﱢﻤﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳕﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜـﻨﲏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺳﱡﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺩﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻮﻏﻮﺭﻳﻪ ﺑﻘﻮ ٍﻝ‬
‫ﺏ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻧّﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﱟ ﺑﻌﻴ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺄﹸﺳﻠﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﺬﻫ ﹰ‬
‫ﺕ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺩﺭ َﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴّﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷـﺄﻬﻧﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻮﻏﻮﺭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﹶﺃﻛﱠﺪ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪" :‬ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ ﻛﻴﻼ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﺒﺖ"‬
‫ﻓﻠﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺄﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺑﻴﺤ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺿﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺗﻘﺪّﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑُﺘﺆَﺩ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎ ِﺇﻧﱠﻨﺎ ﻧﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﻤﱠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﱢﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ١٤‬ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ‪ .١٩٩٠‬ﻳﻮﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺗَﻴْﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﺒَﺘﻴْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻘ َﻌَﺘ ْﻲ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﻫﺸَﺘﻴْﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺴﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺠﻴﺎل ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒّﺔ ﻭﺍﻹِﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﺳﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﻮﻥ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺿ ُ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﺎﺏ‪" :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺘﺮﺩّﺩ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻳﺎﺭﺏﱡ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺬﺍ ﺑ ﹸﻜﻠﱢﻴﺘﱠﻲ ﻟﻚ"‪ .‬ﰒﱠ ﻻ ﺗﻠﺒﺚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﻴﻬ ٍﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻘـﺎﻋﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻚ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻋُ ﹾﺬ َﺭ ﻟﻚ"‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﺬﺭﱠﻉ ﺑﺄﹶﻧﻮﺍﻉٍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺠﺞ ﻻ ﻬﻧﺎﻳـﺔ‬
‫ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺘﻜﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻲ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻛﻼ َﻡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﲝﺮﻓﻴﱠﺘﻪ‪" :‬ﺳﺘُﻌﻠﹼﻤﻮﻥ‪ ،"..‬ﻭﻧﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻛﻤـﺎ ﳚـﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗُﻔﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳُﺼﻔﹼﻲ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﻨﱠﺎ ﻧﻴﱠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﲑ ﺟﺎﻫﺰًﺍ ﻟﺘﻠﻘﹼﻲ ﺇِﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١١٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺒﱠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ "ﻟﻦ ﺗُﺤﻘﱢﻘﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﲑﻭﺍ" "ﻓﺄﻧـﺎ‬
‫ﲝﺎﺟ ٍﺔ ﺇِﻟﻴﻜﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺣﺎﺟ ٍﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻋﻈﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣ ٍﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻮﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺇِﻳّﺎﻫﺎ!‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻖّ ﺍﻷَﻭّﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪" :‬ﺳﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﻮﻥ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻳﺆﻛﹼﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﱪ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻠﱢﻤﻨﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﻘﻞ‪" :‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻨﱵ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﱄ ﳍﻢ" ﺑـﻞ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻨـﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧـﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺳﺘُﻌﻠﱢﻤﻮﻥ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻖّ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧُﺤﻘﱢﻘﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﺒﺶ ﻓﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻳُﺬﻛﹼﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﹶﺧﻄﺎﺋِﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﻟﻦ ﺗـﺴﻤﻌﻲ ﺻـﻮﰐ ِﺇﻻﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪٌ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﺗُﻌﺎﻗﹶﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ؟‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻧ ٍ‬
‫ﺢ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ ﺫﻧﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈِﻥ ﳓﻦ ﱂ ُﻧﻔﹾﻠ ْ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﳓﻦ ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﲢﻤﻞ ﻗﺴﻄﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﱠِﺒﻌَﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻤﻴﻌﻨﺎ ﻣﺘﻀﺎﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻀﺎﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﺎﻣﻨﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ُﺑﺪﱠ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﲦﱠﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻂﹲ ﻳُﺬﻛﱢﺮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ َﺧ ﹶﻠ ﹰ‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻗﺪ ﺷﺮﻉ ﻳُﺮﺧﻰ ﻗﺒﻀﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺃﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﲦﺎﱐ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺒﺔ ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻀﻰ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪" :‬ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﺣﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﱵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﻗﻞﹼ ﻭﺣﱢﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻴﺪﻱ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﱢﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻴﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ____________________________________ ‪١١٩‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺧﻠﺖْ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺑﻼﻏﹰﺎ ﺭﲰﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻣُﺸَﺘ َﺮﻛﹰﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴﻨﺘﲔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ُ ،‬ﻳ َﺆﻛﱢﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔـﺼﺢ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺋـﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴّﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻜﻴّﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻗﻀﻴّ ﹰﺔ ﻻﻫﻮﺗﻴّ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻗﻀﻴّﺔ ﺗﻘﻮ ٍﱘ ﺯﻣﲏﱟ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﳑّﺎ ﲪﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷَﻣ ُﺮ ﺃﹶﻣ َﺮ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻼ َﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈـﺎﺭ؟"‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴّﺔ ﻻﻫﻮﺗﻴّ ﹰﺔ‪ُ ،‬ﺭﺑﱠﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪" :‬ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﲦﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻘﺒﺎﺕ"‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺘُﻘﻠﹶﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﻬﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺬﱢﺭًﺍ‪ .‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﲦﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳﱠﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷَﺣﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﺳﺘﻌﻠﱢﻤﻮﻥ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ"ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﻤﺜﱢﻞ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ؛‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻨﺎ ﻛﻨّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺯﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺟﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﳌﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﳌﹸﻬﻤﱠَﺘﻴْﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﱠﺘﻴْﻦ ﻳﻨﻬﺾ ﻳﻘﲔٌ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ"‪" .‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺇِﺯﺍ َﺀ ﻭﻫﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﳚﻮﻝ ﲞﺎﻃﺮﻱ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻒﱡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﻳُﻜـﺮﱢﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﱪ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻪ‪" :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ"‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧﱠﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺻ ًﺪﻯ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳـﺴﻮﻉ ﻗـﺪ ﻗﺎﻟـﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ‪" :‬ﻫﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺍ َﻷﻳﱠﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ" )ﻣﱴ ‪.(٢٠ :٢٨‬‬
‫ﻭِﺇﻧّﻪ ﳌﻦ ﺩﻭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻷَﺳﻒ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﹶﺃِﻟﻔﹾﻨﺎ ﺿﺮﺑًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﲑﻭﻗﺮﺍﻃﻴّـﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭَﻧﻤَﻄﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻛﻞﱠ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ُﺧﻴّﻞ ﺇِﻟﻴﻨـﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺑﻮﺳـﻌﻨﺎ‬
‫ﲣﻄﻴﻂ َﻋﻤَﻞ ﺍﻟﺮّﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺷـﺎﺋﻌ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺼﻮﱠﺭْﻧﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ"‪ ،‬ﻳُﺤﺎﻛﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪" :‬ﻭﺩﺍﻋًﺎ! ﺳﻨﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻏﺪًﺍ! ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﺀ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪّ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﱠﺓ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺃﹶﻭ‬
‫ﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﻉ ﺑﺎﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٢٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮّ ٍﺓ ﺃﹶﻏﻤﻀﻨﺎ ﻋﻴﻮﻧﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺻ َﻤﻤْﻨﺎ ﺁﺫﺍﻧﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻭﺻﺪﻧﺎ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻴﻼ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﻕ؟‬
‫ﺳﺮﱞ ﺳﻴﻨﺠﻠﻲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﺼ َﺮ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺎﻭﻻﺗُﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺮّﺭﺓ ِﻟ ﹶﻜﻢﱢ ﺻـﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﻴﻠـ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗُﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ َﺣ ْ‬
‫ﲝﺮﻣﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ…‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﺠﻠﹼﻰ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﹶﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﻗﻤﱠﺔ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﺪ ﳍﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟَﺘﻴْﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘَﻴْﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﺑﲑ ﳝﻜﻨﲏ ﻭﺻﻒ ﹶﺃﻭﱠﳍﺎ ﺑـﺎﻟﻼﹼﻫﻮﰐﹼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬـﺎ ﺑﺎﳌـﺴﻜﻮﱐﹼ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧﻮﻏﺮﺍﰲﹼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﰐﹼ ﻣﻜﺜﹼﻔﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﹼﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪﺓ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺠﻴﻜﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ‪ ١٥‬ﺁﺏ ‪ ،١٩٩٠‬ﰲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺪّﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﺗﺎﺡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻭﺳﺔ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﻗﻠﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻛﻠﱡﻪ ﳝﺴﻚ ﺃﻧﻔﺎﺳﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺟ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻭﻗ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟ ْﺘ ُﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺃَﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺼﻠﹼﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃَﺠل ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﺼﻭﺼ ﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻕ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ﱠﻨﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﹼﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺨـﻭﺓﹲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ َﺧ ﹶﻠ ْ‬
‫"ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱّ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﱐﹼ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﺒﺪٌ ﻭﻻ ُﺣﺮّ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻛﺮٌ ﻭﺃﻧﺜﻰ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻌًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪٌ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ" ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻠﻜﻢ؟‬
‫ﺏ ﺳﻴﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﹶﻟﻢَ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﻃﹸﺒّﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺣﺮﻓﻴ‪‬ﺎ؟‬
‫ﹶﺃﻱﱡ ﺍﻧﻘﻼ ٍ‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺮﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻣّﺮ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻬﻧﻀﺖ ﻋﱪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺫﺭﻭﻬﺗﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﹸﻃﻠـﻖ‬
‫ﲑ ﻣُﺸﺒ ٍﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺮﺏ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺗﻌﺒ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗُﺬﻛﱢﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﹶﺄﻧّﻨﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻨّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴـﻀﹰﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ ﺳـﻮﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻏـﺮﺑﻴّﲔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ____________________________________ ‪١٢١‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻗﻴّﲔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺑًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻳﻬﻮﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﱡﻨﺎ‪" ،‬ﺇِﺧﻮﺓﹲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ"‪ ،‬ﺇِﺧﻮﺓﹲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‬
‫ﻣُﺆَﻫﱠﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺇِﺧﻮ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺇِﺧﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻣُﻔﹾﺘﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻡ ﻋﻴﻨـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻜﺒﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﻋﻮﺗُﻪ ﻣﺴﻜﻮﻧﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺭﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷَﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﳌﹸَﺒﻠﱠﻐﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﲟﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪.١٩٩٠/١١/٢٦‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍ َﻷﻭّﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗُﻌﺒﱢﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺃﹶﳌﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﹶﱂ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺒﻴﱡﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﲢﻘﹼﻖ ﺣﺘّﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪّ ﺍﻷَﺩﱏ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳُﻤﺜﱢﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺗـﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺒﺪّﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪ -‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﺣﺠ َﺮ ﻋﺜﺮ ٍﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ُ ،‬ﻳﺆْﱂ ﻣﺮﱘ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﻓـﺈِﻥ ﻫـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﹶﳌﻲ ﻣﺮﱠَﺗﻴْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﻡﱞ ﻻ ﻳﻬﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻲّ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﻯ ﺍﺑﲏ ﻳﺘﹶﺄﻟﹼﻢ ﻣﺮّﺍﺕ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﱂ ﻣﺮﱘ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺃﹶﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﱘ ﻭﺍﻗﻔ ﹰﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻈﻞﹼ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺳًﺎ ﰲ ﺟﺴﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻗﻠـﺐ ﻣـﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻃﺎﳌـﺎ ﻇـﻞﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻘﺴﻤﲔ‪ .‬ﻓﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺷﺮﻁﹲ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻱﱞ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺸﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀُ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﹶﺄﻟﱠﻢ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﺬﻣّﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺇِﺷﺎﺭﺍﻬﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﲦـﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺖ‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﻜﹼﺖ ﺗﺘﻜﺎﺛﺮ ﺑﻮﺗﲑ ٍﺓ ﻣﺬﻫﻠ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘّﺨﺬ ﺃﺷﻜﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻣﺘﻨﻮّﻋﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓـ ٍﻮ ﻟـﺴ ُ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻈﲑًﺍ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻋﺠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﳓﻦ ﲰﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﺸﻜﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇِﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺳُﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻦ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻮﺣّـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺇِﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳉﻠﻲّ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻹِﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔﹲ ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﻠﻴﻖٌ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺬﻛﲑ ﺃﹶﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﳛﺘﻔﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻚ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴّﻮﻥ ﻣﻌًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻳﻮ ٍﻡ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﲰﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻑ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤـﺎ ﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺰﻳـﺖ ﻛـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺪﺙ ﳍﺎ ﺍﳔﻄﺎ ٌ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٢٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﰲ ﻓﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗُﺸﻴﻊ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ ١٩٩٠‬ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎ ًﻋﺎ ﺑـﺄﻥﹼ ﻳـﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﲑ ﳍﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﱘ ﻗﺪ ﺿﺎﻗﺎ ﺫﺭﻋًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﺻﺢّ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺎﻬﺑﻤﺎ ﺿﺮﺏٌ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺄﹶﻡ‪ .‬ﻭِﺇﻻﹼ ﻓﺄﻱّ ﺗﻔﺴ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪" :١٩٩٠‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻲ ﺻـﻮﰐ ِﺇﻻﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪٌ"؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺴّﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﱘ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ١٩٩٠/١١/٢٦‬ﺑﻘﻮﳍﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺁﺨﺭ ُﺭﺅْﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃَﻥ ﻴﺘﻭﺤّﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺩ"؟‬
‫ﺕ ﻟﻙ ﺒ َﺄ ّ‬
‫"ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻗﻠ ﹸ‬
‫ﺡ ﻣﻮﺟ ٍﻊ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﱠﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻻ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲜﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻮﺿﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺷﻲ َﺀ ﻳُﱪﱢﺭﻩ؟ ﻭﺃﻧّﻬﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﱠﻌﺎﻥ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﺗﻮﺣﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺇِﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺗﺘﺠﻠﹼﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓ ٍﻮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﹶﺄﱡﻟﻘﹰﺎ؟‬
‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﻧﺮﺟﻮ‪ ،‬ﳐﻠﺼﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺮﻳﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛـ ﱡﻞ ﺍﻹِﺷـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟـﱵ‬
‫ﻳُﻈﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻏﲑ ﻛﺎﻓﻴ ٍﺔ ﻹِﲰﺎﻋﻨﺎ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻻ َﻡ ﻋﺴﺎﻩ ﺳﻴﻠﺠﺄ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻮﻗﻈﻨـﺎ ﻗـﺴﺮًﺍ؟‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﻘﺼﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻨﺎ ﻧﺼﻠﹼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺻﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﹶﻓﺌﺪﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﻠﹼﻲ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺀًﺍ ﲟﻦ ﻳﺘﺒﻮّﺃﻭﻥ ﺃﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫـﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﻠﹼﻲ ﻛﻲ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﹼﺮ ﺍﻹِﻛﻠﲑﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﲔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﻧﻴّﲔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻀﻤﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺪﺙ … ﳚﺐ ﺃﹶﻥ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻴﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁ ﺑﻌﻴ ٍﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻒ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﻧﻴّﲔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻘﺪّﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻹِﻛﻠﲑﻭﺱ ﺑﺸﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﲏ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻧﻴّﻲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣّﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴّﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻮﺩّﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﺍﻷُﻣﻮﺭ ﲟﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﳐﺘﻠﻔ ٍﺔ ﺟـﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌـﺎﻳﲑ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘّﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺛﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﻓﻠﻴﺸﺄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﻭﹸﺃﻣﱡﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻳُﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﺟﺪﻳـﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ____________________________________ ‪١٢٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﱡﻖ ﻛﺮﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻼ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ ٍﺀ ﻭﻻ ﲤﻴﻴ ٍﺰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩًﺍ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﹶﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﻋ ْﻮﺗُﻪ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺠﻠﹼﻰ‪ ،‬ﲡﻠﱢﻴ‪‬ـﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻃﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣـﺮﱘ ﺑﺘـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪" :١٩٩٠/١١/٢٦‬ﻗـﻮﱄ‬
‫ﻷَﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻳُﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﻳﺘﺬﻛﱠﺮﻭﺍ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﲏ ﻓﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟‪..‬‬
‫"َﺃﻤّﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺕ ﻓﺴﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩﻴﻙ ﻟﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩ ﺍﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﻰ ﻴﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻴﻨﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺒﺕ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺟﺮﺍﺡ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓﹲ ﳉﺮﺍﺡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻈﻞﹼ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺐ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ ﺑﲔ ﺁ ٍﻥ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺴﺨِﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪّﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻧُ َ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻱﱡ ﻣﻌﻨًﻰ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﻮﻯ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﲟﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺃﹸﻣﱢﻪ؟‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔﹲ ﺣﻴﱠﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺟّﺐ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎ ٍﻥ ﳐﻠﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻧّﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔﹲ ﺣﻴّﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻣﺘﻴﺎ ٍﺯ ﺇﳍﻲﱟ‪ ،‬ﻻ َﻳ َﺪ ﳍﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻘﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭِﺇﻧّﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻛ ﱡﻠﻪ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﱢﻱﱢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﻴّﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﺘـﺎﺭ ﺃﹶﺩﺍﺀُ‬
‫ﲦﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻋـﻦ‬
‫ﺖ ﺿﺤﻴﱠ ﹰﺔ ُﻣﺨْﺘﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ُﺗ ﹶﻜﻔﱢﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌ َ‬
‫ﻭﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺗﺆﺩّﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﻦ ﺑﻜﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻣﺴ ْ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴﱠﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﹼ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺳُﺘﺤْﺮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻗﻠﱠﻪ ﺣﺘّﻰ ﻳﺘﻮﺣﱠﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﳑّﺎ ﻳﺴﺒّﺐ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪّ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﳌﹰﺎ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺳﻼ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻬﻤّﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﻛﻠﺔ‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺿﺤﻴّﺔ ﺗﻜﻔ ٍ‬
‫ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٢٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫"ﻛﻮﱐ ﺑﺴﻼ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﱐ ﺑﺴﻼ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻨﱵ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﳍﺎ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺗﻌﺎﱄ ﻟﻴﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﹼﲏ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻨﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻜﺮّﺱ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻧﺘﺪﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺎ ﳍـﺎ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤّ ٍﺔ ﺗُﻨَﺘﺪَﺏ ﳍﺎ ﺷﺎﺑّﺔﹲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻴﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹِﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﲜﻬﻠﻬﺎ!‬
‫ِﺇﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺷﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺷﺎﺀﻬﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻨﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗـﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻥ ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﺗﻨﺘﻔﺦ ﻛﱪﻳﺎﺀً‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﹲ ﺑﻴﱢﻦٌ ﺇِﺿﺎ ﱞ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﳍﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﻤﺤﻴّﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﺗﺒﲏ "ﻣﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻬﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬

‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٢٧‬‬

‫ﺤﺩَﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﻓﺎﻨﻴّﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻭﺍﺼل َ‬
‫ﺙ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﱢﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣِﺜﹾﻞ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺒﻴّﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺣﺪﺍ ﹸ‬
‫ﺖ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ،١٩٩٠/١١/٢٦‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻭﲰﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻗﹼﻔ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﳊﹶﺪَﺙ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻣﺬﺍﻙ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳔﻄﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳍﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﲣﺎﰲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻨﱵ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻚ ﺑﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺣّـﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴـﺪ )ﻋﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ(‪ِ .‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻗﻮﱄ ﻷﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﻳﺘﺬﻛﹼﺮﻭﺍ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﲏ ﻓﻴـﻚ ﺃﹶﻡ ﻻ؟‬
‫ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ ﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﻟﱠﻤﻲ ﻣﺮَّﺗﻴْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺃﻡﱞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻬﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻲّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﺭﻯ ﺍﺑﲏ ﻳﺘﺄﱂ ﻣﺮّﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻛﻮﱐ ﺑﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﱐ ﺑﺴﻼﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻨﱵ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺎﱄ ﻟﻴﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺣﱴ َﺗﺘﻤﻜﹼﲏ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻨﺸﺮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻓﺴﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻟﺘﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﺑﲏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣﱴ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻨﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺖ‪ .‬ﻓِﺈﻧﱠﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﻚِ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻛﻞﱢ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻳﺘﻤﻨّﻰ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺒ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻋﱪ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ٍﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ‪ ،١٩٩٠‬ﻗﺪ ﻛﻠﱠﻢ ﻣﲑﻧـﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﱵ‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻑ ﻣﻨﺘﺤﺒﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﺃﹶﻓﻀﻰ ﳍﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻬﺑﺎَﺗﻴْﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺗَﻴْﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﺟ ْ‬
‫» "ﺃَﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺴﺘﹸﻌﻠﱢﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻷَﺠﻴﺎ َل ﻜﻠﻤﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﱠﺔ ﻭﺍﻹِﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ‪،‬‬
‫"ﻭﻟﻜﻥ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﺘﺴﻤﻌﻲ ﺼﻭﺘﻲ ِﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴ ُﺩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩٌ"‪« .‬‬
‫ِﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﺳﺘﻨﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧﱠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻌ ُﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻨﺎ ﹶﻇَﻨﻨّـﺎ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻋﻠﻨّﺎ ﻇﻨّﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻣـﺴﺎﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ ﻣﺮَّﺗﻴْﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﹶﻭﻻﻫﺎ ﻳـﻮﻡ ‪ ١٥‬ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪ ،١٩٩٠‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻟﺒﻠﺠﻴﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻋﻮ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺏ "ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺰ ﻓـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻓـﻮﺭﺕ"‪ .‬ﻭﻗـﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺜﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺬ ‪ ٩‬ﺁﺏ ﺣﺘّﻰ ‪ ٢‬ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻣـﺴﺎﺀ ‪ ١٥‬ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﻋﻘـﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔـﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٢٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺑﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻹِﳍﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺙ ﳍﺎ ﺍﳔﻄﺎﻑ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻓﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻜﻠﻤ ٍﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻛـﺔ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎ َﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻑ‪ً ،‬ﺭﹶﺃ ْ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﰒﹼ ﺭﺃﹶﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳍﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃَﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺼﻠﱡﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃَﺠل ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﺼﻭﺼ ﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﱠﻜﻡ ﻜﻠﱠﻜﻡ ﺇِﺨﻭﺓﹲ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪ ،١٩٩٠/١١/٢٦‬ﲟﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﱠﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﹶﻭﺭﺩﺗُﻬﺎ ﺁﻧﻔﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﻳﺘﻮﺣﱠﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺬﺋ ٍﺬ ﱂ ﻧﻌﺪ ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﻻ ﺍﻧﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﲰﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺯﻳـ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺫﻛﺮ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ َﺣﺪَﺙ ﻻ ﺃﹶﻗﻞﹼ ﻣﻦ ﲬﺲ‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﻗﻞﹼ‪ ،‬ﲝﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻷَﺧﻮﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻛﺎﺭ)‪ ،(١‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠـﺬﹶﻳْﻦ ﺩﻭﱠﻧـﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﺮّ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﻊ ﻣﺮّﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩَﺗﻴْﻬﻤﺎ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺗّﻔﻖ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﲝﻀﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴّ ٍﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻴّﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷَﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻛﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﹼﻤﺎﻫﺎ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﻬﺗﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺭﻬﺗﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺷـﻬﺮ ﻧﻴـﺴﺎﻥ ‪ .١٩٩٠‬ﻛـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻳُﺼﻠﱡﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﳑﺴﻜﺔﹲ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﹸﺒَﻴْﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻳﻐﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟ َﻬ ْﻲ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﺮﱘ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮّﺓﹲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﱄ ﺻﺪﻳﻖٌ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﻣﺎ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻣـﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧّـﻪ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺆﺧّﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻧﻴّﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺼﻠﹼﻮﻥ ﻏﻄﹼﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﱄ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟـﺸﻌﻮﺏ‬ ‫)‪ (١‬ﺍ َﻷﺧَﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﳝﻮﻥ ﻭﺑﻴﲑ ﺟﺎﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮّﺳﺎ ﻧﻔﺴَﻴْﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮ ﹼ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺮًﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﲞﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒُﺮْﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷَﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴّـﺔ‬
‫ﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﹸﻄﻠﹼﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻗﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﻌﺎﻃﻲ ﺍﳌﺨ ّﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﱁ… ﻭﳘﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﱢﻤﺎ "ﻣﻬﺮﺟﺎﻥ ﺍﻷَﻣﻞ" ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻌﻘـﺪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺰﺍﻧﺴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻮﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﳓﻮ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭُﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻸَﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﻗ ﹰﺔ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﱢﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺃﹶﻭﺿﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻄﻠﱡﻌﺎﻬﺗﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٢٩‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺴّﻴّﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﺖ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻮﺍﺻﻠ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻬﺎ ﺇِﳝﺎﺀﺓﹲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻬﺑﺎ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓﹲ ﺗُﺬﹾﻫﻞ ﲨﻴ َﻊ ﺍﻟ ُﻌﻠﹶﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٣٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬

‫ﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬

‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺛﻤﱠ ﹶﺔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓﹲ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﹶﺷﺪﱡ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ ﹰﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ ﻭﺁﺧﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌ َﻤﻴﱢﺰ ﹸﺓ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻣﻌﺰ ٍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺷﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺗّﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻷَﻛﱪ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻠ َﻪ ﺍﻷَﻭﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺘﻄـﻮّﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺘُﺼﺒﺢ ُﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﻗﺪ ﻣﻦﱠ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﱠﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹِﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤُﺒْﺘﻐـﺎﻩ ﺍﳊـﻖﱡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻱﱡ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺩﻋﻮﺗُﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺃﹶﺻﻞ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ ﺻﻼ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﲏ "ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ"‪.‬‬
‫"ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ" ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭ "ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ" ﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﺗّﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺿْﻤﺤﻞﱠ ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﻭﳌﺎ ﺑﻘﻲ ﺷﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻔﹼ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻔﱠﺔ ﺍﻷُﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﺃﹶﻥ َﻳ َﻬﺒَﻨﺎ ﻛﻞﱠ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻹِﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓُﺒ ْﻐﻴ ﹶﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﻋﺎﺩﺓ َﻋﻘﹾـﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ُﺭﺑﱠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺁﺧﺬ ﹰﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺮﺍﺧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑُﺘﺆَﺩ ٍﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻮﺟّـ ٍﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲﱟ ﻭﻛﺜﻴﻒٍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨ ﹸﺬ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻹِﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ َﻭﺳَﻢ ﺑﺪ َﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﺎﺀَﻝ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﺳـﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻉ ﻗﺎﺩﻣ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﻮﺭﻳّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳉﻤﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﲨﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﺷﺘّﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺟﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺳﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞﹲ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺘّﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻔـﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٣١‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻣﺘﺪّﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ ١٩٨٥‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﱐ ‪ ،١٩٨٦‬ﺣﻴـﺚ ﱂ‬
‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻳﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ ﺃﻳﱠﺔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ٍﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﻗ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﱂ َﺗ ِﻐ ْ‬
‫ﲢ ُﺪ ﹾ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﻻ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻳﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﲦﱠ ﹶﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻳﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻷَﲰﻰ ﺃﹶﳘﻴّ ﹰﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﺗﻴّﺎﺭ ٌﺭﻭﺣﻲﱞ ﴰﻞ ﺷﺘّﻰ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﲔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺘّﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﻮﺭﻳّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﰲ ﺣﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﻠﺐ ﻧﺸﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ‪ ٢٤‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ ،١٩٨٨‬ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﺩﻋﻮَﻩ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩًﺍ ﻣﺎﺩﱢﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻧﺴﺨ ٍﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺃﹸﺳﺮ ٍﺓ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺭﻣﻨﻴّ ٍﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺝ ﺃﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻲّ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻜﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﰒﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺻُ َﻮ ٍﺭ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺑﻴـﺖ‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪ ٍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﹸﺳﺮ ٍﺓ ﺃﺭﻣﻨﻴّ ٍﺔ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﺔٍ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﰒﹼ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﹶﻟﻴْﻦ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠﹶﻟﻴْﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ﹶﺬﻳْﻦ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻈﻤـﺖ ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺈِﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﻬﻨ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻷُﺳﺮَﺗﻴْﻦ ﺃﹸﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴﱠﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻸَﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴـﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ُﻳﺸﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺍﰱ ﺍﻷﺳـﻘﻒ ﺍﻷَﺭﻣـﲏﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻲﱡ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺓ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﹶﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﱠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺰّ ﺣﺮﻛـﺔ ﺻـﻼ ٍﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻜﻢ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻪ ﱂ َﻳ ْﻌ ْﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻗﻂﹼ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﹸﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺣﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﱠﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎَﺗﻴْﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺘَﻴْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺿ ﹰﺔ ﻻ ﳎﺎ ﹶﻝ‬
‫ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤًﺎ ﻋﺎﺑﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺚ ﺗﻴﱠﺎﺭٌ ﺭﻭﺣﻲﱞ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﱠﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﱂ‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣـﻦ ﺍﶈﻘﱠـﻖ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺣﻠـﺐ‬
‫ﻳ ِﻌﺸْﻪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳَﺼﻔﹶﻪ؛ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪﱠ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺜﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﹰﺎ ﻣُﺪﻫﺸًﺎ ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺇِﺿﺎﻓﻴّ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺩّﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﹶﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﺪﱠﺓ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻟﺸﺘّﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻜﻴّـﺔ ﺗُﻔـﺘَﺢ ﻷَﺟـﻞ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٣٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺴﻨّﻰ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺠﻮ ٍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞﹼ ﻳﻮ ٍﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﻭﻗﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﹼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺬﹼﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻏﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﳚﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻼﺋﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺆْﺛﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻷَﻣ ُﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﻗﺒﺎ ٍﻝ ﺃﹶﺷﺪﱠ ﻛﺜﺎﻓ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙﹲ ﺭﻭﺣﻲﱞ ﺣـﻖﱞ‬
‫ﻳﻄﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﺷﺨﺎﺻﹰﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﻳﻦ ﻻ ﺃﹶﻋﺮﻑ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻗﻠﹼ ٍﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﹸﺃ َﺳﺮًﺍ ﻋﺪﻳﺪ ﹰﺓ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﲡـﺪﱡﺩًﺍ‬
‫ﻼ ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻣُﺬﻫ ﹰ‬
‫ﺖ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻤّﺎ ﳚـﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺳـﻮﺭﻳّﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ‬
‫ﺖ ﺗﻜﻠﱠﻤ ُ‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ ﺍﻷَﻋﻈﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻜﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧّﲏ ﻗﺪ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺷﺘّﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﺮﻧﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳـﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﻜﹼﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺪﱡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻏﺬﺍﺀَﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺻﻼ ٍﺓ ﺍﻧﺒﺜﻘ ْ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴّﺎﺭﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴّﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹِﲨﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﻫﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻷَﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ ﹰﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻹِﻧـﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻤﺠﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻜﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻴﺶ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﺟﻬًﺎ ﻟﻮﺟ ٍﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺅﻳ ﹰﺔ ﺃﹶﺑﺪﻳﱠ ﹰﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٣٣‬‬

‫ﺃُﻟﻔﺔﹲ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﹸﻟﻔ ٍﺔ ﻛﺒﲑ ٍﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻠﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﹼﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﺜ ٍ‬
‫ﺴﺘَﻬﻞﱢ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗُﻨﻈﱠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨّﺎ ﻧﻘـﻒ ﺃﻣـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺳﻴﱠﻤَﺎ ﰲ ُﻣ ْ‬
‫ﺕ ﻃﻮﺍﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﲑﲡﻞ ﻛ ﱞﻞ ﺩﻋﺎﺀً‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺒﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﻠﹼﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺜﺎ ﹰﻻ‪ :‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،١٩٨٢/١٢/١٠ ،‬ﺍﺗﱠﺼﻞ ﰊ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺻﺒﺎﺣًﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ" ﻓﺄﺟﺒﺘﻪ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻧّـﲏ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﻡٌ"‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺕ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺎﻛﻲ ﺩﻣﻮﻋًﺎ ﺗﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺑﻴـﺖ ﺍﳉـﲑﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪُ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﺗﻒٌ‪ ،‬ﻗﺼﺪ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗّﺼﻠﺖ ﺑﻌﺪّﺓ ﺃﹶﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﳐﺘﻠﻔ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻤﺘّﻌﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﻔﻮ ٍﺫ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲﱟ ﻭﺩﻳﲏﱟ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻘﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﻬﺗﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻬﺑﻢ‪ ،‬ﳘﺎ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﻣﻌﺮّﺍﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻫﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﲤـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺍﰱ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﳑّﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﻠ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﻣﺘﺰﻭّﺟﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻷَﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﺘّﻌـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺕ ﺭﺧﻴ ٍﻢ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴـﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﻃﺎﺋﻔـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺮﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻇﻼﹼ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺻﺒﺎﺣًﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﻧﱢﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺼﻠﱢﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺖ ﺗﺎﻡﱟ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺳَـﺠﱠﻠﺖُ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻻ ﻳﻜﹸﻔﹼﻮﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﳜﺮﺟﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺻﻤ ٍ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺬﻛﱢﺮﱐ‪" :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺫﻛﱠﺮﱐ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻤﺖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻟﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﻗﺔ"‪ .‬ﻓﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳉﻮّ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﺪًﺍ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻇ ﹶﻠ ﹾﻠﺖُ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧـﺎ ﻧﻔـﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﺡ ﺇِﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺖ ﻬﺑﻤﺎ ﻭﺳﺄﹶﻟﺘُﻬﻤﺎ‪" :‬ﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ؟"‪ .‬ﻓﻨﻈـﺮ ﺇِﺩﻭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﳊﻘ ُ‬
‫ﺕ ﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺟﻞ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ!"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜﻦ! ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ!"‪ .‬ﻓﹶﺄﻛﱠﺪ ُ‬
‫ﺕ ﻣـﻊ‬
‫ﺖ ﲪـﺲ ﺳـﺎﻋﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜ ٍﻦ! ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳُﺼﺪّﻕ ﺃﹶﻧّﲏ ﺃﹶﻣﻀﻴ ُ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٣٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧُﺮﺗﱢﻞ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ؟ ﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﳑﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﹶﺑﺪًﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨـﺎﻭﱄ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﻓﻄﺎﺭ؟"‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﳘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻫﺮﻋﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺗﻠﻘﹼﻴﺎ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ؛ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏـﲑ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳـﺸﻌﺮﺍ ﲟـﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺕ ﻳُﺼﻠﱢﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺮﺗﱢﻼﻥ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ!‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺜﺎ ﲬﺲ ﺳﺎﻋﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮ ٍﻡ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﻣﺮﺿﺎﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻄﹼﺮﺣﻮﻥ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﻗـﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌـﺬﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﺭﺃﻳ ُ‬
‫ﺡ! ﺻﺪّﻗﻮﱐ ﺇﻥﹼ ﻣﺂﻗﻲﱠ ﺗﺰﺩﺣﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻣﻮﻉ ﻋﻨـﺪﻣﺎ ﲡـﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻜﻠﹼﻤﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﻔﻮﻳّ ٍﺔ ﻭﺑﻘﻠ ٍ‬
‫ﺐ ﻣﻔﺘﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻔﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺬﺍﻛﺮﰐ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﹼﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺪﱟ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻢ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﲑﲡﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﺮﺗّﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻔﻮﻳﱠ ٍﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﱠ ٍﺔ!‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻷَﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻷُﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ؛ ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺪّ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻠﻨﺎ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻋُﺸ ٍﺮ ﻭﻋُﺸ ٍﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗُﺼﻌﱠﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗُﺮﲡﻞ ﺍﻷَﺩﻋﻴﺔ؛ ﻭﻛﻢ ﺗﺴﺎﺀﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺩﻫﺸﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻔﺠّـﺮ ﺍﻟﺘـﺮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻷَﺩﻋﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ!‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﳏﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﺮﻃـﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻘﻴﻖ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﺍﻷَﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ِﺷ ْﺒ َﻪ ﹸﺃﻣﱢﻲﱟ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﲏ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺇِﻋﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﹸﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟـﺼﻐﲑﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﻴـﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻧﻘﻠﺒﺖ ﺭﺃﺳًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﺡ ُﻳ َﺆﻟﱢﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻐﺔٍ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﱠ ٍﺔ ﻣﻬﻠﻬﻠ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻬﺪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﻠﺤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻤﺎ ﺍﺗّﻔﻖ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻬﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷَﳊﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺒﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻓﻠﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺃﹶﻟﱠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﻗﻞﹼ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﹸﻧﺸﻮ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﹲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺯﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﺗّﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻞﱠ ﻳﻮ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺷﺘّﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﲨﺘُﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻫﲑ ﺑﺈِﻧﺸﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﰲ "ﻣﻬﺮﺟﺎﻥ ﺍﻷَﻣﻞ" ﰲ ﺑﻴﺰﺍﻧﺴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﻳﻠـﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ِ .١٩٩١‬ﺇﻧّﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﺪ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﲟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺷﻘﻴﻖ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺑﻌﻔﻮﻳﱠ ٍﺔ!‬
‫ﻭﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﹶﺃ َﺣﻄﹾﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴ ٍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﲦﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺎﻥﹲ ﻟﻼﺭﲡﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔ ٍﻊ! ﻓﻬﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﻔ ﹲﺔ ﻣـﻊ ﺍﳊـﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻜﻢ ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺤﺪّﺛﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﺼﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﳍﻲّ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٣٥‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﱠﺪ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻋﻤﻴﺪ ﻛﻠﱢﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﺕ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷَﺏ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻝ ﺧﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﱐﹼ ﺍﻷَﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﺮّﺡ ﱄ‪" :‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳُﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍ َﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﹲ ﺣﻘﱠﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﲰﻊ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﳌـﺲ‬
‫ﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳُﻜﻠﹼﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﺟّﻬﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻛـﺎﺋ ٍﻦ ﺑﻌﻴـ ٍﺪ‬
‫ﳌ َ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺓﹲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﻜﻞﱢ ﺑﺴﺎﻃ ٍﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﻟﻮﺍﺛ ٌﻖ ﺑﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘُﺨﻠﹼﺼﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷُﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴّ َﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﹸﺃﻣﱢﻪ ﻣﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻨﻘﺬﻧﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻏﻢ ﻛﻞﱢ‬
‫ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﷲ ﻗﺮﻳﺐٌ ﻣﻨّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﻳﺐٌ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٣٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬

‫ﺃُﻤﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﺗﺬﻛﱢﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﺄﹸﻣﻮﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺈِﳊﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺒّﺮﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻮّ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﹶﻓﻀﺖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎ َﺀ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪.١٩٨٣/١١/١٤ ،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻳﺒﻜﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻐﺘ ﹰﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻋﻴَﻨﻴْﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺷﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺈِﺻـﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﹸﺃﻣﱢﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻋﻴ ﹰﺔ ﺇِﻳﱠﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﲰﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻠ ﹰﺔ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻚ"‪ ،‬ﰒﹼ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻓﻐﺮﻗﺖ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺪﻯ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﹶﳍﺎ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮًﺍ‪" :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣـﺪﺙ؟"‬
‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍ َﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻣﺮﺗﻨِﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱّ ﹶﺃﻧّﲏ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﺖ‪" :‬ﺭﺃﹶﻳ ُ‬
‫ﻓﺄﹶﺟﺎﺑ ْ‬
‫ﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻧـﺖ؟"‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﹶﺟﺎﺑـ ْ‬
‫ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻬﻤﺎ"‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺄﹶﳍﺎ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪" :‬ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠ ِ‬
‫"ﻟﺴﺖ ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻱ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﺜﻠﺖ ﻟﻸَﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻏﻔﻠ ٍﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺫﺍﻬﺗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺘﺜﺎﻻﹰ ﻷَﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﹶﺃﻧّﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟ َﺪﻳْﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷَﻧّﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺫﻭﺍﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻧﻌﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﺁﳍﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺷﺌﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﳓﻦ ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﹶﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪّ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﻳﻮﺣﻨّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻛﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﱢﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﲟﺠﺮﱠﺩ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﳍﺎ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﹸﺃﻡﱟ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻔﺎﻑ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓِﺈﻧﱠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٣٧‬‬
‫ﱪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﱂ َﺗ ﹸﻜﻒﱠ ﺗُﺬﻛﱢﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﹶﺄﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﻲ ﲡﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﹶﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﲢﻘﹼﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋَ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎ َﺀ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺁﺫﺍﺭ ‪ ،١٩٨٣‬ﺇِﺫ ﻗـﺪ ﺟـﺎﺀ ﰲ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛًّﺪ ْ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣﺬﺍﻙ‪:‬‬
‫» "َﺃﺴّﺴﻭﺍ ﻜﻨﻴﺴ ﹰﺔ؛ ﻟﻡ َﺃ ﹸﻗلْ‪ :‬ﺍﺒﻨﻭﺍ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﺤﺩٌ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺒﻨﹼﺎﻫﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔﹲ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓﹲ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺴﱠﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃَﺨﻁﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻓﺭﺡ‬
‫ﺒﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃَﺨﻁﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﻤَﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﺒﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺼﻐﻴﺭ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻜﺒﺭﺕﹾ ﺍﻨﻘﺴﻤﺕﹾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﹶﻗ ﱠ‬
‫ﻤﺤ ّﺒﺔﹲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺠﻤﻌﻭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃَﻗﻭل ﻟﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺼﻠﹼﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺼﻠﹼﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺼﻠﹼﻭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﺃﺠﻤل ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ ﺭﺍﻜﻌﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻁﺎﻟﺒﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﺘﻔﺭّﻗﻭﺍ ﻤﺜل ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺴﺘﹸﻌﻠﹼﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻷَﺠﻴﺎل ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒّﺔ ﻭﺍﻹِﻴﻤﺎﻥ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻜﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﱘ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻨﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻢﱡ ﴰﻠﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻬﻤّﺔ ﲨﻊ ﴰﻞ ﺑﻨﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭَﺗﺠْﻌ ﹸﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ُﻣ ْﺮﺳَﻠﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٣٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬

‫ﺏ‬
‫َﺃ َﻤ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌ َﺆﻛﱠﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺬﺍﻬﺗﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻣَﺘُﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻠﱠﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺁﺫﺍﺭ ‪ ١٩٨٣‬ﺑﻘﻮﳍﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤُﻬﻤﱠﺘﻲ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺕﹾ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﳍﺎ‪" :‬ﻣﻬﻤّﱵ" ﻳﻌﲏ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪َ ،‬ﺗ ُﻌﺪّ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺏﱠ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﹼ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗُﺘﺒ ُﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻤّﱵ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ" ﺑﻘﻮﳍﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﺃﺴﺘﻁﻊ ﺃَﻥ ﺃَﻗﻭل‬
‫"ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل ﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‪ :‬ﻤﺒﺎﺭﻜﺔﹲ ﺃَﻨ ِ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ‪ :‬ﻫﺎ ﺃَﻨﺎ ﺃَﻤَﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﻘﱠﻨْﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀُ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺳًﺎ ﻣُﺪﻫﺸًﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﱢﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﱡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﹶﺄﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻣ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﺀَﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟُﺘ ِﻌﺪّ ُﺳﺒُﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓ ٍﻮ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻋﺪﱠﻬﺗﺎ ﰲ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺣﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﺭ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺗّﻀﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺇِﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷَﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﹼﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺑـﺎﻷَﺣﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺕ ﻭﺃﹶﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﹶﺃﻳﱠﺎ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎ َﺀ ﺻﻼﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﹼﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺳﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﹶﺭﺑﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٣٩‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺀ ‪ ،١٩٨٥/٨/١٤‬ﻋﺸﻴﱠﺔ ‪ ١٥‬ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﻜ ّل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻭ ﺒﺨﻴﺭ‪،‬‬
‫"ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻴﺩﻱ ﻟﻤّﺎ ﺒﺸﻭﻓﻜﻥْ ﻜﹼﻠ ﹸﻜﻥْ ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻌﺽ‪،‬‬
‫"ﺼﻼﺘ ﹸﻜﻥْ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻴﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫"ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨ ﹸﻜﻥْ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻴﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫"ﺍﺘﹼﺤﺎﺩ ﻗﻠﻭﺒ ﹸﻜﻥْ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻴﺩﻱ"‪« .‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﹸﺃﻡﱞ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀَﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤّﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﹼﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺣﺪﻬﺗﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺜﻠﺠﻮﻥ ﺻﺪﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﺮﺡ ﻛﻞﱢ ﹸﺃﻡﱟ ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﻜﺎ ٍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﺘﺌﻤﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻱّ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﳜﺼّﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ؟‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺃﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﲤﺎﻣًﺎ‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﹶﺃﻳّﺎ ٍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﹶﺭﺑﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻐﺰﻯ!‬
‫ﺉ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻧﻠﺒﺚ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘَﺘﻴْﻦ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻋﻨّﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩ َ‬
‫ﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺐ ﻛﺒ ٍ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧ ٍ‬
‫ﺃﹸﻭﻻﳘﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﺠﻤﻟﻲﺀ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ‪" ،‬ﺃﹶﻣَـﺔﹲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺏّ" ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﳌـﺴﻴﺤﻲّ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌـﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻠﺤﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺫﻱّ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺩﻱّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼ َﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﻋﻼ َﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ؟‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻜﺜﺮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺷﻚﱠ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺮّﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ -‬ﻭﳓـﻦ ﰲ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٤٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻴّﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺯﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﻄﻠﺐ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ‪ -‬ﻓﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻫـﺎ ﻗـﺪ ﺍﻗﺘـﺼﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻳﺴﻮﻋًﺎ ﰲ ﺭﺣﻠﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﺮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻛﹸﺮﱢﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﱘ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﺠّﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺻﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﺻﻐﲑ ٍﺓ ﻋﺪﳝﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻌـﺬﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻉ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻧﻜﺮﺍ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﺑﻠﺖ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻈـﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟـﺮﻓﺾ‬
‫ﻭﻻﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺒﱠﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻓﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﹸﺷﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻀﺮ ْ‬
‫ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺣﻞﱠ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﳏﻞﱠ ﺍﻟﻌـﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓـﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻴـﻎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ُﻣﻬّﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﺒﱠﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭُﺯﱢﻋَﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺂﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺑﻌـﺸﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻻﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻟﻠﻜﺜﲑﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﻬﺗﻢ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹶﻔﻀﱠﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻠﺘﻤﺴﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﻳﻄﺎﻟﻌﻮﻬﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﹶﻏ َﺪ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎﺩﱠﺓ ﺗﺄﻣﱡﻼﻬﺗﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﹶﻋﻄﺘْﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺳًﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻊ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﻜﺔ ﻛﻞﱢ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ِﺇﻻﹼ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﻇﻠﱠﺖ ﺧﺎﺩﻣ ﹰﺔ ﻹِﳍﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇِﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﹶﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻔﹼﻈﺖ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺴﺎ َﺀ ‪٢٤‬‬
‫ﺁﺫﺍﺭ ‪:١٩٨٣‬‬
‫» "ﺃَﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤُﻬﻤﱠﺘﻲ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﺃَﺴﺘﻁﻊ ﺃَﻥ ﺃَﻗﻭل‬
‫"ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل ﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‪ :‬ﻤﺒﺎﺭﻜﺔﹲ ﺃَﻨ ِ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺇِﻻ‪ :‬ﻫﺎ ﺃَﻨﺎ ﺃَﻤَﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٤١‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁﺔ‬
‫َﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﻲ ﹸﺃﻡﱡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﺒﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﱠ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺧﺺّ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗُﺮﻓﹶﻊ ﻳﻮﻣﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴـﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻧﻄﻴﱠـﺔ‬
‫ﺖ ﻳـﺎ ﻧـﺼﲑ ﹶﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺨﺎﻃِﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺴ ﹶﺔ ﻣﺮﱘ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧـ ِ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﲔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﲣﻴﺐ…"‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑٌ ﺑﺄﻥﱠ ﻟﻠﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺳﻠﻄ ﹰﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠـ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﺑﻨـﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻫﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺷﺪّ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﲑًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻳـﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ‪ ،١٩٨٣/١١/٤‬ﺑﻠﻬﺠ ٍﺔ ﻋﺮﺑﻴّ ٍﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﱢﻴﱠ ٍﺔ ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﺧّﺎﺫ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﺧّﺎﺫ ٍﺓ ﺑﻜﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻮّ ٍﺓ ﻭﺣﻨﺎ ٍﻥ ﰲ ﺁ ٍﻥ ﻣﻌًﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﺇِﻨﺯﻟﻲ ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻴﹸﻠﻥْ ِﺇﻨﹼﻙ ﺒﻨﺘﻲ ﻗﺒل ﻤـﺎ ﺘﻜـﻭﻨﻲ ﺒﻨـ ﹸﺘﻥْ…"‬
‫ﺃﹶﺿﺎﻓﺖ‪" :‬ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﺤﺘﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺒﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﺡ ﻴﺤﺘﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜ ﱢل ﺃَﻭﻻﺩﻱ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﱢﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﲏ ﺑﻮﺿـﻮﺡ‪" :‬ﻟـﺌﻦ‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺇِﻧﻘﺎﺫﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﻕ ﻗﻠﱯ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﺷـﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖُ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺎ ﹶﻝ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﺑﲏ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻔ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺘﹶﺄﻟﱠﻢ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﱠ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﲏ ﺳﺄﹶﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺇِﻧﻘﺎﺫﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ"‪" .‬ﻗﻠﱯ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﲏ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻔﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﹶﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻋﺠ ٍﺰ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗُﻮّﺟﺖْ ﻣﻠﻜ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﺖ ﺑﺎﳉـﺴﺪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻏﺪﺕ ﻛﻠﱢﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘ ْﺪﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﹶﺃﻭَﱂ ﻳُﺴﻤﱢﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﱢﻳﺴﲔ‪" :‬ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳّﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ"؟‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺎﺯﻣ ﹲﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﹶﺃﺟْﻞ ﺇِﻧﻘﺎﺫ ﺑﻨﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗﺪﻋﻬﻢ ﻳﻬﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮّﺍﺀ ﺧﻄﺄﻫﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٤٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻹِﳍﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹸﻣﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟَﺒ َ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻓﹶﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻻﺣﻘ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﰲ ‪ ١٤‬ﺁﺏ ‪ ،١٩٨٧‬ﺑﻠﹼﻐَﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ﹰﺔ ُﺗ َﺆﻛﱢﺪ‪ ،‬ﲜﻼ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠـﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﱢﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺎﺭﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﱡﻭﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﺗﻔﺼﺢ ﺃﹶﺑﻠﻎ ﺇِﻓـﺼﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻠﱡﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﺍﻷَﻗﺪﺱ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺃ ّﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭُﻟﺩ ﹸ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﻜﹶﺭﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻜﺭﻤﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻨﻜﺭﻫﺎ ﻨﻜﺭﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﺎل َﻷﻨﱠﻬﺎ ُﺃﻤّﻲ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﺃﺅَﻛﺪ ﻟﻜﻢ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻼ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷـﺪّﺓ ﺍﻟﺘـﺄﺛﱡﺮ‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﻟﻘﻲ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﺍﻷَﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺄﻟﹼﻒ ﻣﻨـﻬﺎ ﺗﻠـﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺰﺓ‪" :‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻷﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﹸﻣّﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪ ﱂ ُﻳ ِﻘ ْﻢ ﻭﺯﻧًﺎ ﻟﻼﻫﻮﺕٍ ﺃﹶﺧﺬ ﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺀﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻫﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻄ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺣﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻡ ِﺇﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓﹲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻻﻫﻮﺕٍ ﻛﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﻛﹼﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻫﻲ ﺃﻣّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﺭﺩﱠ ﳍﺎ ﻃﻠﺒًﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭِﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﱠﺮﺗْﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﱠﺮَﻧﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﹼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﳐﻠﻮﻗ ﹰﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﻙ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺪﺭﻙ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﹸﻣﱠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷُﻗﻨﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻗﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﺍﻷَﻗﺪﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٤٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﹼ ﺗﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﹼﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ١٨‬ﺁﺏ ‪ ،١٩٨٩‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﻬﺗـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘّﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻃﻠﻘﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃَﻥ ﻴُﻜﺜﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻨﹼﻬﻡ ﺒﺤﺎﺠ ٍﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺓ ﻹِﺭﻀـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺏ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻮﻏﻮﺭﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﻛﻴﺒﻴﻬﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﺖ ﺳﺎﻋ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺧﺬﺕ ﺗﺜﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﹶﺃ ِﺯ ﹶﻓ ْ‬
‫ﲑ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﱡﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹِﳍﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺷﺘّﻰ ﺃﹶﺭﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ؟‬
‫ﻭِﺇﻻﹼ ﻓﹶﺄﻱﱡ ﺗﻔﺴ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﲡﺮﺃ ﺃﹸﺳﻘﻒٌ ﺷﺮﻗﻲﱞ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﻏﱯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻨﺘﲔ ﺧﻠﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ "ﳎﻠﹼﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ" ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎ ﹰﻻ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪" :‬ﹶﺃﻳّﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﺖ ﻣﺎﺽٍ؟"‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺎﺀﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺗﻌﺪّﺩ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﳐﺘﻠـﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﹶﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺄﻯ ﺃﹶﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿـﺢ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈـﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﻳُﻨﱮﺀ ﺑﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﲦﱠﺔ َﺧ ﹶﻠﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﻳﻦ ﳓﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧﱠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺭﺟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻌﺮﱠﺽ ﻟﺪﻣﺎ ٍﺭ ﺫﺍﰐﱟ ﺷﺎﻣ ٍﻞ ﻳﻌﻢﱡ ﺍﳌﻌﻤﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﻳُﺤﺒﱡﻨﺎ ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﲨ‪‬ـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳـﺄﰉ‬
‫ﻫﻼﻛﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﲢﺬﻳﺮﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﻛﻔﺎﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻗﹼﻔﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻣﱠﻠﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻜﱢﺮﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٤٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬

‫ﻗﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻟﺰﻭ َﺟﻴْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻳُﻄﻠِﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭٌ ﻣﻮﻓﱠﻖٌ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﱟ ﺑﻌﻴ ٍﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺪﺍﻋﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻷُﺳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺃﹶﺭﺟـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ ﺣﻄﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺓ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻳّﺔ ﻟﻜﻞﹼ ﳎﺘﻤ ٍﻊ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﻳﺪَﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻭ َﺟﻴْﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺰﱠ ﺗﻴّﺎﺭًﺍ ﻋﺎﺭﻣًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅُﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀٌ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻟـﺪﻯ‬
‫ﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﲔ ﻬﺑﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻬﺗﺠﺮ‬
‫َﻋ َﺪ ٍﺩ ﻛﺒ ِ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺰﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺗﲏ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺟﺒﺘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﺘﺎ ٍﺓ ﻋﺰﺑﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﹶﺃ ٍﺓ ﻋﺰﺑﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎ ﻟﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺣﺸﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﺃ ﹰﺓ ﻣﺘﺰﻭﱢﺟﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺷﺎﺑﱠ ﹰﺔ ﻣﺘﺰﻭّﺟ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﲏ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻳﺘﻮﺧّﻰ ﺇِﺑﻼﻏﻨﺎ‬
‫ِﻋَﺒﺮًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﻘﺪّﺱ‪،‬‬
‫"ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻳﺸﺒّﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫"ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ ﻋﻼﻗ ﹰﺔ ﻣﻘﺪّﺳ ﹰﺔ‬
‫"ﻓﻌﻼ َﻡ ﺗﻔﻜﹼﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﻠﹼﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ؟"‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻫﺰّﺕ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﺠﺞ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﻋﻤﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﺭﺩﱡ ﻓﻌ ٍﻞ ﳑﺎﺛﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺻﺮّﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺖ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﹶﺷﻬ ٍﺮ ﻻ ﺃﹶﺟﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈـﺮ‬
‫‪ ١٩٨٦‬ﻟﻸﺏ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻐﻮ‪" :‬ﰲ ﻣُﺴﺘَﻬﻞﹼ ﺍﻷَﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻴ ُ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﺯﻭﺟﱵ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺠﺮﱠﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﱄ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔﹰ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ‬
‫ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻛًّﺪﻩ ﱄ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﺃﹶﺳﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﺳﺘﻮﻋﺐ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﺑﺒﻂ ٍﺀ ﺷﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﲑﻧـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻊ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٤٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﻞ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺯﻭﺟﱵ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﲰﻰ"‪.‬‬
‫ﹶﺃﻣّﺎ ﻋﺎﻣّﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺜﲑﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪" :‬ﺇِﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿـﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭٍ‬
‫ﺭﺑﱠﺎﱐﱟ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻮﻍ ﳍﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻁ ﻋﺎﳌﻲﱟ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺃﹶﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺰﻭﺍ ًﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﺒ ٍﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻳﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﳌﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﻻ ﲤﺎﺭﺱ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﻧﺸﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻳﺪﱠﻋﻮﻥ‪" :‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﰲ ﺩﻳﺮ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻸﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻈﺮ ﹰﺓ ﺧﺎﻃﺌ ﹰﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴﱠـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺮّ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺸﺪّﻗﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﲔ‪" :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜ ٍﻦ؛ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺘﺮﻫّﺐ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍ ِﻹﺩّﻋﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺭﺩّ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻋﻄﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﺑًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳔﻄﺎﻑ ‪ ،١٩٨٣/١١/٢٥‬ﺇِﺫ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻷُﻓﺭﱢﻕ‬
‫» "ﻤﺎ ﺠﺌ ﹸ‬
‫"ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴّﺔ ﺴﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪ ٧‬ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ ‪ ،١٩٨٤‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﻋﻴﺸﻲ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻻ ﺘﻤﻨﻌﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﺘﺎﺒﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ،١٩٨٧/١١/٢٦‬ﺇِﺫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ٍﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﻀ ٍﺔ ﺑﻠﹼﻐﻬﺎ ﺇِﻳّﺎﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭّﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﺯﻭﺠ ﹰﺔ ﻭُﺃﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺃُﺨﺘﹰﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺇِﻧﻪ ﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞٌ ﻛﺎﻣﻞﹲ‪ :‬ﺯﻭﺟﺔﹲ ﻭﺃﻡﱞ ﻭﺃﺧﺖٌ!…‬
‫ﻼ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﱂ ُﺗﺮﺯﻕ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻃﻔ ﹰ‬
‫ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﺪّﺓ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻷَﻭﱠﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻳﺎﺭ ‪ ،١٩٨٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻭﺟّﻬﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻋـﻮ ٍﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺣـﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣﺴﻜﺖ ﻳﺪ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﰲ ﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٤٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪّ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﲢﺪّﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﲡﻬّﻢ ﳏﻴّﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﳍﺎ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺠﺘﻤﻌﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﻤﺠﺭﻭﺡٌ ﻻ ﺘﺩﻋﻭﺍ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﻴﻨﻘﺴﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﻘﺴﺎﻤﻜﻡ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﺃﹶﺭﺩﻓﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻚ ﻫﺪﻳﱠﺔ ﺃﹶﺗﻌﺎﺑﻚ"‪« .‬‬
‫» "ﺍﺑﻨﱵ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﹸﻋﻄﻴ ِ‬
‫ﻭﱂ ﺗﻠﺒﺚ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺣﺒﻠﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ‪ ١٩٨٥/١٠/١٥‬ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻃﻔﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﲑﻳﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﹶﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﰲ ‪ ،١٩٨٥/١١/٢٦‬ﺟﺮﻯ ﳍﺎ ﺍﳔﻄﺎ ٌ‬
‫ﲑ‬
‫ﻭِﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻥﱠ ﺇِﺣﺪﻯ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗـﺬﻛ ٍ‬
‫ﺖ ﲢﻄﹼﻢ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍ َﻷﳘﱢﻴﱠﺔ ﰲ ﻭﻗ ٍ‬
‫ﺑﻘﹸﺪْﺳﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻠﺰﻭﻡ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻣﺮٌ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﻬ ٍﺪ ﺑﻌﻴ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻸﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﺍﻋﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﺧـﺬ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔـﺎﻗﻢ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻗﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٤٧‬‬

‫ﻨﻘﻭﻻ‬

‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻣﺪﻫﺶٌ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﱢ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻪ ﻳُﺠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﺎ؟"‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ َﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﱂ ﺃﻛﻦ ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﺮﻁ ﺍﻷَﻧﺎﻗـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻬﺑﻨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﹰﺌﺎ ﻓﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﻘﻠﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﲞﻄﹰﻰ ﻭﺋﻴﺪ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮّﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷُﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺿﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﻧﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ِﺇﻧّﻚ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﲝﻀﻮﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻪ ﺣﻀﻮ ٌﺭ ﻣُﻐْـﺮﻕٌ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻣّﺤـﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺻـﺎﻣﺖٌ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻫﻒُ ﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﺃﻭْﻟﻮﻳّﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻳﺺٌ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﹶﺃﻻﱠ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﹶﺄﻱﱠ ﲡﺎﻭ ٍﺯ ﻳُﻔﺴﺪ ﺟﻮﱠ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺇِﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﺪًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﲑ ﺳﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻏُ‬
‫ﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳـﻠﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺳـﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ِﺇﻻﹼ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﻠﺤﻆ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺧﺮﻭﺝٍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺰَﻣ ْ‬
‫ﺨﻠﹶﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺑﺄﻳّﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﻠ ٍﺔ ﻣﺸﺒﻮﻫﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﺪﱟ ﻟﻠ َ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﺪ ٍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﹶﻣﺜﻠ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﹶﺟﻮﺑ ٍﺔ ﺃﹶﺩﱃ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻔﻴﻠﺔﹲ ﺑـﺈﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﳏـﻪ‬
‫ﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴ َﻬ ٍ‬
‫ﺏ ﻣُ ْ‬
‫ﺃﻛﹶﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺧﻄﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺺ ﻋﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﹰﺎ ﲪﻴﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻨّﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﳓﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺑﺪﺃﹸ ﺑﺮﺩّ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺷﺨ ٍ‬
‫ﲬﺴﲔ ﻋﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﹶﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺻﺒﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻄﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻧّﻪ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺑﺮﺻﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻫﺎﺟﺮ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘّﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻻ ﺃﹶﻗﻞﱠ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻋﺎﻣًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗـﺪ ﺯﺭﺗُـﻪ ﻋـﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٤٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫‪ ١٩٨٤‬ﰲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻋﺎﱐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺋﺪ ٍﺓ ﺿﻤّﺖ ﺿـﻴﻮﻓﹰﺎ ﻛﹸﺜﹸـﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨـﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺳﺄﹶﻟﲏ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪّﺛﲏ ﻋﻤّﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻠـﻚ ﻫـﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺭﰐ"‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺣﺪﱠﺛﺘُﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑُﺮﻫﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﻟﲏ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺯﻭﺝ ﻣﲑﻧـﺎ؟ " ﻓﻘﻠـﺖ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻧﻈﹼﻮﺭ"‪ .‬ﻭﹸﺃ َﺅﻛﱢﺪ ﻟﻜﻢ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪ ﻟﻮ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻓﻌﻰ ﻟﺪﻏﺘﻪ ﳌﺎ ﻫﺐﱠ ﻣﻨﺘﻔﻀﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌـﻞ ﺁﻧـﺬﺍﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﺜﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﹸﻧﻈﹼﻢ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻨّﺎ ﻧﻘﻀﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌًﺎ"‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺪّﻗ ُ‬
‫"ﺟﻮﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺖ ﺗﻨﺴﻰ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻳﻄﻴﺐ ﷲ ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻏﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻫﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ؟‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﱘ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺪﻟﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ؟‬
‫ﻭﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ؟‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺃﻭﻏﻮﺳﻄﻴﻨﻮﺱ؟‬
‫ﺽ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮ ْ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺴﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻨﺘﺰﻋﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲪﺄﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻥ ﳓﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺒﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﺪّﻳﺴﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺏ ﻳﺴﲑ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﲢﻮّﻝ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﲢﻮﱡ ﹰﻻ ﻣُﺬﹾﻫﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺭﺩﻭﺩِ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴﺘَﻬﻞﹼ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﹲ ﺃﹶﻣﲏﱞ ﺭﻓﻴﻊٌ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺪّﺙ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘـﻮﻻ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﰲ ُﻣ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍ ٍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﺃﺷﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ؛ ﻓﺎﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﺖ ﰲ ﻓﺠﺮﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ؟ ﺧﲑٌ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺻﺒﺤﺘﻢ ﹸﻏﺮَﺑﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺘﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺈِﻻ َﻡ ﺳﻴﺆﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗُﻐﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺑﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺩّ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪" :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴ ُ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٤٩‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴُﻐﻠﻘﻪ!"‬
‫ﺭﺩﱡ ﻓﻌ ٍﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻣﺜﻘﹶﻞﹲ ﺑﺎﳌﻐﺰﻯ ﺟﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺯﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟـﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﺑﻨﻔـﺴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺩ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻃﻼﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﰒﹼ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﻱّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ؛ ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ ﺍﻧﺘﺤﻰ ﺑﻨﻘﻮﻻ ﺟﺎﻧﺒًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻇﻦﱡ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺳﻴُـﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺞﱟ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻮﻍ ﺃﹶﻥ ﲤﻜﺜﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍ ٍﺩ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻬﺗـﺒﻜﻢ ﺷـﻘﹼ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻜﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﺎﺅﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﺘﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎﺀ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺏ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪" :‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻟﻦ ﺃﹸﺑﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺑﹶﺄﻱﱢ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ"!‬
‫ﺴﺘَﻬﻞﹼ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﲬﻴﺲ ﺍﻷَﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪١٦‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ َﺣﺪَﺙ ﰲ ُﻣ ْ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ‪ ،١٩٨٤‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻧﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺮﺡ ﺟﻨـﺐ ﻣﲑﻧـﺎ ﺑﻄـﻮﻝ ‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺘﻤﺘﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻤﻖ ﺳﻨﺘﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ َﻧﺼَﺢ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﺍﻷَﻃﺒّﺎﺀ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻗﻄـﺐ ﺫﻟـﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﺡ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺏ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻋﻔﻮﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪" :‬ﺣﻜﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻠﹼﻲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﳉﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺑﺴﻜﺮّﻭ"! ﻭﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﺡ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ!‬
‫ﰲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ ،١٩٨٧‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ٢٢‬ﻣﻨـﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺨﻮﺻﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺫﻭﻱّ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﱠﺟﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻـﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻄﺤﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﺻﻠﺤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺻﻼﺣًﺎ ﺍﺗّﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻫﱡﺒًﺎ ﻟﻠﺬﻛﺮﻯ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﺩﱐ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﺀﻯ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ؛ ﻭﳊﻈ ُ‬
‫ﺑﻠﹼﻄﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺧﻼ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻳـﺪﻱ ﻣﲑﻧـﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺐ‬
‫ﺼ َ‬
‫ﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﻗﺎﻋـﺪ ﹰﺓ ﻧُـ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﺪ ﻭ ﹶﻗ ﹶﻔ ْ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﲤﺜﺎﻝﹲ ﲨﻴﻞﹲ ﻟﻠﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪" :‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﻨّﺎ ﻧﺼﻠﺢ ﺻﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨّﺎ ﻧﺼﻠﹼﻲ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻳﻮﻡ"‪ ،‬ﻓـﺴﺄﻟﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺃﹶﻭ‬
‫"ﻭﻫﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﲦﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺸﺪٌ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ؟" ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺏ‪" :‬ﳓﻮ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﺷﺨﺼﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻘﺼﻮﻥ ﻗﻠـﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ"‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻜﻢ ﳎﺎﻧﲔ! ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﺘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﺿﻔﺘﻤﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻳﺰﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٥٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺇﲰﻨﺖ ﻣﺴﻠﹼﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻓﻼ ﲣﺸﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺒﻌﲔ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﺎﹰ؟"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺪّﻕ ﰲﹼ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﺗﺮﻯ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﲢﻤـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻤﻠﻨﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ!"‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺩّ ﻳﺪﻝﹼ ﺃﹶﻓﺼﺢ ﺩﻻﻟ ٍﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻃﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄـﻮﱡ ٍﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﺴ ُ‬
‫ﺃﹸﺧﻔﻲ ﺃﹶﻧّﲏ ﺷﻌﺮﺕ ﺑﻀﺎﻟﹼﱵ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺭﺩّ ﻋﻠﻲّ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻨﺖُ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮّ ﹰﺓ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺛﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﳎﻤﻮﻋ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺠّﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺫ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻣﺮﺃ ٍﺓ ﺗﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﺳﻌﺪﻙ! ﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺒﺎ َﻙ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ َﻷﻧّﻚ‬
‫ﻃﻴّﺐٌ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺟﺎﻬﺑﺎ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻧّﻚ ﳐﻄﺌﺔﹲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴّﺪﰐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻫﺒﲏ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻛﻲ ﺃﹸﺻﺒﺢ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺼّﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﹼﻤﲏ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻇﺮﻓﹰـﺎ ﺩُﻭﱢﻥ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ‪" :‬ﺍﻷﺏ ﺍﻟﻴـﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺭ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺫﺍ َ‬
‫ﺯﺣﻼﻭﻱ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﺑﺮﺷﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ‪ -‬ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ" ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ ،‬ﺿﺎﺣﻜﹰﺎ‪" :‬ﻣـﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﺃﹶﺑﺮﺷـﻴّﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ؟ ِﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﱄ"‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺏ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﱴ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺖ ﱄ؟‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﻂﹼ ﻣﻠﻜﻲ"‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﳜﺺّ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻭﺃﹸﺳﺮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟ ﱡﻄﺮَﻑ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﳝﻜﻨﻜﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﻗﹶﺴَﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﻘـﻮﻻ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﻚّ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﰲ ﺑﺴﺎﻃ ٍﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴ ٍﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺤﺔ ﺍﻷَﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﹶﻭﺩّ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺳﻨ ٍﺔ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ؛ ﻳﻮﻣﻬـﺎ ﻛﻨـ ُ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺘﱯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺫ ﺑﻨﻘﻮﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻲّ ﺑﻐﺘﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺘﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﺑﺮﻫﺔﹰ؛ ﻭﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎ َﺀ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﹶﻭﺭﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻪ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺗّﻀﺢ ﱄ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻳﺘـﻮﺧّﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺎﺩﺭ ُ‬
‫ﲡﺮﻳﺪﻱ ﲡﺮﻳﺪًﺍ ﺗﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻘﺬﻑ ﰊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﹶﻗﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺭﻳًﺎ ﲤﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣـﺼﲑ ٍﺓ ﺯﺭﻳّـ ٍﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﺘَﻬﻞﹼ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺸﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﺮﺳّـﺦ ﻟـﺪﻱّ‬
‫ﻓﻜﻞﹼ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ُﻣ ْ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﺃﹸﺻﺒﺢ ﺃﹶﺳﲑًﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺣﺪ ُﻩ‪ .‬ﻭِﺇﻧّـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺑﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﱃ ﲡﺮﻳﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﲡﺮﻳﺪًﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹸﻫﺒ ٍﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٥١‬‬
‫ﺇِﻧّﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﺜ ِﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﳍﺠ ٍﺔ ﻋﻔﻮﻳّ ٍﺔ ُﻣﻐْﺮ ﹶﻗ ٍﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻟﻴ ٍﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﹶﺃﻱّ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻊﱡ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﺶ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘﱠﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭًﺍ ﺇﳍﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻃﺮﹶﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﻮﱡ ٍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ!‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٥٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬

‫ﺼﻔﺤﺔﹲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹِﻨﺠﻴل‬
‫ﺕ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴـﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﱄ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻠﻜﺜﲑﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺻـﻔﺤﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﲢﻮﱡﻝ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻭﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﻳّﺔ ﺍﻷُﺳﺮﺓ ﻛﻠﹼﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧـﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻗﺒﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﹸﺜﹸ ٍﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ .‬ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﹸﺃ َﺅﻛﱢﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻃﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪ ﺳﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣًـﺎ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻭﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺗﺄﻫّـﺐٍ ﺗـﺎﻡّ ﳋﺪﻣـﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﲦﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﻌﺔﹲ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﹰﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺟﻨﺪًﺍ ﻣﺘﹶﺄﻫﱢﺒﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻫﺰﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﻳﱠـ ﹰﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠـ ﹰﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﻓﻌﲔ ﳋﺪﻣﺔٍ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻠ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﳌـﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﹸﺧﺘﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺓ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻦّ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠـﺎﻭﺯ ِﺇﻻﹼ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺘﺮًﺍ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ ٣٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻏﺮﺍﻣًﺎ ﻭﺯﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺘﺌـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّـﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺩّﺩ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻃﻮﻉ ﺃﹶﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺭﺍ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻖ ﹶﺃﻳّﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺎﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﹼﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺗﺬﻣّ ٍﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻞﹼ ﻻﺋﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﱘ؛ ﻧﺎﻫﻴﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺇِﺧـﻮﺓ ﻧﻘـﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺧﻮﺍﺗـﻪ ﻭﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻬـﻦّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﻦّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﲑﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﹶﺣﺼﻴﺘُﻬﻤﺎ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷَﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣًﺎ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪ :‬ﺳﺒﻌﺔﹲ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﹰﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﹶﺄﻫﱡﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺼﻠﹼﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﺪﻣﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪّﻭﻥ ﻟﻜﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﹸﻧـﺎﺱٌ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩٌ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﲦﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﺩّﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺘّﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺮّﺻﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳـﺘﺪﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ ﻛﻲ ﻳﱪﺯﻭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﲦﹼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻹِﻓﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٥٣‬‬
‫ﻼ ﰲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﹶﺃﻳّﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﱃ ﹶﺃﻳﱠﺎﻣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﳒﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺜﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻣّﺤﺎ ٍﺀ ﺗﺎﻡﱟ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪّﻗﻮﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﻭﺫﻭﻭﳘﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻬﻮﻥ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻣّﺤﺎ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎ ٍﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﲑ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﳚﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮﻳﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﻳﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳُﺼﻠﹼﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﺴﺘﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻟﻀﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﲦﱠﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺍﺀٌ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔﹲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﹶﻧﻮﺍﻋًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﹶﺄﻫﱡﺒًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻓ َﺮﺣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﱢﺤﺎ ًﺀ ﺗﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٥٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬

‫"ﺒﺩﻭﻨﻲ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻌﻭﻥ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﻔﻌﻠﻭﺍ ﺸﻴﺌًﺎ"‬

‫ﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺟـﺮﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﻮّﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭﺩّ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺄﹶﻣ ٍﺮ ﻫﻮ َﳎﺮﱠﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻣُﺴﺘﺨ ﹶﻠ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴَﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴَﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻟﻔﺔﹲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﹶﺎﺩ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝ ﺣﺴﱢﻴﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﲢﻮﱡ ٍﻝ ﺭﻭﺣﻲﱟ ﻧﺘﺒﻴّﻦ ﻋﺠﺰﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻳﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺩﺭٌ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮّﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﹰﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳓﻦ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺟﻬﺪﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻋﲏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻖٌ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺴ ُ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﹶﺃﻧّﲏ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹸﻭﻏﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﹶﺄﻣﱡﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﹼﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺒﺪّﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺗﺒﻴّﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳُﺜﲑ ﺿﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﻛﻠﲑﻳﻜﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺰﱠ ﻧﻔﻮﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫"ِﺇﻧّﻜﻢ ﺑﺪﻭﱐ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ" )ﻳﻮ ‪.(٥:١٥‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﳌﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘـﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻐَـﻮْﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﳌﺴ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻭﺍﻹِﳍﻴﱠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﱟ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺑﺪﻭﱐ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹸﺧﻔﻲ ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍ َﻷﻳﱠﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺎﺑﲏ ﺷﻌﻮ ٌﺭ ﻣﺮﻫِﻖٌ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻨﻮﻁ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻢُ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻗﺎﺩﺭٌ‬
‫ﻟﺴ ُ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﲑﻧﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑّﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﹶﱂ ﻻ ﺗﻐﻴّﺮﱐ؟‬
‫ﻭﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﺃﹸﺩﺭﻙ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ‪" :‬ﺇِﻧﱠﲏ ﺃﹶﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷـﻲ ٍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﻘـﻮّﻳﲏ"‬
‫)ﻓﻴﻠـﭙـﻲ ‪.(١٣ /٤‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٥٥‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺑﺪﻭﱐ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺜﹰﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ"ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﺃﹶﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮّﻳﲏ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺒُﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻬﻧﺘﻒ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺭﺑّﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﺩﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﻝِ ﻋﻠﻲّ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺘﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ!‬
‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﺑﲔ ﹶﺃ َﻣﺮْﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﺄﺭﺟﺢ!‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﻧﻮﺩّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺮﺏّ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻫﻴّﺎ ﲤﱠﻠﻜﹾﲏ‪ ،‬ﻫﺪّﻣﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑِﻨﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻸَﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌ َﺆﺛﱢﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﲡﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﻨﺎﻗﺾ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻬﺘﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻨﺎ!‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٥٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬

‫ﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻹِﻏﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎ ّﺩ ّ‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﻼﺩﻧﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓﹲ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻻﹼ ﺗﻐﺮﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩٌ ﰲ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﻜﺎ ٍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞﹼ‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﺣﺪًﺍ‪" :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﻚ!" ﺃﹶﺟﺎﺏ‪" :‬ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ"‪ِ .‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎ ٍﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺄﻟ َ‬
‫ﺷﻔ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳُﺨﻴّﻞ ﳌﻦ ﳝﺮّ ﺑﺒﻼﺩﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧّﻨﺎ ﻗﻮﻡٌ ُﻣﻐْﺮﻗﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻳﱡﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﻋﻤﺎﻗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻳّﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦّ ﻣﺎ ﳔﻀﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﱡﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻲّ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﺩّﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﷲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ‬
‫ﺻﺢّ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﻈﻞﹼ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﺭﺯًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﹸﺃﻣﻮ ٍﺭ ﻛﺜﲑ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦﱠ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﻳﻨﺬﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﻄﻠـﻊّ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻄـﻮّ ٍﺭ‬
‫ﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﻔﱡﻨﺎ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻻ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﹶﺃﻧّﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺳُﺒﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺮ ﲟﺴﺘ ًﻮﻯ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎﱐﱟ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺮﺍﺀﻯ ﻟﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﻴﻞﹲ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﹼـﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﺮﻭﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻧﺼﱠﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢَ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼّﺒﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺎﺭﻛـﺴﻴّﺔﹶ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﳍﹰﺎ ﺧﻠﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺈﻋﺘﺎﻗﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲣﻠﱡﻔﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﻔﺴّﺮ َﻭﻟﹶﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺒّﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﲞﺎﺻّ ٍﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻓﺪ ﺇِﻟﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻓﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹِﳊﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻓﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳑّﺎ ﻳﺪﻋّﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻋﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺸﻬﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷَﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺱ ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺰّ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺭﺩّ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻓﻠﻨﺘﺨﻠﹼﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷَﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻳـﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻨـﻬﺎ ﺳـﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺩﱠﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻷَﻫﻠﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﱪﺯ ﺟﻬﺪٌ ﺭﺍ ٍﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺇِﻗﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﱡﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻘِﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺫﺍ ﺃﹶﺿﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﻤﻠﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻞﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻧﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺭﺅﻳﺔﹲ ﻣﻌﻴّﻨ ﹲﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ؟ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻮﻳﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٥٧‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺻﻐﲑ ٍﺓ ﺗُﺸْﺮﻉ ﺷَﺮﺧًﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳓﻦ ﺟﺎﻫﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺇِﺷﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﺍ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺯﻳ ٍ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﻬﺗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﻳﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﺻﺎﺋﺮﻭﻥ؟‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻈﻨّﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ؟‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼ َﻡ ﺗﻨﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻭﳛﺒّﻜﻢ؟"‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻭﺭﺩ ﺭﺩّ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺷﺎﺏﱟ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲّ ﻭﻳﺪّﻋﻲ ﺍﻹِﳊﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨّﺎ ٍﻥ ﻧﺎﺷـ ٍﺊ‪،‬‬
‫ﲣﺮﱠﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﹼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﺪﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﻋـﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻫـﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺤـﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺗّﺼﻞ ﰊ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺻﺒﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﲡﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻋﻮﺗﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﱵ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀﱐ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺣﺒًﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻚ؟" ﺃﹶﺟﺎﺏ‪" :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﻔﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭِﺇﻧّﻲ‬
‫ﺖ" ﻗﻠﺖ‪" :‬ﻋﻼﻡَ؟"‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺎﺋِﻪٌ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ ِ‬
‫ﺖ ﺑﺘﻔﺎﻧﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳎّﺎﻧﻴّﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣّﺤﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻛﹶﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﻋﺠﺒ ُ‬
‫ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊّ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻫﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻄﻠﻌﲏ‪ ،‬ﻗﻂﹼ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺭﻛﺴﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻛـﺎﻥ ﳜﺘﻠـﻒ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴُﺴﺪﻱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇِﳒﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡِ ﺍﳋﺎﺻّﺔ ﺑﺎﳌـﺴﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳎّﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺣ ﹰﺔ ﺟﺴﻴﻤ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻠﻔﻴّـ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﻼ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺘُﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﺘُﻪ ﳏﺒّ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺪّﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﻰ ﻗﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﺣﺎﻭﻟ ُ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺮ ِ‬
‫ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻣﻰ ﺇﱃ ﲰﻌﻪ ﺃﹶﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋـﻦ ﺯﻳـﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﹶﺧﲑًﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﺻﻄﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺧﺬ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴّﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺍﺡ ﻳﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﹼﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺫ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٥٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺣﺲّ ﲟﺜﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ ﻫﺮﺍﻭ ٍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻧﺰﻭﻯ ﰲ ﺳﻘﻴﻔﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺒﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺴﻞﹼ ﻗﺎﻓ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﻳﻘﻠﹼﺐ ﺍﻷَﻓﻜﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﺌﺬٍ‪" ،‬ﳏﺸﻮ‪‬ﺍ" ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺭﻛﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪّ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﹼﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺭﻛﺴﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑـﺄﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻮﺟـﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﺪٌ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺛﻐﺮ ﹰﺓ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﹶﻢ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ْﻐﻠﹶﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺄﻟﺘُﻪ‪" :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﺖَ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌـﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺷﺮﻋ ْ‬
‫ﺕ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﹼﻴﺖ"‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻼﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ؟" ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺿّﺄﺕُ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﻮ ُ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﱘ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪" :‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻣﱴ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻـﻠﹼﻴﺖ؟"‬
‫ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺏ‪" :‬ﱂ ﺃﹶﻗﺮﺃﻩ ﻗﻂﹼ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﺆﻣ ٍﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺃﺻﻞﱢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻂﹼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺮّﺓ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻟﺮﺩّ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻐﺰًﻯ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﹰﺎ!‬
‫ﻓﺜﻤّﺔ ﻧﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻋﱪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ ﻳﺘﺠﻠﹼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲰﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓـﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇـﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇِﻟﻴﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺭﺩّ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﺎﻫﻦٍ ﺷﺎﺏﱟ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﺎﺿﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠـﻢ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠ ﹰﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳـﺰﺍﻝ ﻗـﺴﻢٌ‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻛﻠﲑﻭﺱ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﻭﺋﹰﺎ ﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑٌ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻭﺋﹰﺎ ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻭﺃ ﹰﺓ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﱠ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﱪّﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇِﺫ ﺑﻜﺎﻫ ٍﻦ ﺷـﺎﺏﱟ‪ ،‬ﻗـﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻉ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻳﻨـﺎﻫﺰ ﺛـﻼﺙ‬
‫ﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻬﻧﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺤﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒًﺎ ﻭﺳـﺄﻟﺘﻪ‪" :‬ﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﻓﻌﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻲﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ؟" ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺏ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﺖِ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﻣُﺠﺮﱠﺩ ﺭﺅْﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺼﻠﹼﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﺟﻌﻠﲏ ﺃﹸﻓﻜﹼﺮ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﲪﻘﻰ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧّﻬﻢ ﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺾ ﹸﻗ ُﺪﻣًﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ُﺑﺪّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺣَﺒ ْﺒﺖُ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹸﺷﺎﺭﻛﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ" ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﻃﻮﰉ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣ ِ‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻣ َ‬
‫ﺙ ﻛﺜﲑ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻗﻠ ُ‬
‫ﺖ ﻟﻪ ِﺇﻧّﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻏﺪﺍ ﺷﺎﻫﺪًﺍ ﻷَﺣﺪﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٥٩‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻀﻄﻠﻊ ﲟﻬﻤّ ٍﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺑﺎ ٍﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ ﻗﺪ ﻃﻌﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻦّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﻁ ﻭﻣﻨﻌﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺷﻌﺮ ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ﺑﺪﻧﻮّ ﺃﹶﺟﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﻬﺗﻴّﺄ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑـﻮﻟﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺑﺪﻭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺸﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻛﻲ ﺗﺘﺴﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻟﺘﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﲑ ﹰﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﻷﺏ "ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺰ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻓﻮﺭﺕ" ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﻴّﻤـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻠﺠﻴﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺛﺮ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﺸﻐ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒّﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻫﺰًﺍ ﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺘﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺷـﺮﻉ ﳜـﺮﺝ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺆﺍﺯﺭ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻴﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺪ ﻛﺎﻓـﺄ ُﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻮﻥ ﺣﱴّ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤـﺎﻧﻴّﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺘّﺴﻤﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﻭﻗﺪ ٍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘّﻰ ﺇِﻥ ﻫﻢ ﱂ ﻳﺆﻣﻨـﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬـﻢ‬
‫ﻳُﻨﺼﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻸﺳﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﻮﺍ ﻳـﺄﺑﻮﻥ ﲰـﺎﻉ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺷـﻲ ٍﺀ ﻋـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ؛ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻛﻬﻨ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪّﻳﺘُﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻬﻨـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺮﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻳﺴﻮﻋﻲّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‪" :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﻗﻞﹼ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻃﱠﻠﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ‪ .‬ﻻ ﳛـﻖّ ﻟﻜـﻢ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﲢﺪّﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻓﻀﻮﺍ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻷَﺣﺮﻯ ﻻ ﳛﻖّ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺪّﻋﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻬﺰﻟﺔﹲ ﻭﺧﺪﻋﺔﹲ‪ .‬ﰲ‬
‫ﻳﻮ ٍﻡ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺤﺎﺳﺒﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒ َﻢ ﺳﺘﺠﻴﺒﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺘﻤﺜﻠﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺄﻟﻜﻢ‪" :‬ﻟﻘـﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﹶﻗﺮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻢ؟" ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇِﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮّ ﺭﺅﺳﺎﺅﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﻤﺘﺮﺳﲔ ﰲ ﺑُﺮﺟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺟﻲّ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺰﻭّﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﺈِﻃﻼﻋﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ؟"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻸَﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﻌﻀُﻬﻢ ﺟﺎﻣﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٦٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬

‫ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﻓﻌل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬

‫ﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻳﱠﺔ ُﺳﻜﹼﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺭﻳّﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﹸﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻳﱠﺔ ﺃﹶﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﺑـﺪﹶﺃ ْ‬
‫ﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺻـﻮﻟﻴّﲔ ﻣـﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻳُـﺪﻋﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﺍ ٍﻡ ﻋﻨﻴ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻳﻠﻒّ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻫﻨﺖ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﻳّﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻨﻜ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ِﺣﺲﱟ ﺩﻳﲏﱟ‪ ،‬ﺑﺈﻳﻔﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‬
‫ﺐ ﻭﺃﹶﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺿﺒّﺎﻁ ﺃﹶﻣ ٍﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﺮّﻓﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻧـﺪﺱّ‬
‫ﳉﻨ ﹰﺔ ﻣﺆﻟﱠﻔ ﹰﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﻴ ٍ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ؛ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ِﺇﻧّﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺗﺆﺩّﻱ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺑﺪﱠ ﻣـﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺃﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﳋﹼﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ٍﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﺍﷲ ﻛﺒﲑ"‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﻐﺎﺩﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺧﺬ ﻛ ﱞﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻄـ ٍﻦ‬
‫ﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺲ ﺻﻐ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺒﻠﹼﻠ ﹰﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺒّﺄ ﹰﺓ ﰲ ﻛﻴ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺬﺋ ٍﺬ ﺍﺗﱠﺨﺬﺕ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻳﺘّﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﺣﺘﺮﺍ ٍﻡ ﺷﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻀﺎﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻂﹼ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹِﻃﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺑﻞ ﰲ ‪ ١٦‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷَﻭﱠﻝ ‪ ،١٩٨٢‬ﹶﺃﻡﱠ ﺍﻟـﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻣـﺴﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﲢﺪﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﹶﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣﻨﻴّﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﺜ ٍ‬
‫ﲦﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻋﻠﻨﻮﺍ‪" :‬ﺇِﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺘﻢ ﺇﱃ ﹶﺃﻳّﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓٍ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‬
‫ِﺇﻻﹼ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗُﺒَﻠﱢﻐﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ"‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻫﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻘﺎﻃﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻨﺬﺍﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﻔ ﹰﺔ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺞ ﺃﹶﺑﺪًﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻷَﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻣﻈـﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻻﺣﺘـﺮﺍﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﱂ ﳓﺘ ْ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀٌ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﳑﱠﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇِﺣﺪﺍﻫﺎ ﻟﻴﻠـﺔ ﻋﻴـﺪ ﻣـﻴﻼﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪّﺓ ﻣﺮّﺍ ٍ‬
‫‪ .١٩٨٢‬ﻭﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻬ ٍﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻭﺯﺭﺍﺀ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻫـ ِﻮ‬
‫ﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺷﻔ ﹰﺔ ﲤﺎﻣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷَﻳﱡﻮﰊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﳊﻈﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٦١‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﺮّﺡ ﱄ ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﱠَﺗﻴْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﺃﹸﻭﱃ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣـﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﺃﹸﺧـﺮﻯ ﰲ‬
‫ﻼ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺘُﺪﻭﱢ ﹸﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﲝﻀﻮﺭ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﺃﹶﺳﺎﻗﻔﺔ ﺳﻮﺭﻳّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻄﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺑﺮﺧﺶ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﺲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﺷﺎﻫﺪٌ"‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﺮﻉ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺬﻛﹼﺮﺍﺗﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻨ َ‬
‫ﳑّﺎ ﻳﻌﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻳُﺸﻬﱢﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹِﲨﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﱠﺰ ﺑﺎﺣﺘﺮﺍ ٍﻡ ﺟﻢﱟ ﻟﻠﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﻭﺍﺛﻘﻮﻥ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﳊﻴﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ﻏﺎﻟﺖ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻄﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻃﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﻄﻮﱡﺭٌ ﻫﺎﻡﱞ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺮﻳﺮﻛﻴّـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴﱠﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ﺭﲰﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ،١٩٨٢/١٢/٣١‬ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻓـﺖ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺑـﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺣـﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻫﻲ "ﺭﺅﻳﺔﹲ ﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﺩﻳّ ٍﺔ" ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﰐﹼ ﺍﻟـﺸﺮﻗﻲّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﺍﻷُﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻲّ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺑﺈِﻳﻘﻮﻧ ٍﺔ ُﻣ ﹶﻘﺪﱠﺳ ٍﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗـﺪ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺃﹶﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﺎﻣّﲔ‪ :‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﳉﻨﺔ ﲢﻘﻴ ٍﻖ ﻻﻫﻮﺗﻴّ ٍﺔ ﻭﻃﺒﱢﻴّ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ "ﺍﻹِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪّﺳﺔ" ﺇﱃ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺪّﺱ ﺍﻷُﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓـﻮ‬
‫‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘ ٍﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﰎﱠ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮ ٍﺓ ﻓﺨﻤ ٍﺔ ﺣﺎﺷﺪ ٍﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻸَﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺛ ٍﺔ ﻭﺃﹶﺭﺑﻌـﲔ‬
‫ﺕ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔﹸ ﺍﻟـﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛـﻮﺫﻛﺲ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻴﺪﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﰲ ﻛﺘﻤﺎ ٍﻥ ﺗﺎﻡﱟ‪ .‬ﻭ ُﻣﺬﱠﺍﻙ ﺍﺗّﺨﺬ ْ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻔﹰﺎ ﺳﻠﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺘﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻌـﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﻴـﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﻗﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ‪ ،‬ﻋـﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﱄﹼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺬﺋ ٍﺬ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻮﻳّﺔ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﹶﻛﺜﹶﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺇﻧّﻲ ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﱄ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣًﺎ ﺟﺪّﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻗﻔﺔ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻣﻘﺤﻤﲔ ﰲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻏـﲑ ﻗـﺼﺪٍ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪّ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺑﺮﺧﺶ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﻫﺎﻓﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻓﻀﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺮًﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﳓﺎﺯ ﳍﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٦٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ ﺑﻜﺜﺎﻓ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﻟﺴﻴّﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺃﹶﺧﻴﻪ ﺑﺒﲑﻭﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷَﻭّﻝ ‪ .١٩٨٦‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺍﰱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻛﻲ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﲟﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪ ١٥‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﻭﱠﻝ ‪ .١٩٨٦‬ﻭﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻏﺮﻭﺭﻗﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻣﻮﻉ ﻣﺮﱠَﺗﻴْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳُﺼﻮﱢﺭﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﹶﻭّﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻃﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﱂ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺸﺮﻩ ﻣﻘﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﳎﻠﹼﺔ "ﳒﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ" ﺍﻟـﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓِ ﰲ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻳﺒﻮﺭﻍ ﺑﺴﻮﻳﺴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺃﹶﻭﱠﻝ ﻣﻘﺎ ٍﻝ ﻳُﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﺍﻧﻀﻢﱠ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﺃﹶﺳﺎﻗﻔ ﹲﺔ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺟﺪﺭﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻗﺪﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺮﻳـﺮﻙ ﺯﻛﹼـﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷُﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺀًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺁﺏ ‪ ،١٩٨٧‬ﺳﻌﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻃﹼﻼﻉ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﺼّﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﹼﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺷﻬِﺪ ﺃﹶﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻴـﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟـﱵ‬
‫ﺕ ﲨﻌﺘﻨﺎ ﻣﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﻜﺘﺒـﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﻮّﺭﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﹶﻫﻢّ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺛﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﱄﹼ ﻣُﻄﻮﱠﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻟﻘﺎﺀﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﳌﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺇِﳌﺎﻣًﺎ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﻚّ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ؛ ﻭﰲ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺃﹶﻳﺎﺭ ‪ ١٩٩٥‬ﺍﺭﺗﻀﻰ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﺪﱄ ﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﲑﺍ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﲰﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺕ ﻣ َﺆﺛﱢﺮ ٍﺓ ﻗﻲ ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻِﺪْﻗِﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋُﻤْﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇِﻋﻼﻧﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺹ ﻛﹸﺜﹸ ٍﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﹶﺷﺨﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﲢﻠﹼﻰ ﺑﺸﺠﺎﻋ ٍﺔ ﻧﺎﺩﺭ ٍﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻫﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮّﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻼ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺣﻮﺍ ﺻﻠﹼﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼّﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻬﺎﲨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ"‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺜﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﳎﻠﹼﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﺮﻛﻴّﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤًﺎ ﻣﺴﻬًﺒﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﰊ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﹶﺣـﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣ َﺆﻛﱢﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻨﻴّﻪ ﻟﻠﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺩﱡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷَﻭﱠﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﻝ ﺯﻳ ٍ‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻛـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻓﻮﺍﺟًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﻭﻱ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺆْﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣـﺪّﻋﻮ ﺍﻟـﺬﻛﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟـﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺪﺭﻬﺗﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭّﻁ ﺑـﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻛـﺰﻫﻢ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴّـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴّـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﺩﻳّ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻗﻠﱠﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺀﺍﺕٌ ﻣُﺆَﺛﱢﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻫﺘﺪﺍﺀﺍ ٌ‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻫﺪًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٦٣‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻟﹼﺪﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻬﻢّ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻋﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﲦﱠﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺪٌ ﻭﺳﺨﺮﻳﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤّﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤـﺎ ﺳـﻴﻈﻞﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻚّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺃﹶﺛﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﺩﻣـﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘّـﻰ ﺑـﲔ ﺻـﻔﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﻛﻠﲑﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻏﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﲦﺎﱐ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳـﺼﺮّﻭﻥ‬
‫ﲑ ﺑﺴﻴﻜﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲﱟ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺾ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻨﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺬﺭّﻋﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻔﺴ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲﱟ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﱢﻱﱟ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﹶﻗﺮﺍﺻﹰﺎ ﺯﻳﺘﻴّﺔ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺟﺴﻤﻬﺎ ﻳﻔﺮﺯ ﺯﻳﺘًـﺎ! ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ ﹶﺃﻱّ‬
‫ﲑ ﳝﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺩّﻋﺎﺅﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺻُ َﻮ ٍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﺯ ﺯﻳﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﻜﺎ ٍﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪ :‬ﰲ ﺳـﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﺒﻨـﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﻭﺃﹶﻣﲑﻛﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺜﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛـﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﱐ ‪١٩٩١‬؟ ﹶﺃﻱّ‬
‫ﺹ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼ َﻮﺭ ﻛﻲ ﺗﻔﺮﺯ ﺯﻳﺘًﺎ؟‬
‫ﺃﹶﻗﺮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺰﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﳌﺪﺍﺧﻠ ٍﺔ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴّ ٍﺔ‪ .‬ﻭِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻟﻴﺼﻌﺐ ﲣﻴﱡﻞ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎ ٍﻥ ﻋﺎﻗ ٍﻞ ﻳﺘﺠـﺮّﺃ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﲦﺎﱐ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﱠﺳﺖ ﺣﻴﺎ ﹰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﱢﺴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻗﹾﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺇِﺑﻠﻴﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳُﺪﻟﻮﻥ ﲟﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻸَﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺒﻮّﺃﹸﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﱯّ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺩّ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺃﹶﻋﻘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺖ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﲑﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺖ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺠﻤًﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴّ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﹶﻇﻦﱡ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﱡﺭ ﻗﺪ ﰎﱠ ﺑﻔﻌـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻹِﳍﻴﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ‪ -‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻮﺭﻳّﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣًﺎ ‪ -‬ﺣﺠﻤًﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌًﺎ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﲔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳑﺤﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻄﺎﻝ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﺌ ٍﺔ ﳏﺪﻭﺩ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺃﹶﺻـﺪﺍﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺎﺿﻴ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺗﱢﺴﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺑﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﺭﻳّﻮﻥ ﻛﺜﲑﻭﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪" :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺣﺪّﺛﻮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻒ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘّﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺃﹶﻧّﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻧُﻜﻠﱢ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﻮﺹ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﺒًـﺎ ﺻـﺪﻳﻘﹰﺎ ﱄ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹸﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎ ﹰﻻ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﺒﻀﻌﺔ ﺃﹶﺷﻬ ٍﺮ ﺧﻠﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠـ ُ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٦٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻻﱐ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪّﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّ ﹶﺔ"‪ .‬ﻭﺃﹶﺟﺒﺘﻬﻤﺎ‪" :‬ﻋﻼ َﻡ ﺇِﺭﺟﺎﺅﻛﻤـﺎ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ؟"‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﺷﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﺪﺍ ﻟﺘﺰﻭﺭﻧـﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﺩﺕ ﻬﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌ ُﺪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄـﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّـﻰ ﻗﺎﻟـﺖ‪" :‬ﺧُـﺬﻭﱐ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ"‪ ،‬ﳑّﺎ ﺃﹶﺻﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺼﺪﻣ ٍﺔ ‪ :‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﺎﻟﺒﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺻـﻄﺤﺎﻬﺑﺎ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺃﹶﻧّﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﺍﳌﻘـﻴﻤﲔ ﰲ ﺩﻣـﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﳜﻄـﺮ ﺑﺒﺎﻟﻨـﺎ ﺍﻟـﺸﺨﻮﺹ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ؟"‪ .‬ﻭﺃﹶﳊﹼﺖ ﰲ ﺳﺆﺍﳍﺎ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪّﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻤّﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﱠﻔﻘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻘﺎ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﻀﺮﻭﺏ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺰﳍﻢ ﻳـﻀﻢّ ﲬـﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻃﺒّﺎ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﺷﺨﺼﹰﺎ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻗـﺪ ﻗـﻀﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘـﺮﺓٍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺖ ُﻣﺠْﻤﻞ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺿ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﺮﺓ ﻛﻠﱠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳ ٍ‬
‫ﺖ ﰲ ﺭﺍﺣـﺔ‬
‫ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻃﺒﻴ ٌ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺤﻰ ﰊ ﺟﺎﻧﺒًﺎ ﺻﺎﺣ ُ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﲏ ﻟﻦ ﺃﹶﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﺑﻘﻰ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺪّﺍﱐ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺷﺄﹾﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻷَﻫﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﲢﻘﹼﻖ ﺿﺮﺏٌ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻠﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﹶﺃﻟِﻔﻨـﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﱄ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺩّ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺻﻼ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﻟﺪﻯ ﻋﺪ ٍﺩ ﻏﻔ ٍ‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻏﹼﻞﹲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﱡﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺘُ َﺆ َﺩ ٍﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓ ٍﻖ ‪َ ،‬ﺗ َﻐ ﹾﻠﻐَﻞ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫َﺗ َﻐ ﹾﻠﻐَﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻤﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺻﺎﻣﺖٌ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺘﻮﻡٌ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٦٥‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰّﻳﺖ ﻏﲏﱞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻗﻨﺎ ﺍﻷَﻭﺳﻄﻲّ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻴﻮﻳّﺔ ﺍﻷَﺳﺎﺳﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺘﻮﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺘـﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻐِﺬﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮّﺓ‪ :‬ﹶﻓِﺒ ِﻪ ﺗُﺪﻫَﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺭﻋﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ َﻣﺜﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺮﻱّ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺻـﺐﱠ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻣﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﺑﲔ ﺣﻲﱟ ﻭﻣﻴ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﱘ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺭﻣﺰ َﻣﺴْﺢ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻣﺴْﺢ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻴّﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺧﲑًﺍ ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﲔ‪ ،‬ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﳌﺪﻫﺶٌ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪،١٩٩٠‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﺬﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺑﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺘﻮﻗﹼﻒ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻮﺣّﺪ ﻋﻴـﺪ ﺍﻟﻔـﺼﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻃﻤﺄﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﻈﻞﹼ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳ َﺪﻳْﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺬﻛﱢﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺗُﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺷﻲﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻭﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺔ َﻭ َﺭ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎ ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻳﻨﺒﺠﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴ ٍﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻱﱟ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٦٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻧﻠﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ُﺳﻤّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺹ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﹶﺄﻧّﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﹶﺷﺨﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺩّ ﺃﹶﻥ ُﻳ َﺆﻛﱢﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣُﺠﺪﱠﺩًﺍ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺇِﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭِﺇﻧَﻪ ﻷَﻣﺮٌ ﺭﺍﺋ ٌﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳُﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﺫﻫﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﳘﱢﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻭﻟﻮﻳﱠﺔ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣﺮٌ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﹶﺄﻣﱡﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻠﻴﻖٌ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺘﻤﻌﱠﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮّ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﺘَﻬﻞﹼ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺪﻭﻡ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻤﱠﺎ‬
‫ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺃﹶﺣﺪٌ ِﻟَﻴﺘَﺨﻴﱠﻞ‪ ،‬ﰲ ُﻣ ْ‬
‫ﺕ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻥﱠ ﺇِﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺰّ ﺍﻟﺘﹶﺄﻣﱡﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺐ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺪﺋﻬﺎ ﺗﺴ ُﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﳊﻆ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍ ٍﺭ ﳑﺎﺛ ٍﻞ ﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻨﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻄﻠـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﻮﻏﻮﺭﻳﻪ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻏﻮﺳﻼﻓﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﺒﻴﻬﻮ ﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧـﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻘﻮﻻﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﺭﺟﻨﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍﺕٌ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﺪّﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﺩﺍﻣﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﹶﺄﻧّﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺎﻝ ﹸﻇﻠﹸﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﳌﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺪﳍﻤّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺭﻓﻀﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲّ ﻟﻠﺒُﻌْﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲّ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺣـﺴﱢﻴﱠ ﹰﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﻠﺤﺎﺣًﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﺑَﺒﻌْﺜﻪ ﺇِﺷﺎﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ُﻳ َﺆﻛﱢﺪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﻜﺜﺎﻓ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﹶﺃﻱﱢ ﻭﻗ ٍ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻯ ﺃﹶﺣﺪٌ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺣﻀﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺇِﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻜﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﺻـﻐﲑ ٍﺓ ﺯﺭﻳّـ ٍﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻠﺘﱠﹶﺄﻣﱡﻞ!‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٦٧‬‬

‫ﺴ ّﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ‪ ،‬ﲦﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣﺮًﺍ ﻳﻈﻞﹼ ﻣُﻐﻠﱠﻔﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮّ؛ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﻘﻮﻯ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎﻥﹲ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺇِﺷﺎﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﹶﻘﺪْﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗّﺴﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﳝﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎ ٍﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻱّ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ؟‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﱡﺐ ﻋﻦ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇِﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﺇِﻥ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘ ًﻮﻯ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺆﻭ ﹰﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺇِﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ؟‬
‫ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻥﱠ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺴﺮ‪‬ﺍ!‬
‫ﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﲏ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﳌﺲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺨﺼﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﱂ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣﺊ ﺑﺈِﺷﺎﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑُﻐﻴ ﹶﺔ ﺇِﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻄﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﲔ ﺍﻟـﺮﻓﻴﻌﲔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﱟ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺇِﻃﻼﻕ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺻـﻴﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻛ ُ‬
‫ﺐ ﻣﺘﻔﺠّ ٍﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺒّﻪ ﺍﳉﻢّ ﺍﳋﺎﺋﺐ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ!"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ‪ ،‬ﻏﻀ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﻘﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺪﻭﻫﲔ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻌﻰ ﺭﺅﺳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺘـﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭ ْﺣﺪَﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﺯﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺇِﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹِﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳُﻤﺜﱢﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻌـﺎﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹶﻗﺎﻣ ُﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺎﺯﺭ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺴﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ!‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻠﹼﻤﻮﻧﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻹِﻛﻠﲑﻳﻜﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﻧﻌﻤـﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻥﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻔﺾ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻜﺎﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﲏ ﱄ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﳏ َﻮ‬
‫ﺖ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻨّـﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻴﱠ ْﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍ ٍﻡ ﳊﺮّﻳّﺔ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﱠ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٦٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻬﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻬﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺢ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺸﺮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻄﻮ ٍﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﳜﻄﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﳜﻄﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴ ِ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺃﻟﻔﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻬﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻬﻧﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻭُﻫِﺒﻮﺍ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻴﺶ ﺍﻟـﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻓﻀﻞ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ْﺪﺀًﺍ ﻣﻨّﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﻻ ﻓﻀ ﹶﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹِﻃﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﺌﻦ ﺷﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﻏﻮﺹ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﱂ ﺃﹶﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲟﺒﺎﺩﺭ ٍﺓ ﻣﻨّـﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﲟﺤـﺾ‬
‫ﺇِﺭﺍﺩﰐ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻓﻄﺮﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺰﻋﺎﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺸﺄﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣـﺎﰐ ﺣﻴـﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴـﺴﱵ‬
‫ﻭﻭﻃﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻘًّﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱄ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﺷﺄﻥﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍ َﻷﻳﱠﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗُﺮﺍﻭﺩﱐ ﺭﻏﺒـﺔﹲ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻧـﺄﻯ‬
‫ﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻋﻤّﺎ ﺃ ِﻗﺤْﻤ ُ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٦٩‬‬

‫ﺃَﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﻓﺎﻨﻴّﻪ ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺘﻲ ﻜﻜﺎﻫﻥ‬

‫ﺖ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺗﺒﺪّ ٍﻝ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺟﺮﺕ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺮﻯ ﺣﻴـﺎﰐ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻮﺗﻴّـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺳُﺌﻠ ُ‬
‫ﺖ ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺑﺪّﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺗُﺒﺪﱢﻝ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﹸﻠ ُ‬
‫ﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭ ٍﺓ ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّﻤﺎ ﺗﺄﰐ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤًـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻭّﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﱠﻝ ﻫﻮ ﹶﺃﻧّﻲ ﳌﹾﺴﺖُ‪ ،‬ﳌ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭ ٍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﲑ ﰲ ﻣـﺼﲑ‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﻼﻟﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻺِﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺑﺪﻭ ٍﺭ ﺧﻄ ٍ‬
‫ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﻓﹸﻄﺮ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﺮًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ّﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺮّﱐ "ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﻲ" ﹶﻗ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﲏ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﹶﻳ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟَﻬﺪﺕُ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﺖُ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻓﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﳊﺪَﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﺭﺑﱠﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻟﻔﻬﻤﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ُﺭﺑﱠﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻠﱡﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﺭﺑﱠﻤﺎ ﳍﹶﺘْﻚ ﺣُﺠُﺐ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﻭ ُﺭﺑﱠﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿ ٍﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ َﺗ ُﻌﻢﱡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻛﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﺇِﺛﺮ ﹶﻛﺮﱠ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻠـﻲﱠ ﻗﺒـﻀﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﲏ ﺃﹶﺣﺴﺴﺖُ‪ِ ،‬ﻓ ْﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻗﺒﻀﺔ ﺍﻟـﺮﺏّ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﳌﺲ‪ ،‬ﳌ َ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﱠﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻏﹼﻠﺖُ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖﱡ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﺿﻲﱠ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﻣُﻄﺒﻘ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻠﻲﱠ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺯﻣ ٍﻦ ﺑﻌﻴ ٍﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻧّﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﻑ ﺃﹸﻣّﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻳﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻳﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻛ ُ‬
‫ِﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱄ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﺣﻴﻠﺔﹲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﹸﺟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻀﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﰐ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﹸﻣّﻲ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻃﻔﻮﻟﱵ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺎﺭﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻹِﻛﻠﲑﻳﻜﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻣُﺨْﺘﻠﹶﻒ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺴﲑﰐ ﻓِﺈﻧﱠﲏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﺮﺍﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺷﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻪ‪" ،‬ﺟﺮّﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺮﻱ" ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳُﻘﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻟﻐﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﱢﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺣﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲﱠ ﹶﻗﺒْﻀ ﹶﺔ ﳝﻴﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٧٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺣ ُﺪ ﻣﺮﺷﺪﻱﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﱢﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷَﺏ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺗﲑﻧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﲝَﺪْﺳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻗﺐ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻳﻮﻣًﺎ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻧّﲏ ُﻣﺘَﻴﻘﱢ ٌﻦ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﳚﺮّﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳـﺪﻋﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻘﻂ"‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺮّﺿﺖ ﻟﻠﺘّﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟـﻀﻴﺎﻉ! ﻭﺻـﺪّﻗﻮﱐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﺖ ﺃﺳﻌﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﱄ ﺃﻱﱡ ﻓﻀ ٍﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﱄ ﺃﻧّﲏ ﻛﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﺯﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺣﺪﱟ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻬﻧﺾ ﻋﻘﺒ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻟﻜﺜﲑﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻛﻨـﺴﻴّﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻴﻌﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﺳﲑ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴّﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﰲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﱵ ﻛﻠﹼﻬِﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﱄ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻀﻞﹲ؛ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺿﺮﺏٌ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺪْﺱ ﻗﺪ ﻭَﻣَﺾ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻧّﲏ ﻗﺎﺩﺭٌ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﹸﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺮﺏّ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﺄﻥﹲ ﻛﺒﲑٌ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﱂ ﺃﹶﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻇﻨﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍ ِﻡ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻭْﺟَﺰْﺗُﻪ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺫﻛﺮﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﻣﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻮﺗﻴﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺢ ﻳﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﺰﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺆﺳـﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹِﻧـﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺗُﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ َ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻬﺎﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﹸﻠﱢﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓﹲ ﺭﺍﺋﻌ ﹲﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺭﲰﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﱪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﲏّ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺷﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣـﻲّ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻛﻠﲑﻳﻜﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷَﺏ ﺟﺎﻙ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺾ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻃﻠﺒﺘُﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻲ ﺃﹶﺟﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﲣﺘﺼﺮ ﻛﻞﱠ ُﻣﺜﹸﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻯ ﺭﺳﺎﻣﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻭﱠﻧ ُ‬
‫ﺖ‪" :‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺻﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺘﺒ ُ‬
‫ﺟﺴﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺒّﺮ ُ‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺇِﺭﺍﺩﰐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴّﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻫﻨًﺎ ﻋﺮﺑﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﻟﻠﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺗَﻴْﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴَﺘﻴْﻦ‪" :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪" :‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫ﹶﺃﺣَﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ َﻳ ْﻌﺒُﺪ ﺭﺑﱠﻴْﻦ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻌﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻝ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﹶﺷﺮﺕُ ﺇﱃ ﺗـﺼﻤﻴﻤ ِﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ ﰲ ﲢﺮﱡ ٍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻣﻌﺰ ٍﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻘﻴﲏ ﺑﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪ ﺇِﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﺮﱞ ﻗﺪ ﳔﹶﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﻚﱠ ﻳَﻨْﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷُﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻬﻲ‪" :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻟﺒﻮﻟﺲ‪" :‬ﻻ ﲣﻒْ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﻜﻠﱠﻢ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﻜﺖْ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺈﻧّﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻚ" )ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ .(٩ :١٨‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕُ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﻛﹶﻮﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞﱢ ﺿﻌﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞﹼ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٧١‬‬
‫ﺖﰲ‬
‫ﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﺃﹶﺳَﺘ ِﻄ ْﻊ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺗّﺴﺎﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠ ُ‬
‫ﲰ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﻭﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ َﻭ َ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪" :‬ﻋﻠﻲﱠ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﺟﻬﺪ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻫﻨًﺎ ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻫﻨًﺎ ﻣُﺘَﺠﺴﱢﺪَﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊّ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺤـﺮﱢﺭًﺍ‬
‫ﲡﺎ َﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺩﻗﹰﺎ"‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﲏ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿ ٍﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﱵ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﹶﺄﻱﱢ ﻗ ْﺪ ٍﺭ ﻏﲑّﺗﲏ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ؟ ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ِﺇﻧّﻤﺎ ﺭﺳﱠﺨﺘﲏ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺟﱡﻬﺎﰐ ﺃﻛﺜـ َﺮ ﻓـﺄﻛﺜﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﺥ ﻗﺪ ﺯﺍﺩﱐ ﲢﺮﱡﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺗﺎﺡ ﱄ ﺃﻻﹼ ﺃﹶﻫﺎﺏ ﺷـﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﺑـﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻟـﺪﻱﱠ ﺃﹶﻭﻫـﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺇﻧّﲏ ﺃﹸﻋﺎﺗﺐ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇِﻋﺘﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭِﺇﻥﹼ ﻟﻜﻞﱟ ﻣﻨّـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈـﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ‪ ،‬ﺷﻮﻛ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺹ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﺑﺪﻳّﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠـﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﱄ ﻏﻮﺻﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺒ َﻪ ﹶﻏ ْﻮ ِ‬
‫ﻓﻀ ﹰ‬
‫ﻏﻮْﺹٌ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻀﻌﲏ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬ ٍﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻜﻞﱢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﹶﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺆﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣـﻊ ﺗـﺴﺎﺅ ٍﻝ‬
‫ﺖ ﺗُﺤﺐﱡ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻘﺪْﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻼ َﻡ ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮّ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏّ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﻛﻨ َ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟ ٍﻊ ﻣُ ْﺘ َﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﻞﱢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒُﺆﺱ؟ "ﺗﺴﺎﺅُﻝﹲ ﻳﻄﺮﺣﻪ ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎ ٍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻳﻄﺮﺣﻮﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭِﺇﻧّﲏ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻟﺖ ﺃﺗﺴﺎﺀَﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹸﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹸﺟﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑُﺆْﺳﻲ ﻭﺻﻐﺎﺭﰐ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻠﱠﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﺣﻴﱢﺰًﺍ ﺃﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪُ‪ ،‬ﻛﺒﲑًﺍ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﻏﺪﺕ ﺻﻼﰐ‪ ،‬ﺻﻼﺓ ﺗﻨ ﱡﻔ ٍ‬
‫ﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﲏ ﱂ ﺃ ﹸﻛ ْﻦ ﺃﹸﻓﻠﹾﺢ ﰲ ﺇِﺷﺒﺎﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﻛـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻣﻀﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﰲ ﺟﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﻀﻲﱢ ﹸﻗ ُﺪﻣًﺎ ﰲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﺪّﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻠﺘﻬﻤﲏ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺣﺮﻳﺼﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ِ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﹶﺃﻳﱠﺎ ٍﻡ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٤٨‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨ ﹸﺬ ﺍﻟﺒَﺪْﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺟﻌﻠﺘْﲏ ﺃﹶﳌﺲ ﳌﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‪ُ ،‬ﺑﻄﹾﻼ ﹶﻥ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﱠﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺖ ﻷﺳـﻘﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪ ،١٩٨٢/١٢/٣٠‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﰲ‬
‫ﺚ ﺻﺮﱠ ْﺣ ُ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴ ﹸ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪" :‬ﺳﻴّﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺴﺎﻭﺭﱐ ﺷﻌﻮﺭٌ ﺑﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﹼﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻧـﺰﻭﺍﺀ ﰲ‬
‫ﺖ ﻟـﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻐﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﻛﻲ ﺃﹶﺗﻔﺮّﻍ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻮﺣ َﺪﻩُ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭٌ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﻣﺎ"‪ .‬ﻭﺃﹶﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﹶﻧّﲏ ﻗﻠ ُ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪" :‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﱄ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻧُﻨﺠﺰﻩ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻋﺎ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻨﺠﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﰲ ﺩﻗﻴﻘـ ٍﺔ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪ ٍﺓ!"‬
‫ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺑﲏ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴُﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﺇِﺷﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ؛ ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗـﺖ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٧٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﲦﱠ ﹶﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺲ‪ ،‬ﺑَﻨﻔﹾﺤﺔ ﺻـﻼ ٍﺓ ﺃﹸﺣـﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﺻﻼﰐ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻗﻠﱠﻪ ﺑﺼﻼﺓ ﺗﻨﻔﹼ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻟ ُ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺸَﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻧﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴْﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﹶﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺘـﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨـﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺳﻲّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻥ ﻛﻨـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّـﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﺃﻓﻠـﺢ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺮﺍﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﲤﻨّﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﻭﺿـﻌﺘﲏ‪ ،‬ﺳـﺤﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺮّﺭﺗﲏ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺳﻠﻔ ُ‬
‫ﺕ ﻋﺪّ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬ ٍﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴّﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﻚّ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺑﻼﺩﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﱢﻳﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺑﻌًﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻜﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴّﺔ ﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻋًﺎ ﻣﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻫﺮَﻣﻴﱡﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﻟﻘﻤﱠﺔ ﺍﳍﺮﻡ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﻇﻠﹼﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻤّﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﺮّﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺗﺪﻓﱡﻖ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻫﲑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﻄﺪﻡ ﺑﻀﺮ ِ‬
‫ﻭﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻇ ﹶﻠﻠﹾﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ َﻣﺪًﺍ ﻃﻮﻳ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺾ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳُﺨﻔﻲ ﻧﻮﻋًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻭﺭﱐ ﺷﻌﻮ ٌﺭ ﺑﺄﻧّﲏ ﰲ ﺧﺼﻮ َﻣ ٍِﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﺑﺄﹶﻛﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ِﺇﻥﱠ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ َﻳﺆُﻣﱡﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌـﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻼ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻻ ﻳُﺬﻛﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻃﺎﳌﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻜﹼﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﺌﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺱ! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻮﺫ ﻋﻠﻲﱠ ﺇِﺣﺴﺎﺱٌ ﺑﹶﺄﻧﱠﲏ ﻣُﺤﺎﻁﹲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻗﺴﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺇِﺣﺴﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﻣ ُﺮ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻟﺒﺴﻮﱐ ﺗُ َﻬﻤًﺎ ﺩﻧﻴﺌ ﹰﺔ ﺟﺎﺭﺣ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﺘﺤﺮّﺝ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻏﻠﹼﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻲ ٍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺇﱄﱠ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪ ٢١‬ﺷﺒﺎﻁ ‪ ،١٩٨٣‬ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺒﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﹶﺷﻬ ٍِﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻨﹰﺄﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻔﱠﺴْﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﱄ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻪ ﹶﻓ َﺮ ٌ‬
‫ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻌَﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﺧﲑًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴَﺪَﻋﻮﱐ ﻭﺷﺄﱐ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﺗّﻀﺢ ﱄ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻠﹼﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺎﰊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺖ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺧِﺪْﻋﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪" :‬ﺑﻞ ﺳﺄﻋﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﲑٌ ﱄ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﻳُﺮﻭﱢﺟﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻧّﲏ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﻔ ُ‬
‫ﺃﻃﻴﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻋﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺇِﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﻮﺑﲏ ﺃﹸﺳﻘﻔﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻋﻮﺩﰐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺪﻱّ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹸﺩﱄ ﺑﻪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻳﺎﺭ ‪ ١٩٩١‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﻔﺮﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷَﺟﻞ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﰊ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗـﺼﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺃﹸﺳﻘﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﹼﻤﺘُﻪ ﻧﺴﺨ ﹰﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺩﻭّﻧﺖ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٧٣‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺮﻩ"‪ِ .‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻲّ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺳﺆﺍ ٍﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ .١٩٨٤‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺯﻟﺖ ﺃﹶﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻥﹼ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٧٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬

‫ﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﺃﹶﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﱡﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺰّﺗْﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ َﻭ ْﻋﻲُ ﲨﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﹸﺆْﻣﻨﲔ ﺑﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪ ﱂ َﻳ ُﻌ ْﺪ‬
‫ﳛﻖّ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻨﻘﺴﻤﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﲜﺐ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻭﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻛﻔﺎﻧﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻌَﻼ َﻡ ﳓﻦ ﻣﻨﻘﺴﻤﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼ َﻡ ﻳﻨﺒﻐـﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻈـﻞﹼ‬
‫ﺦ ﻗﺪ ٍﱘ؟‬
‫ﻣﻨﻘﺴﻤﲔ؟ ﻫﻞ‪ ،‬ﲦﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺳﺒﺎﺏٌ ﻻﻫﻮﺗﻴّ ﹲﺔ ﺣﻘﹼﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻡ ﻫﻮ ﳎﺮّﺩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻸَﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻹِﻛﻠﲑﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﻚّ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﺘﺸﺒﱢﺜﲔ ﲟﺎ ﻳَﻈﻨّﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ؛ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐَ‪ ،‬ﰲ ُﺟﻤْﻠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺧﻼ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕٍ ﻗﻠﻴﻠ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﳊﻆ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﹸﺜﺮُ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻠﻤـﺎﻧﻴّﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺳـﻮﺍﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗـﺪ ﲣﻄﱠـﻮْﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﻛﻠﲑﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺷﺄﻭًﺍ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﺷﺄﻭًﺍ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﻌﺎﻧﺎ ﳘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﺪّ ﺍﻷَﺩﱏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻗﺘـﻀﺎﻩ ﻳـﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻓﻞﹲ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮﻻ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪّ ﻗـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘـﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑـﻮﻟﺲ )‪ ١‬ﻛـﻮﺭ‬
‫‪.(١٧:١٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﹼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻧﺮﺗﻀﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺔ ﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻣـﺰًﺍ‬
‫ﻻﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﲔ؟‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻋﺎﹶﻟ ٍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻏﻠﺒﻴّﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲﱟ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ؟‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴﱠﻤَﺎ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻴﻨًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺧﻼﻓﻨﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺧﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻻﻫﻮﺗﻴ‪‬ـﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٧٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻀﻴّﺔ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ِﺇﻻﹼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻭﺭﺍ َﺀ ﻗﻀﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦٌ ﻃﻮﻳﻞﹲ ﻗﺪﱘٌ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ُﺑﺪﱠ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﱡﺚ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻴﺒـﺔ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﻻ ﺑـﺪﱠ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍﻬﺗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺰﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻃﻠﻘﺖُ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇِﺣﺪﻯ ﻋﻈﺎﰐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺮ ﹶﺓ ﺿـﺮﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺕ َﺧ ﹶﻠﺖْ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻀﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﺍﺱ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺀﺗﲏ ﻓﺘﻴﺎﺕٌ ﺛﻼﺙﹲ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﳐﺘﻠﻔ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺋﻼ ٍ‬
‫"ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﹶﺃﻻﹼ ﻳﻈﻞﹼ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻛﻼﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺣﺴﱢﻴ‪‬ﺎ"‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﺩﻭّﻧﺖُ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻬـﻦّ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﺃﹶﺳﻄ ٍﺮ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ َﺟﺰْﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺮﺣﻨـﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻨّـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻚ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻲّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨّﺎ ﻋﺎﺯﻣﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ َﺟﻤْﻊ ﺃﻛﱪ َﻋ َﺪ ٍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻗﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺖُ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﻃﻼﻉ ﺃﹸﺳﻘﻔﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺰﻣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺄﻳﱠﺔ ﺧﻄﻮ ٍﺓ‪َ ،‬ﺣ ِﺮ ْ‬
‫ﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﱯﱠ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﻭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒـﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻻﻧﺪﻓﺎ َ‬
‫ﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻔ ُ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣﺮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠ ُ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﲏ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﶈﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﺒﱢﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻘﻠﻴﱠﺔ ﻓﺌ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺌ ٍﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹِﻛﻠﲑﻭﺱ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻧﻨﺤﲏ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺪﱠﻗﺖُ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬٍ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻋﻴﻨَﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴّﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﳓﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﺭﺿﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﱂ ﻳﻨﺤ ِﻦ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ؟"‬
‫ﺤ ْﺮ ﺟﻮﺍﺑًﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒﹼ ﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﺣﺴﻦٌ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻧﱠﲏ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻢ ُﻳ ِ‬
‫ﺇِﺛ َﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻌﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺺّ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺒﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ ﺃﹸﺳﺒﻮﻋﲔ ﲡﻤّﻊ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺗﻮﻗﻴ ٍﻊ‪ .‬ﻏﲑ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻌﻰ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٧٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻓﻀﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺸﻞ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﹼ ﻓﺌ ﹰﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴّﺔ ﻗﺪ ﲨّﺪﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴّﺔ ﱂ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺳﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻳﻘﻴﻨًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺖُ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺜﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻗﺮﺍﺭًﺍ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺗﱡﺨﺬ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴـﺪ ﻋﻴـﺪ ﺍﻟﻔـﺼﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻷَﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﰎﹼ ﺗﻮﺣﻴـﺪﻩ ﺇِﺫ ﺑـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴـﻚ‬
‫ﳛﺘﻔﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳُﻤﺜﱢﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷَﻏﻠﺒﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﹶﺃﻧﺎ ﳓﻮﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈِﻥ ﺗﻌﺬﹼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﺧﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺇﱄﹼ‪ ،‬ﻣﻀﻴ ُ‬
‫ﺕ ﻛﱪﻳﺎﺋﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﻓﻘﺪ ُ‬
‫ﺐ ﱄ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻜﺴ ُ‬
‫ﺇِﺫ ِﺇﻧّﲏ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻬﻧﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﺘﺴﺐ ﳏﺒّﺔ ﺃﹶﺧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﻗﻞﹼ‪ ،‬ﻧﺆﺩّﻱ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﹶﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣ ﹲﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳ ٍﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴّﻮ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥﹼ ﻭﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﹶﱂ ﻻ ﳓﻘﹼﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺳﻮﺭﻳّﺎ ﻭﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ؟ ﱂﹶ؟‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﺮﺟﻮ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻨﺎ ﻧﺄﹾﻣﻞ ﰲ ﲡﺎﻭﺯﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺾ ﻋﻘﺒﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﲦﱠﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌ ُ‬
‫ﻭِﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﱠﻖَ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﱯّ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﱡﻝ ﺍﳋﻄﲑ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﹸﺘﻤﺜﱢـﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﱠﻖ ﻭﺍﻗﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺴﱠﻌْﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻏﺒﺔﹲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺧﺬ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍ ِﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺇِﺭﺍﺩ ﹸﺓ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎ ٍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳚﺪ ﺃﹶﺣﺪٌ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﻘﺴﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺮﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٧٧‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺎﺀﺍﺕٌ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺪﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨّﺎ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺮﻳﺮﻙ ﺯﻛﹼﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻄﺮﻳﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﱢﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷُﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ﹶﺬْﻳ ِﻦ ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،١٩٨٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﻴﺎ ٍﻥ ﺭﲰﻲﱟ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻻﻫـﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴَﺘﻴْﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪٌ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺫﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﺒﺐٌ ﻟﻼﻧﺸﻘﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﹶﻤﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻃﻘـﺔﹲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﻧﺘﻮﺣﱠﺪ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﱡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴـﺪ؟؟ ﻫـﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮ ُ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ؟ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻹِﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴـﺴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲّ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﱄﹼ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﺘﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻷُﺧﺮﻯ؟ ﻭﺑﺎﻹِﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻷُﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺘﻮﺟّﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻜﻴّـﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺮﻳﺎ ٍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺭﻧ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺭﻣ ٍﻦ ﻭﻛﻠﺪﺍﻥ؟ ﻫﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺇِﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺫﺍﺑﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔٍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﺗﻀﻢّ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊﱠ؟ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳِﺘِﺘ ﱡﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ؟‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﹶﺣ َﺪ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻋَﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﻳﺒﲏ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴُﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ؛‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﳓﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻨّﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺼﻠﹼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳔﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊٍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳒﻬﺪ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻧﺘﺨﻴﱠﻞ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴَﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺻﺎﻏﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘِﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔٍ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﺑﺎﳊﺐّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻐﺪﻭ ﻣُﺆَﻫﱠﻠﺔﹰ ﻟﻠﻌَﻤَﻞ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴُﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻪ‪" ،‬ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗَﻪ ﻭﺳﻼﻣَﻪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻠﻚ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘُﻪ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٧٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴُﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗَﻪ ﻭﺳﻼﻣَﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴُﺤﻘﹼﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﱠﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻧﻔﻘﻬﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻱّ ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﲞﻀﻮﻋﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﻗـﺼﻰ‬
‫ﻣ ًﺪﻯ ﳑﻜ ٍﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺣُﺒﱢﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺧﻮﱠﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﹼﺮﺗﻨـﺎ ﻬﺑـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﻘﻮﳍﺎ‪" :‬ﻛﻠﹼﻜﻢ ﺇِﺧﻮﺓﹲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻞ ﺳﻴﺘﻬﻴّﺄ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻬﺗﻴّﹶﺄ ﳍﺎ ﰲ َﻋﻬْﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺃﹸﻭﻏﻮﺳﻄﻴﻨﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺼﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺼﺪْﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﱠﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﹶﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﺗَﻬﺎ ﲤﺎﻣًﺎ ﻭﺑ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﻮﺍ ﳚﻬﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺔ؟‬
‫ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬٍ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴُﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﺪﻫﺸ ﹰﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻭﺿﺎﻋًﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻤ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺍﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗُﻤﻬﱢﺪ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴﱠﺔ؛ ُﺭﺑّﻤﺎ!‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﻮ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ َﻳ ِﻌﺪُﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﺳﺘﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﺑﻴﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﲟﺒﺎﺩﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ "ﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻪ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﱠﺎﱄ ﺇِﺧﺎ ًﺀ ﺷﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٧٩‬‬

‫ﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﹶﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒ ّ‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﳌﻤّﺎ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﺃﹶﻥ ﲡﺮﻱ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟـﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﰲ ﻗﻠـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻟﹶﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺣﻘﺒ ٍﺔ ﻳﻮﺍﺟ ُﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎ ﹸﱂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊّ ﺍﺯﺩﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻇ ﹾﻠﻤَﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺌﹶﺎﺗَﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﺳـﻮﹶﺃ‬
‫ﻇﻠ ٍﻢ ﻭﺍ ﹾﻓﺘِﺌﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴﱡﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﺳﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳍﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭِﺇﻧّﻲ ﻷَﺟﺪ ﻣﺪﻫﺸًﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺸﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﺇِﻋﻄﺎﺀَﻧﺎ ﺇِﺷﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳُﺬﻛﺮﱢﱐ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﲦﻦ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪّﻣﻬﺎ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣ ُﺪ ﺍﻷَﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﺏٌ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟ َﺪﻳْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺫﻭﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘّﺤﺪﺓ؛ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﳍﺠﺮﺓ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻳـﻀﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺎ ﹶﻝ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻭﺻﻠﹼﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺮﺍ ٍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻘـﺎﺀ ﰲ‬
‫ﺖ ﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﹲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻘﱠﻴﺘُﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﻳّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻃﻠﻌﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺰﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠ ُ‬
‫ﺳﺤﺎﺑ ﹶﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﰐ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﳛﻖّ ﻹِﻧﺴﺎ ٍﻥ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘّﺨﺬ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻣﻘﺮ‪‬ﺍ؟ ِﺇﻥﹼ َﺭﺩﱠ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺭﺍﺋ ٌﻊ ﻭﻏﲏﱞ‬
‫ﲟﻐﺰﺍﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﱪ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻗﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺎ ﻫﻮﺫﺍ ﺭﺟﻞﹲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟ َﺮﺏﱠ ﻳُﺨﺎﻃﺒﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋ َ‬
‫"ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺑﻘﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇِﺫ ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﻣﻌﻜﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺳﺎﻋ ﹶﺔ ﻫﺠُﺮْﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ َ‬
‫ﺖ ﻷَﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪" :‬ﺍﻣﻀﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺷﻬﺪﻭﺍ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻜـﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳـﻀﺎﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷَﻟ ﹶﻔ ْﻲ ﺳﻨ ٍﺔ َﺧ ﹶﻠﺖْ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠ ُ‬
‫"ﺍﺷﻬﺪﻭﺍ"‬
‫ﻍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍ ِﳌﺤَـﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﺌﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮ ﹸ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٨٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩٍ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊّ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍ ﹸﳌ َﺆﻛﱠﺪ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻫﻢ ﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ٍﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻟ ﹶﻔ ْﻲ ﺳﻨ ٍﺔ َﺧ ﹶﻠﺖْ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻣُﺴﺘﻤﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﲟُﺴﺎﺀﻟﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﳏﺎﺳﺒﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﺃﻧﺎ ﺣﻘًّﺎ ﲟﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﻠﱠﻔـﲏ ﻬﺑـﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ؟‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﻒ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺛﻘﺎﻓﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﱠﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻗﺘﺤﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻨﺎ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺕ ﻏﺮﻳﺒ ٍﺔ ﻋﻨﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺘﺤﻢ ﳎﺘﻤﻌَﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺎﺩﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﲑ ﳌﻦ ﻳُﻔﻜﹼﺮ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﺒﻮﻉ ﹶﺃ ٍﱂ ﻛﺒ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻓﺎﻣﻜﺜﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭَﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺇِﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻬﺗﺠﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺑﺪﺀًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷَﺿﻌﻒ؟‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﺖ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻞ ﺻﺒﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺻﺎﻣﺪٌ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭﺿ ٍﻊ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺏّ ﻛﺒﲑٌ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭَﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺮﻳﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﱡﺠﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ؟‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٨١‬‬

‫ﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻠ ّﻊ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‬

‫ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﱠﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﻜﻼﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺑُﻌﺪٌ ﺃﹶﺳﺎﺳﻲﱞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳒﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒُﻌـﺪ ﹸﻛﻠﱢﻴﱠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷُﻣﻮﺭ ُﻳ ﹾﻠﻤِﺢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺼﻠﹼﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃَﺠل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻐﻔﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻨﻜﺭﻭﻥ ُﺃﻤّﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻷﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ ﺒﺄَﻨﱠﻨﻲ ﺃَﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃُﺭﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴُﻤﺜﱢﻠﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ‬
‫"ﺒﺄَﻨﱠﻬﻡ ﻴﻌﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻲ ﺃَﺭﺴﻡ ﺼﻭﺭﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻭﻴل ﻟﻤﻥ ﻴُﻤﺜﱢل ﺼﻭﺭﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺒﺎﻉ ﺩﻤﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫"ﻤﻥ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺇِﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ِﺇﻥﱠ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ُﺗ ﹾﻔﺼِﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌُ ْﻤ ٍﻖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷَﻟﹶﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُـﺴﺒّﺒﻪ ﻟـﻪ ﺭﺟـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴـﺴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣُﺆْﻣﻨﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ َﺭﻳْﺐ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ِﺇﻥﱠ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﰐ ﺩﻭﻣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴ ﹸﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻓﺘﻨﺴﻰ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﺓ؟‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭُِﻟ َﺪ ْ‬
‫ﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﱯ ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻋﻄﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣـﻦ ﻭﺍﺟـﱯ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇِﻥ ﳓﻦ ﺳﻠﻜﻨﺎ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎﳘـﺎ‬
‫ﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﱢﻳﺴﻴﱢﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺩﱠﻋَﻴْﻨﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﱠﻢ ﺍﻟـﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣُﺴﺎﻭَﻳﻴْﻦ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﻣﺬﻫ َ‬
‫ﻓِﺈﻧّﻨﺎ ﻧﻀﻌﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﻀﹰﺎ ﺷﻨﻴﻌًﺎ ﺫﺍ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﻭﺑﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٨٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ِﺇﻥﱠ ﻛﻞﱠ ﳎﺘﻤ ٍﻊ ﻳﻨﻜﻔﺊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻴـﺪﻩ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺿـﻤﻮﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻼﺷﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻ َﺪ ﹰﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﳛﻖﱡ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻨﻜﻔﺌ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﻬﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮ َ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ُﺑﺪﱠ ﳍﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗُﺸْﺮﻉ ﺫﺍﻬﺗﺎ ﻭﺃﹶﺑﻮﺍﺑَﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺇﻻﹼ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٨٣‬‬

‫ﺏ‬
‫ﻲ ﻴﺘﻜﻔﹼل ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺒﻨﺎﺀٌ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠ ّ‬
‫ﺕ ﻣـﻦ ﺭﺳـﺎﺋﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺻـﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ِﺇﻧﱠﻪ ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔﹲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺈِﻳﻜﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﲔ ﻣﻬﻤّ ﹰﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴّﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺑَﺘ َﻌﻬﱡﺪﻩ ﺑﺈِﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﱠـﺔ ﺍﻟـﱵ‬
‫َﻳ ﹾﻄﻠﹸﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻮﺽ ﻬﺑﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻣّﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺴﺘﹸﻌﻠﱢﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻷَﺠﻴﺎل"‪.‬‬
‫"ﺳﺘُﻌﻠﱢﻤﻮﻥ" ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺍﻷَﺟﻴﺎﻝ" ﺃﹶﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻃﻮﻳ ﹶﻞ ﺍ َﻷﻣﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ "ﺍﻷَﺟﻴﺎﻝ" ﺗﻌﲏ ﻣُﺴﺘ ﹾﻘَﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻼﹰ ﳝﺘﺪّ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ ًﺪﻯ ﺑﻌﻴ ٍﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼﻤﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺊ ﻤﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺴ ﹶ‬
‫"ﻤﺎ ﺃَﺠﻤل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺴﺄُﻨﺸ ُ‬
‫"ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﲨﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ"‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﹶﺃﻱﱡ ﲨﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷَﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟـﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﹶﻭ ﳜﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﱠﺰﻭﻥ ﺑﹶﺄﻱﱢ ﲨﺎ ٍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻹِﳍﻲّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻯ ﲨﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺬﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺌﻴﻠﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧّﻪ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻨﺎ ٍﺀ ﺳـﻴﺘﻌﻬّﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪" :‬ﺳﺄﹸﻧﺸﻰﺀ…"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻏﺎﻟﹶﻴﺘُﻢ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺫﻭﺍﺗﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺃﹶﺟﺤﻔﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﹶﺗﻮﻟﹼﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﺳﻴﻀﻊ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﱠﺔ ﻛﻞﱠ ِﺛﻘﹶﻠﻪ‪" :‬ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٨٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺕ َﻋ ْﺪ ٍﻝ ﻭﳏﺒّ ٍﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻜﻮ ُ‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻣَﻠﻜﻮ َ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﹶﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ؟‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻳﻦ ﺍﶈﺒﺔ؟‬
‫"ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻼ ُﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺩﻳﻌ ﹰﺔ؟‬
‫ﺃﹶﻻ ﻧﺒﺘﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺈِﺻﺮﺍ ٍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ؟‬
‫"ﻣﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﺟﻤَﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ"‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪" ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﺄﻧﺸﻰﺀ ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺴﺄَﺒﻨﻲ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫» "ﻗﺎل ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻟﺒﻁﺭﺱ‪ :‬ﺃَﻨ ﹶ‬
‫"ﻭﺃَﻗﻭل ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺴﻴﺒﻨﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴﱠﺘﻪ"‪« .‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻚﱟ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺑﺈِﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻔﺮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪" :‬ﻻ ﻳُﻐﻴﱢﺮ ﻣـﺎ ﺑﻘـﻮ ٍﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺘّﻰ ﻳُﻐﻴﱢﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﹶﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻷَﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﱠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣُﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻹِﳍﻲّ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﳉﺮﺃﹶﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﹸﺮﻭﻧﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﹶﻔﻬْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿـﻊَ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﳍﻲّ ﻫﺬﺍ ﲝﺎﺟ ٍﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﺩﻭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪّﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻧﺒﺜﻘﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﺼﻠﹼﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﹶﻢ ﺑﺄﹶﺳﺮﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﹼﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴّﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻲ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺇِﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻜﻪ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻲ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﲟﺮﻭﻧﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺒّﺘﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻃﻴﱢﻌﺔﹰ ﻭﻓﻌﱠﺎﻟ ﹰﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺩﻭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٨٥‬‬
‫ﻓﻨُﺴﺎﻫ َﻢ ﰲ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺳﻼ ٍﻡ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻼ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ ٍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻭﺩﱡ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﻮﻋ ٍﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺴﻼﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺭﻜ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺴﺎﻫﻤﻭﺍ ﻤﻌﻙ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻭﻋﺪٌ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺒﺪﻭ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻻ َﻳ ِﻌﺪُ ﺑﺸﻲ ٍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﱠﻮْﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺴ ُ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺴﻼﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺭﻜ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺴﺎﻫﻤﻭﺍ ﻤﻌﻙ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﻋ ُﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻨﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﻟﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻮ َﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲣﻴﱡﻠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻟﻨﺎ ﳒﻬﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﻬﺗﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻱّ ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺭﺍﺿﻴًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪّ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴُﻜﺜﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻨﱠﻬﻡ ﺒﺤﺎﺠ ٍﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺓ ﻹِﺭﻀـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺏ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻃﻴﱢﻌﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﱡﻮﺍ َﻷﺟﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺩﻭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻨﺸﺮ ﺍﻟُﺒﺸْﺮﻯ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺃﹸﻧﺎﺳًﺎ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﹶﺄﻫﱢﺒﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴّﲔ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٨٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﲑ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑ َﻌ َﺪ ٍﺩ ﻭﻓ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﶈﺒﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻳﻘ َﻮﻭْﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّـﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﲟﺜﺎﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﻬﺗﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺟُﻬْﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺻﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﱐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٨٧‬‬

‫ﻜﻠﹼﻜﻡ ﺇِﺨﻭﺓﹲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬

‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺤﺐﱡ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻌﻪ ِﺇﻻﹼ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﺼﻠﹼﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲﱞ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻣﻦ ُﻳ ِ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺷﺪﱠﺩﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﱠَﺗﻴْﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻤﺮﱠﺓ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﺮﺍﺣ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪ ٢٦‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ ،١٩٨٩‬ﺇِﺫ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺃَﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻟﺒﻁﺭﺱ‪ :‬ﺃَﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺴﺄَﺒﻨﻲ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃَﻗﻭل ﺃَﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ :‬ﺃَﻨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺴﻴﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴّﺘﻪ"‪ « ،‬ﺃﹶﺿﺎﻓﺖ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃُﺭﻴﺩ ﺃَﻥ ﹸﺘﺨﺼﱢﺼﻭﺍ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻜﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃَﺠل ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺤﺘﹼﻰ ﺫﻜﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﱠﺓ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺻﺮﺍﺣ ﹰﺔ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺍﹸﺭﻴﺩ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﹸﺨﺼﱢﺼﻭﺍ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻜﻡ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻏﻔﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﻞﱠ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﱡﻮﺍ ﻷَﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ"‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺣﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺮﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﱠﺓ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﻧﻘﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻷَﻫﻠﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻟﺒﻨـﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﳎـﺰﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺑـﲔ‬
‫ﺙ ﻣﺜ ﹸﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻂﹼ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻹِﺧﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﱂ ﳛﺪ ﹾ‬
‫ﻻ ﰲ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮّ ﹰﺓ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺼّﻼﺓ ﻷَﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪﺓ ﺑﺮﺍﺳـﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻑ ﺟﺮﻯ ﳌﲑﻧـﺎ ﺑﺘـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ١٥‬ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺠﻴﻜﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻷَﻗﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳔﻄﺎ ٍ‬
‫‪.١٩٩٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍ ُﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﱡﻆ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﺃَﺒﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺼﻠﹼﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃَﺠل ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﺼﻭﺼ ﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻨﱠﻜﻡ ﻜﻠﹼﻜﻡ ﺇِﺨﻭﺓﹲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٨٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ"‪« .‬‬
‫"ﻛﻠﹼﻜﻢ ﺇِﺧﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺄﻧّﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﺠﻴﻜﻴّﲔ ﻭﻟﻠﻐﺮﺑﻴّﲔ‪" :‬ﺃﹶﻧﺘﻢ ﺇِﺧﻮﺓ ﺇِﺧﻮﺍﻧﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﲑﻧﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻻ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺮﰊّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷَﺏ ﺑـﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﺎﺿـﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺮﰊﱞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻜﻠﹼﻜﻡ ﺇِﺨﻭﺓﹲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺇِﺧﻮﺓﹲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ!‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﻞ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻧّﻬﻢ ﻟﻜﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﱠﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺩّﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻜﻠﹼﻜﻡ ﺇِﺨﻭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲّ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀ ﹰ‬
‫ﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﹸﺻﻠﱢﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻲّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﺑﺪﹶﺃ ﺑﻌﻘـﺪ‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﺈِﻥ ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻠﹾﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺧﺼﻤﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﺣﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻲﱠ ﺇِﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻈﱡﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻥ ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻇﻠﻤ ُ‬
‫ﻛﻲ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺳﻼ ٍﻡ ﻣﻌﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﳓ ُﻦ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ َﻣ ْﻨ ِﻄ َﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﹸﻮﱠﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﹶﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻄ ُﻖ ﻋُﻨْﻒ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﻨﻄ ُﻖ ﺣﺐّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻒ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﻄ َﻖ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮّﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷَﻗﻮﻯ ﻳﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻷَﺿﻌﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺳﻮﺃﹸ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢّ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪ ﻳُﻨﻈﱢﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺎﺕ ﺑـﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﺍ ٍﺓ ﻭﻋﺪ ٍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻧﻮ ٍﻥ ﺣﻖﱟ‪ .‬ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌ ْ‬
‫ﺤﺰِﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٨٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﱠ ْﻭﱄﹼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﲰﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﱠﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻣﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﱂﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ؟‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺼ ِﻎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻜﻠﱡﻜﻡ ﺇِﺨﻭﺓﹲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٩٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬

‫ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‬
‫ﺕ ﻭﺫﺍﻋﺖْ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﺫﺍﻬﺗﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﹸﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮ ْ‬
‫ﰒﹼ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻕ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﱪ ﺗﺒﺪﱡ ٍﻝ ﻓﻌﻠﻲﱟ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻄﺎ ِ‬
‫ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﲡﻠﹼﺖ ﻋ َ‬
‫ﺕ ﺗـﺄﹾﻟﹶﻒ ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀٌ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻮﻬﺗﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻏﹶﺪﺕ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔﹰ ﺭﺅﻳ ﹸﺔ ﺃﹸﺳَﺮ ﺃﹶﺧﺬ ْ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻴﱠﺔ ﺃﹶﻣﺎ ٍﻡ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﱢﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮِﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻏﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺎﺋﻊ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗُﻘﻴﻢ ﺃﹸﺳَـﺮٌ ﻋﺪﻳـﺪﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺖ ﺻﻠﻴﺒًﺎ ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻠﺘﺌﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﻓـﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺯﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﹰﺔ ﺧﺎﺻّ ﹰﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭَﺿﻌ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻷُﺳﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺼﱠﻼﺓ ﻣﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞﱠ ﻣﺴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟـﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷـﻬﺪﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﺗﻨﻄﻠـﻖ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒﱠ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﱠﺕ ﻣَﻮْﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺍﺗّﺠﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻠﺐ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷـﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ ،١٩٨٨‬ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻷَﻭﱠﻝ ﻣﺮﱠ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺣﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﰒﹼ ﰲ ﻣﻨـﺰ ٍﻝ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴّﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳـﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳـﺘﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﹶـﺪَﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻯ ﲢﻮﱡﻝﹲ ﻓﻌﻠﻲﱞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺨﺘَﻠﻒ ﺃﹶﺭﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﹶﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻓﺎﺿﺖ ﺻﻮﺭ ﹸﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﰲ ُﻣ ْ‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﰲ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺻﻼ ٍﺓ ﻧﺘﻤﻨّﻰ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮّ ﻃﻮﻳ ﹰ‬
‫ﺠ َﻤ َﻊ ﺣﻮ ﹶﻝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌـﺬﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﳊﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﱠ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺷﻬﺮًﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻋﻀﺎ َﺀ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴﱠﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺪ ﻟﻠﺼّﻼﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻬﺑـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﺎﺩ ﹲﺓ ﺧﻄﱢﻴﱠ ﹲﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﱠﻌَﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺎﻥ ﺃﹶﺣﺪُﳘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺎ ٍﻡ ﻭﺷﻘﻴﻘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﲟﺜﺎﺑـﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻄﻼ ﹰﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴﱠﻤَﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺿﻤّﺖ ﺗـﻮﻗﻴﻌَﻲْ ﻛـﺎﻫ ٍﻦ‬
‫ﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹸﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻲﱟ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻫ ٍﻦ ﻛﺎﺛﻮﻟﻴﻜﻲﱟ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﺒًﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻨ ٍ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٩١‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴّﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺑﻴـﺖ ﳊـﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺫﻛﱠﺮَﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﹸﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴﱢﲔ ﺍﻷَﻭﺍﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭُﺗ َﺆﻛﱢـﺪ ﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻧـﺴﻜﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺄﹸﺳﻠﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﻼ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ َﻳﻔِﺪﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﺪّ ﺷﻬﺮًﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﲡﺮﻱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓﹲ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔﹲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻃﻠﻌﲏ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋـﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺮﻳﺮﻛﻲّ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺲ ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﺳﻘﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻄـﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺤﻖ ﺳﺎﻛﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪ ٨‬ﺣﺰﻳﺮﺍﻥ ‪ ،١٩٩١‬ﹶﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﻟﺪﻣﺸﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺿـﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳـﺪﻭّﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ ﺧﻄﱢﻴﱠ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗ ٍﺔ ﺭﲰﻴﱠ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻃﹸﺒـﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﺍﺳـﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﺮﻛﻴّـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺲ ﺑﺪﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺆَﺭﱠﺧﺔ ﰲ ‪ ١٠‬ﺣﺰﻳﺮﺍﻥ ‪ .١٩٩١‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ِﺇﻥﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻳْﺖ ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ ،١٩٩١‬ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴّﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇِﺷﺎﺭﺓﹲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﺑﻀﻌ ﹶﺔ ﹶﺃﻳّﺎﻡ ﻗﹸﺒَﻴْﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﻻﻉ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺞ!‪ ..‬ﻭﺃﹶﺑﻨـﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻘﺒﻠـﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣُﺬﹼﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﻨﺰ ٍﻝ ﻣﺪﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹِﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻷُﺳﻘﻒ ﰲ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﺷﺎﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨـﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻀﺢ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺑﲔ ﻓﻴﻨ ٍﺔ ﻭﻓﻴﻨ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌـﺮّﺽ ﳊـﺎﻻ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ ﻳـﺸﺒّﻬﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷُﺳﻘﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﲝﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ‪ .‬ﻏﲑ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻷُﺳﻘﻒ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻙ ﻣـﺮﱠَﺗﻴْﻦ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﻷﻣـﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﱠﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳُﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻷُﺳﻘﻒ‪" :‬ﺳﺄﺟﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺪﻯ ﻋﻮﺩﰐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣـﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﹸﻭﺍﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﺗُﻐﲏ ﻣﻠﻔﹼﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺪّﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ؟‬
‫ﺃﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺩّ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ؟ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻱّ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٩٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬

‫ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻭّل‬
‫ﰲ ‪ ٢٦‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ ،١٩٨٧‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻑ ﺃَﻥ ﻴﻌﻤﻠـﻭﺍ ﻤـﻥ ﺃَﺠـل‬
‫"ﺇِﺫﻫﺒﻲ ﻭﺒﺸﺭﱢﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟ ِﻡ ﺃَﺠﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﺒﻼ ﺨﹶـﻭْ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ"‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺿﺎﻑ‪" :‬ﻻ ﻴُﻌﻴ ُ‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻹِﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺜﹾﻤ ُﺭ ﻴﺩﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻤﺎ ُﻴﺜﹾﻤﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﻷَﺟﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺪﻫﺸ ﹰﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻨﺎ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﻣﺎ ﳒﻨﺢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﻧﺘﺎﺟﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﱢﻱّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻝ؟ ﻓﺎﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻧّﻚ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻸ ﺟﻴﺒﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪّﺧﺮﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳌـﺼﺎﺭﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺖ ﻛﻨ َ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺃﹶﻧﺖ ﻗﻮﻱﱞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﺘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﺗﺼﺎﺭﻉ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎﻧًﺎ ﻗﻮﻳ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻐﻠﱠﺒ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﻓﻀﻞ‪ .‬ﻫﻞ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﻛﺰٌ؟ ﺇِﺫﻥ ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﺫﻭ ﻗﺪ ٍﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﱠﻖ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﲟﺎ ﳝﻠـﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﲟﺎ ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻠﹾﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑـﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟ َﻌﺪَﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻞﹼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳌﺎ ﳝﻠﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳌﺎ ﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻸَﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﹶﻢ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﻘﻴﱢﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ َ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﹶﺃِﻟ َ‬
‫ﻋﻬﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥﱠ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺁﺧﺬﺓﹲ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺗﱢﺴﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺐ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻘ َ‬
‫ﺨﻭْﻑٍ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻥ ﻴﻌﻤﻠـﻭﺍ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﺠـل‬
‫"ﺇِﺫﻫﺒﻲ ﻭﺒﺸﺭﱢﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺃَﺠﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ"… ﻳُﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃ ٍﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﱠ ٍﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻤﺎ ﹸﺘﺜﹾﻤﺭ ﻴﺩﺍﻩ"‪.‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﻴُﻌﻴﺏ ﺍﻹِﻨﺴﺎ َ‬
‫ﺸ ْﻲ ﺇِﻥ ﱂ ﺗُﺤﺮﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻳﱠﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ٍﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻻ ﲣ َ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗُﻜﻠﱠﻔﲔ ﲟﻬﻤّ ٍﺔ ﺟﺴﻴﻤ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻔﺸﻠﲔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇِﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﲔ ﺑﻜﻞﱢ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٩٣‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﻮﱠﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﲏ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺒ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﻔﺴﱢﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ُﻳﺆْﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺃﹶﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷَﺻﻐﺮ ﺷﹶﺄﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ‬
‫َﻭ ْﺯ ﹶﻥ ﳍﻢ ﰲ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ َﻭ ْﺯ ﹶﻥ ﳍﻢ ﰲ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟـﺬﻳﻦ َﻳﻌُـﺪّﻭﻥ ﺫﻭﺍﻬﺗـﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺟﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﻓﻌ ٍﻞ ﺫﻱ ﺑﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﱟ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﺷـﭭـﺮﻳﻴﻪ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻧّﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﲤﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ ﺗﻌﺎ ﹶﻝ ِﺇﱄﹼ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺬﻛﹼﺮﱐ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﻢ "ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ" ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﻬﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺑﺎﻭﻳّﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷُﺧﺖ ﻣﺮﱘ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﺪﻫﺶ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻠـﺴﻄﻴﻨﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﻴّﺖ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،١٨٧٨‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﺳﻠﺴﻠ ﹰﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﺗﻠـﻚ ﺍ ُﻷﻣﱢﻴﱠـﺔ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ‬
‫ﺕ ﺗﻨﺸﺪ ﺃﹶﺛﻨﺎﺀَﻫﺎ ﻗﺼﺎﺋﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﲡﻬﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻠﻐ ٍﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮّﺽ ﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻧﺴﻴّ ٍﺔ ﺻﺎﻓﻴ ٍﺔ ﲢﺎﻛﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﻛﹶﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺪ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﰲ ﺍﻣﱢﺤﺎ ٍﺀ ﺗﺎﻡﱟ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺄﹸﻃﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ "ﺍﻟ َﻌﺪَﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ" ﺃﻭ "ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻼﺷﻲﺀ ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻭﻕ ﻟﻠﺮّﺏّ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﻫﻮ ﹶﻗﺒِﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻈﻞﹼ َﻋ َﺪﻣًﺎ ﺣﻴﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺍﻟﻜـﻞﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥﱠ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪" :‬ﻻ ﹶﲣﺸْﻲ ﺇِﻥ ﱂ ﺗُﻔﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﹶﺃﻳّﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ٍﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺒﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﻮﱠﻝ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﺰﺍﺀٌ ﺟﻢﱞ ﻟﻜﻞﱢ ﻣﺆﻣ ٍﻦ!‬
‫ﻓﻜﻢ َﻣ ْﻦ ﺩﺃﺑﻮﺍ ﺳﺤﺎﺑ ﹶﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﻬﺗﻢ؛ ﻭﰲ ﺃﹶﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱠـﺼَﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺃﹶﻭﺍ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻨﻮﻩ ﻳﻨﻬﺎﺭ!‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺷـﭭـﺮﻳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺑﺘﻐﻰ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﲨﺎﻋ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳُﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﹶﻓﻘﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﲟﺸﻘﹼ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳـﺘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥ ﳚﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﹶﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﻬﻨ ٍﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﹸﺒَﻴْﻞ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺗﺘﺒﺨﱠﺮ؛‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٩٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﲣﻠﹼﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﲣﻠﱢﻴًﺎ ﺗﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺮﺩّﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﺘﻘـﺮ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻷَﺏ ﺷـﭭـﺮﻳﻴﻪ ﻛﻞﱠ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﻪ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﻳﺮ ﺃﺷـﻼ ًﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺫ ﲟﺸﺮﻭﻋﻪ ﻳﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﻳﻨﻤﻮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻓِﺈﻧّﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﺣﺒّﺔ ﺍﳊﻨﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﱂ َﺗ ُﻤ ْ‬
‫ﲑ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺇِﻥ ﻣﺎﺗﺖ ﻓِﺈﻧّﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﺜﻤ ٍﺮ ﻛﺜ ٍ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٩٥‬‬

‫ﺍﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻫﺵ‬
‫ﺴِﺒ ْﻖ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻈﲑٌ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻴّﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹِﲨﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡٌ ﱂ َﻳ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡٌ ﻣﺪﻫﺶٌ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻇﻦﱡ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﲦﱠﺔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﹰﺓ ﳑﺎﺛﻠ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﻛـﻞﱠ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺖ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺴ ُ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﻳ ُ‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻇﻦّ ﺃﹶﻧّﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺷﻬﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﹰﺓ ﺣﺴﱢﻴﱠ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪْﺭ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺎﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺴ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮّﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﳌﻐﺰﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻛﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲰﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳـﺎﺋﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻧﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺯﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻫﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺣﺎ ٍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳ َﺆﻛﱢﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻹِﺻﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺻﻤﻴﻢ ﳎﺘﻤ ٍﻊ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺙ ﻓ ﱞﺬ ﰲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹِﳊﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﺑﺎﺣﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺃﹶﺧﻼﻗﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﺟَﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻟﻚ َﺣ َﺪ ﹲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺐﱞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﺐﱟ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻘ ٍﺔ ﻭﺃﹶﻣ ٍﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﳌﺮﱠﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺪﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﻨﺬﺭﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺧﻼ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟّﻬﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺤﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺒﻜﻡ‪،‬‬
‫» "ﺃَﻨﺎ ﺼﻠﺒ ﹸ‬
‫ﻉ ﻭﻤﺤﺒّـ ٍﺔ ﻭﺼـﺒ ٍﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃُﺭﻴﺩ ﺃَﻥ ﺘﺤﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﻭﺘﺘﺤﻤﻠﹼﻭﺍ ﺼﻠﻴﺒﻜﻡ ﻤـﻥ ﺃَﺠﻠـﻲ‪ ،‬ﺒﻁـﻭ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻨﺘﻅﺭﻭﺍ ﻗﺩﻭﻤﻲ"‪« .‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻂ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳُﻠﻤﺢ ﺍﻟـﺮﺏّ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﳎﻲ ٍﺀ ﻗﺪ ﳝﺜﹼﻞ ﻧﺬﻳﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﺛ ٍﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٩٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺇِﺫﻫﺒﻲ ﻭﺒﺸﺭّﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﹶﻡ ﺃَﺠﻤﻊ…"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﻣﲑﻧﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺗُﺆْﻣﺮ‪" :‬ﺇِﺫﻫﱯ ﻭﺑﺸﺮّﻱ"‪.‬‬
‫"ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﺨﺎﻓﻴﻥ ﻭﺃَﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻙ"؟‬
‫ﺙ َﻋﺸْﺮ ﹶﺓ ﻣﺮّﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺭﺩﱠﺩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪" :‬ﻻ ﲣﺎﰲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻼ ﹶ‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﻗﻞﹼ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡٍ ﻭﺻﺮﺍﺣ ٍﺔ‪" :‬ﳓﻦ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺸ َﺮ ﻣﺮﱠﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷَﺧﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷَﺧﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﱠﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫"ِﺇﻨﹼﺎ ﻤﻌﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻊ ﻜ ﱢل ﻭﺍﺤ ٍﺩ ﻴﺘﻤﻨﹼﻰ ﺃَﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩًﺍ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﱪّﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﺵ‪" :‬ﺇِﺫﻫﱯ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻧّﺎ ﻣﻌﻚ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﹶﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪٌ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻧﻄﻼ ٌ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳓﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﳜﺎﻃﺒﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﻗﹼﺔ ﻗﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫" ﺃﹶﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺴﺨًﺎ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺒﻜﻢ َﻣ ْ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻋﻮﱐ ﺃﹶﺗﻮﻝﱠ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ِﺇﻻﹼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺟﺎﺅُﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﻋﺪ ٍﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻡﱟ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﺸﺔ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺳﻼ ٍﻡ ﻭﳏﺒﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻠﺘﻤﺲ ﺳﻨﺪًﺍ ﻟﺪﻯ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎ ٍﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺚﹲ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﻥﹾ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﺸﻬ ُﺪ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﹶﺃﻱﱢ ﺷﱯ ٍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻟـﺴﻠﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻟﺒـﺸﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩٌ ﳏﺪﻭﺩٌ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻼ ﺣﺪﻭ ٍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٩٧‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪ ﻭﻓﱠﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺣﻀﻮ َﺭ ﹸﺃﻣﱢﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭًﺍ ﻣﻨﻴﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﺑﺘًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺟﺒﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺘﻤﺴﱠﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻮّ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇِﺫ ﺇِﻧّﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﲨﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﹶﺭﻗﹼﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫» "ﻫﻲ ﺃﻤّﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭُﻟﺩﺕﹸ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫َﻤﻥْ ﺃﻜﺭﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻜﺭﻤﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻨﻜﺭﻫﺎ ﻨﻜﺭﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﺎل‪َ ،‬ﻷﻨﹼﻬﺎ ُﺃﻤّﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺗﻨﺸﺪﻭﺍ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﰲ ﻣﻨﹰﺄﻯ ﻋﻦ ﹸﺃﻣﱢﻪ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻧﱠﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺀٌ ﺟﺎﺩﱞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻛﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﱠﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﱢ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺀٌ ﻣﻠﺤﺎﺡٌ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺀٌ ﺧﻄﲑٌ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝ "ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ"‬
‫ﺃﹶﻋﲏ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔٍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻛﻲ ﺗﺘﱠﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺩﻣًﺎ ﻏﺰﻳﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻟﻦ‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡَ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻜﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳑﺰّﻗﺔﹲ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﺑﻌﺪ ﻣ ًﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ َﻧ َﺰ ﹶﻓ ْ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﻔﹶﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﱠﺍﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﹸﻮﱠﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﻳﱠﺔ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﰲ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺣﺪَﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﺒﻨﱠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﱡﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻬﻨ ﹰﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﻧﻴّﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻟﻘﹼﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﳌﲑﻧﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ١٩٨‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫» "ﻴﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻕ ﻜ ﱢل ﺸﻲ ٍﺀ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺏْ ﻟﻲ ﺃَﻥ ﺃﺴﺘﺭﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭ ﹶ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻴﲏ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ َﻧﺴْﻤ ﹶﺔ ﲢﺮﱡ ٍﺭ ﻣُﺪﻫﺸ ﹰﺔ ﺳﺘﻬﺐّ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪١٩٩‬‬

‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﻜﹶﻨﹼﻪ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤ ّ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺐّ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃ ﹶﻛﻨﱡﻪ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺐﱡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃ ﹶﻛﻨﱡﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﹸﻣّﻲ‬
‫ﺖ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎ ﳌﺎ ﻋﺮﻓ ُ‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﺮﱘ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻋﺮﻓ ُ‬
‫ﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻋﺮﻓ ُ‬
‫ﺖ ﺫﺍﰐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﰲ َﻋ ْﻴﻨَﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻋﺮﻓ ُ‬
‫ِﺇﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﹸﻣّﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﹶﻋﻄﺘْﲏ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻣّﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﻫﺒﺘْﲏ ﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴّﻤَﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻱ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓ ٍﻮ ﻣُ َﻤﻴﱠ ٍﺰ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺩﻓﻌﺘﲏ ﺇﱃ ﻳَﺪ ْ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻋﻄﺘﲏ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﳑﻴﱠﺰ ٍﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺚ ﺑﺎ َ‬
‫ﲝﻴ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭِﺇﻻﹼ ﳌﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﱄ "ﺍﻷَﺏ"‪" ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮﻧﺎ"‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺏ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭِﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﺨﺮﻁﹲ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺤﺎﻛﻲ ﻣُﺜﹶﻠﱠﺜﹰﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻫﺒﺘﲏ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻫﺒﺘﲏ ﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﺆَﻫﱢﻠﲏ ﻹِﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ِ .‬ﺇﻧّﻪ ﻣُﺜﹶﻠﱠﺚﹲ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞﹲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺐّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﳊﺐﱠ ﻻ ﳛﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ٢٠٠‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﻳﻀﺎﻋﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺐّ ﺍﳊﻖّ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﱢﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﺅْﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﺘﻐﻀﱢﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺃﹶﻟ ﹶﻔ ْﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺑ ﹶﻠ َﻐ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺨﻮﺧﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗُﺬﻳﻘﲏ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ ﺗﻈﻞﹼ ﺃﹸﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﹸﺣﺒّﻬﺎ َﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ ﳛﺒﱡﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹸﺣﺒﱡﻬﺎ ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ ﻳُﺤﺒﱡﲏ‪ ،‬ﻬﺑﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹸﺣﺒﱡﻬﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻟﻘﱠﻨﺘْﲏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﱠﻤْﺘﲏ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹸﺣﺒﱠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹِﻃﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎ ﳌﺎ ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﺃﹶﻧّﲏ ﺃﹶﺭﻏﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﳑّﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﱄ ﻓﻘﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻟﻜﻞﹼ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷَﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻭﺍﻫﲏ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺜﻘﱠﻔﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺘﻘﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹸﺭﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﻠﱢﻴﱠﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﳛﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﺒّﻲ ﳍﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻷَﻧﱠﲏ ﺃﹸﺣﺒﱡﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﹸﺎﺷﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﱄ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳُﺆْﳌﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪٢٠١‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﺆْﳌﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻪ ﹶﺃﹶﻟﻢُ ﺣﺐﱟ‪.‬‬
‫ﺐ ﺫﺭﻭﺓﹰ ﲡﺮﺣُﲏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻀ َ‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻪ ﺣﺐﱞ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐ َ‬
‫ﻭﲡﺮﺡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻪ ﺍﳊﺐﱡ ﺃﹶﺑﺪًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﹶﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹸﻋﻠﱢﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﹶﺳﻠﹸﻚ ﺃﹸﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﻫﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟـﺼﱠﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻳﲏ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﹼﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭُ ﺑﺄﻧﱠﲏ ﺃﹶﺧﻮﻥﹸ ﺍﳊﺐﱠ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹶﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ُﻷﻣّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒﹼ ﻟﻠﺮﺏّ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀَﻫﺎ ﻳُﻨﺘﺰﻋﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ِﺇﻧّﻬﺎ ﹸﺃﻡﱞ ﺭﹶﺃ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﹸﺃﻡﱞ ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻓﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﲦ َﻦ ﺇِﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣ ﹾﺄ َﻣ ٍﻦ ﻣﻦ ﹶﺃﻱّ َﺣ ْﻴ ٍ‬
‫ﻒ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺴﺪﻱﱟ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲﱟ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﻲﱟ‪.‬‬
‫ﺺ‬
‫ﺏ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﱠ ٍﺔ ﻣُﺨْﺘﻠِﻔﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒﺖ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔﹰ ﺗﻨـﺎﻗﹸ ِ‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷَﺳﺒﺎ ٍ‬
‫ِﺇﻧﱠﻬﺎ ﺃﻡﱞ ﺗﻮﺭﻃ ْ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺋِﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﹸﺃﻣّﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﹸﺣﺒﱡﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﺮّ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﺣﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻴﻼ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮّ ﹰﺓ ﹸﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗّﻜﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹸﻣﻮ ٍﺭ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴ ٍﺔ ﳏﻀ ٍﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴّﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﲤﻨّﻰ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﺭﺣﲏ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷَﻧﱠﲏ ﺍﺑﻨُﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﲤﻨّﻰ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻠﹼﻰ ﺑﺎﳉﺮﺃﺓ ﻓﺘﺼﺎﺭﺣﲏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﱐ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﱢﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻱّ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ٢٠٢‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻓﺎﳊﺐﱡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﱠﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌَﺒﺚ ﻧﺸﺪﺍ ﹸﻥ ﺍﳊﺐﱢ ﺍﳊﻖّ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪،‬‬
‫ﲑ ﺳﻮﻱﱟ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﹶﻢ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﱄ ﻏ َ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﱠﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭُ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﻣﺎﻧﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺫﺍ ﹸﻓ ِﻘﺪَﺕ ﺍﻷَﻣﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﹶﻳﻦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭُ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﻌﺬﱠ َﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭُ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ؟‬
‫ﻭِﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﺣﺮﻳﺺٌ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﺃﹸﻣّﻲ ﺑﺎﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺣﱯّ ﳍﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺣﺒّﻲ ﻟﻠﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭﺩّ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﺭﺣﲏ ﺃﹸﻣّﻲ ﺑﺎﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻲ ﻧﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻧﺘﻤﱢﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻧ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺖ ﻋﱪ ﹶﺃﹶﻟﻔﹾﻲ ﺳﻨ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍ َﻷﻟﹶﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘّﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻮﺩﱡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺘّﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﺃﹶﺳﺎﺳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺂﻟ ٍﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻭﻫﺎ ٍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺘﱡ ٍ‬
‫ﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘّﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴّﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳًﺎ ﻹِﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻜﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻋﺪُﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﱄ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﺣﺐﱟ ﺃﻛﱪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻷُﻣّﻲ‪.‬‬
‫َﻷﻥﹼ ﺃﻣّﻲ ﺃﹶﻋﻄﺘْﲏ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻋﻴﺶ ﻧﻌﻤ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻌﻤ ﹸﺔ ﺣﻀﻮ ِﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﻫﺒﺘْﲏ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻋﻴﺶ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪٢٠٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻋﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻭﺍﺛﻘﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﹶﺃﻱّ ﺟﺰ ٍﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻟﺴ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﲏ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﺖ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻋﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﻣﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺭﺟﻮ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﺭﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﺑُﺘﺆَﺩ ٍﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺇِﺧﻮﰐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻮﻃﲏ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻮﺭﻳّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺷﺘّﻰ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺭﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴّﺔ ﺳﻴﻨﻔﺦ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﻫﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳـ ٍﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹸﻣّﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺨﺎ ٍﺀ ﺟﻢّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻨﺎ ٍﻥ ﺟﻢّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﳓ ٍﻮ ﻣﺬﻫﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﺩّ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩّﻱ ﻟﻠﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺻﻼ ﹶﺓ ﺷﻜ ٍﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒ ﹰﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﳚﺪ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻋﺎﺟﺰًﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺠﺰًﺍ ﺗﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫َﻋ ْ‬
‫ﺇِﻧﱠﲏ ﺃﹶﻭﺩﱡ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻘﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﱵ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﹸﺃﻣّﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺐّ‪،‬‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﻠﺒﺚ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺸﻒ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﻤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‪" :‬ﺃﹸﻧﻈﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﺗﺎﺡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻸﺧﺖ "ﻣﺮﻏﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻻﻛﻮﻙ" ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹶﺣﺐّ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﹶﻢ ُﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﲨ‪‬ﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ٢٠٤‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻋﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﻬﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻴﲏ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﺃﻛﹶﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼّﻮﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺏّ ﻻ ﻳﲏ ﻳﺮﺩّﺩ‪ِ" :‬ﺇﻧّﻲ ﺃﹸﺣﺒﱡﻜﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﲏ ﻳُﻮﻣﻰﺀُ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺈﺷﺎﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ ﻟﻸﺧﺖ ﻣﺮﻏﺮﻳﺖ ﺃﹶﻻﻛﻮﻙ؟ ﻭﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﺮ ٍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﺪّﺓ ﻣﺮﱠﺍ َ‬
‫ﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺼﺪﱢﻗ ْ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺟﺮﹶﺃﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓ ُ‬
‫ﺾ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﻬﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺷﻘﱠﺖ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﹶﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻌ ُ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣّﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ ﻳﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻨﺎﻧًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺇِﳊﺎﺣًﺎ؛‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﹶﺃﻧّﻪ ﻳﻮﺩّ ﳐﺎﻃﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﲨﻴﻌًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﲤﻨّﻰ ﹶﺃﻻﹼ ﲢﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﹸﺃﻣّﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻴَﻨﻴْﻬﺎ ﻛﻲ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻳ َﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﻬ َﺪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹸﺷﺮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻫﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺭﻭﺣَﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨ ﹸﻔ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ َﻧﻔﹶﺨﻪ ﻗﺪﳝًﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﲡﺴّﺪٌ ﺟﺪﻳﺪٌ ﻟﻠﺮﺏّ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ِﺇﻥﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺤﺰِﻧُﲏ ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﹸﺃﻣّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﳝﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛ ﱞﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘﺪْﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﺟﻬﺎﺽ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪٢٠٥‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺑّﻤﺎ ﻛﻨ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺍﻛﺒﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘﺪْﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳّﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﺟﻬﺎﺽ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻱﱠ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇِﳌﺎ ٍﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﺗﻴﻘﹼﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢٌ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻜﹸﻨّﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍ ٍﻡ ﺟﻢﱟ ﻟﻺِﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤ ﹶﻞ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﲣﻨﻖُ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻴﺖُ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺘﱠﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺇِﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻭِﺇﻧّﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹶﻧﻘﺬﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺛ ٍﺔ ﻛﻬﺬﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﲪﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻂ ٍﺀ ﻳُﺜﲑ ُﺣﺰْﱐ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴﱠﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺑُ ﹾ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻪ ﱂ ﻳﺪﻋْﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻋُﺪﻭﺍﻧﻴّﺔٍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻬﻧﺎ ﺧﻨﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﻌﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﻻ ﺃﻛﻒﱡ ﺃﹸﺻﻠﹼﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳُﻤﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺰﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﻠﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻲ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻋًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻋﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﻓﻮﻕ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻛﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﲦﱠ ﹶﺔ ﺃﹸﻣﻮﺭًﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﺘْﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﳓﻦ ﳒﻬﻠﹸﻬﺎ ﲤﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱠ ﻳُﺪﺭﻛﻬﺎ؛‬
‫ﻂ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻤﱢﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻲ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﹶﺃﻥﹼ ﳐﻄﱠ ﹶ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻤﱢﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﻧﻔﺴُﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺪّﺍﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻮﺍ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻭﺍﻬﺗﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﲰﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇِﻧّﲏ ﺃﹸﺻﻠﹼﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻠﻬﻢ ﲨﻴﻌًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ____________________________________________ ٢٠٦‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﲤﻨّﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳُﻘﺮّﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺏﱡ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﺮﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﻮﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻇﻨّﻮﺍ ﹶﺃﻧّﻬﻢ ﳜﺪﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﲟﺤﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺸﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ ﲨﻴﻌُﻬﻢ ﺍﻗﺘﺤﺎﻣَﻪ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﹾﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺍﻫﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺣﺒّﻪ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞﱢ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎﻥ؛‬
‫ﻋﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﲞﺎﺻّ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮّﻳﺴﻴّﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﻬﺎﺀ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﻴﺎ ﹶﻝ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﺎﳌﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﹸﺘﻮﺗﱢﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺋﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻉ ﻣﺘﻌﺬﹼﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﻞﹼ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻄﻢ ﺑﺄﻭﺿﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺿﻊ ﻟﺴُﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺘﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺴُﻠﻄﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎ ﹶﻝ ﻋﺎﹶﻟ ٍﻢ ﻛﻬﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺪﻯ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺪﻯ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺣﺐّ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﹸﻐْﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟ َﻌﻈﹶﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻹِﳊﺎﺡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﻌُﻨﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ ﰲ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹾﻄﻠﹶﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻳﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺛﻘﺘَﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪّ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺮﺟﻮ ﺿﺪﱠ ﻛﻞﱠ ﺭﺟﺎ ٍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺐّ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﺇِﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺮﺟﻮ ﰲ ﻓﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ________________________________________ ‪٢٠٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﻓﻴﻖ ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﹶﲨﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻷَﻓﺌﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳜﻠﻖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﺭﺿﹰﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﹰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﺰﺍﻣًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻠﺘﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺇِﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪّﻭﺱ ﻟﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻲ ﻳُﺒﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﹶﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺼﻠﹼﻲ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻔﺘﺤﲔ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺏّ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺰﻭﺭﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴّﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻮﻏﻮﺭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻛﻴﺒﻴﻬﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺷﺘﱠﻰ ﺃﹶﺭﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﹶﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺒﻠﱢﻐﻨﺎ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺇِﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﺎﹶﻟ ٍﻢ ﺇِﻧﺴﺎﱐﱟ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓٍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ؛‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺭﺑﱠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﺩﻧﺎ ﺇِﳝﺎﻧًﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭِﺇﻧﲏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺩﻋﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺇِﺧﻮﰐ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺇِﱐ ﺃﹶﻭﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺯِﺩْﻧﺎ ﺇِﳝﺎﻧًﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﲔ‬
‫‪١٩٩٣ /٣ /٢٥‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪّﻣﺔ ‪٧ .....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪١٣ .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ‪١٣ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪١٢٧ ............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪١٢٧ ................................................................‬‬